Author(s): Green. A.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): National Grid Electricity Transmission
Published: 2014
Publisher: Ofgem
Author(s): National Grid Electricity Transmission
Published: 2015
Publisher: Ofgem
Author(s): SSEN Power Distribution
Published: 2014
Publisher: Ofgem
Author(s): Ekins, P., Taylor, P., Kohler, J., Page, M., Titheridge, H. and Strachan, N.
Published: 2005
Publisher: UKERC
This workshop was the first in a series of technical workshops under the Energy Systems Modelling Theme (ESMT) of the UKERC. The overall goal of these workshops is to enhance the links between UK energy modelling practitioners, and to learn about different methodologies and analytical techniques. The specific goals of this 1 st ESMT workshop on transport modelling was to bring together energy-economic and transport modellers to learn about each others models, their synergies, and to develop potential collaborations in terms of data, insights and projects. The envisaged workshop outputs were:
Author(s): US Department of Energy
Published: 2008
Publisher: US Department of Energy
Author(s): Baringa Partners LLP
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Baringa Partners LLP
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Baringa Partners LLP
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, H.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Walker, I. and Staw, T.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Walker, I., Staw, T., Stewart, A. and Tiniou, E.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Walker, I. and Staw, T.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Walker, I., Stewart, A., Staw, T. and Tiniou, E.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Walker, I., Staw, T., Stewart, A. and Tiniou, E.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): National Grid Electricity Transmission
Published: 2014
Publisher: Ofgem
Author(s): McGlade, C., Bradshaw, M., Anandarajah, G., Watson, J. and Ekins, P.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
This project uses the global TIMES Integrated Assessment Model in UCL (‘TIAM-UCL’) to provide robust quantitative insights into the future of natural gas in the energy system and in particular whether or not gas has the potential to act as a ‘bridge’ to a low-carbon future on both a global and regional basis out to 2050.
We first explore the dynamics of a scenario that disregards any need to cut greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. Such a scenario results in a large uptake in the production and consumption of all fossil fuels, with coal in particular dominating the electricity system. It is unconventional sources of gas production that account for much of the rise in natural gas production; with shale gas exceeding 1 Tcm after 2040. Gas consumption grows in all sectors apart from the electricity sector, and eventually becomes cost effective both as a marine fuel (as liquefied natural gas) and in mediumgoods vehicles (as compressed natural gas).
We next examine how different gas market structures affect natural gas production, consumption, and trade patterns. For the two different scenarios constructed, one continued current regionalised gas markets, which are characterised by very different prices in different regions with these prices often based on oil indexation, while the other allowed a global gas price to form based on gas supply-demand fundamentals. We find only a small change in overall global gas production levels between these but a major difference in levels of gas trade and so conclude that if gas exporters choose to defend oil indexation in the short-term, they may end up destroying their export markets in longer term. A move towards pricing gas internationally, based on supply-demand dynamics, is thus shown to be crucial if they are to maintain their current levels of exports.
Author(s): National Grid Electricity Transmission
Published: 2016
Publisher: Ofgem
Author(s): Joule Centre
Published: 2009
Publisher: Joule Centre
Author(s): Mingham, C.
Published: 2008
Publisher: Joule Centre
Author(s): Mingham, C. and Aggidis, G.A.
Published: 2009
Publisher: Joule Centre
Author(s): Bradshaw, M.
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
This briefing is based on two propositions.
First, that gas security matters, because today in the UK gas plays a dominant role in the provision of energy services, accounting for almost 40% of total inland primary energy consumption in 2017. Thus, a short run failure of gas security would undoubtedly have significant political and economic consequences.
Second, that the current measure is far too narrow to offer a comprehensive assessment of UK gas security, particularly in a post-Brexit context. Discussions at the Gas Security Forum suggested that: the measure of gas security focuses only on infrastructure capacity and not supply (capacity does not equal flow); it fails to take account of the time-lag for gas delivery; it does not measure diversity or spare capacity; it ignores the impact of multiple asset failures; and, does not consider the costs associated with ensuring greater security.
It is in this context that this paper seeks to address the following questions:
The thinking behind this paper is that a more extensive approach to measuring UK gas security is needed to address the less dramatic challenges that face UK gas security, as well as the chance of managing a Black Swan event.
Author(s): Frame, D., Bell, K. and McArthur, S.
Published: 2016
Publisher: UKERC
A review funded by HubNet and UKERC, and written by the University of Strathclyde's Damien Frame, Keith Bell and Stephen McArthur, argues that RD&D activity by Britains electricity distribution network operators has significantly revived; this revival is linked to Ofgem's 500m Low Carbon Network Fund investment.
Author(s): Heptonstall, P.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
The principal aims of this paper are to examine the range of reported unit costs for major generating technologies, show the range of estimates, explain where possible the reasons for the range, and show to what extent there is any clustering around central values. In addition, the paper explains the components of unit cost calculations and discussed what is, and is not, included in these calculations.
Author(s): Gonzalez, T.
Published: 2001
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
Author(s): Gonzalez, T.
Published: 2001
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
Author(s): Infield, D.G.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
This document provides a road map for Photovoltaics (PV) research in the UK. It covers PV materials, cell and module design and manufacture and applications including BOS components. It is specific to the UK and reflects the strengths and weaknesses of the research base in the UK, although it is compatible with the roadmaps of other countries, particularly the one recently developed for the European Community. Its primary aim is to identify priority areas for UK PV research and assist the research funding agencies, particularly EPSRC, DTI and the Carbon Trust, in developing their research programmes, but it also considers the need to develop UK capacity, both in terms of expertise and research facilities.
Research cannot take place in a commercial vacuum, and although not its primary function, the road map will outline the context for PV research in the UK. The potential for market growth in the UK and more widely is outlined and the need for market stimulation in the UK discussed.
The road map reflects the outcomes of a two day PV road mapping exercise, organised by the UKERC Meeting Place, that took place in Edinburgh in July 2006, together with inputs from a number of the attendees over the following weeks and subsequently contributions from the wider researcher community in response to an initial draft. The road map has also been subject to international peer review, and we indebted to these reviewers for their input.
Author(s): Mueller, M. and Wallace, R.
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
The role of the UK Energy Research Centre Marine Energy Research Network in developing a route map for marine renewable energy research is described and put into the context of previous and current marine energy research at a national and EU level. A summary of the route mapping process is given based upon the Batelle approach. Justification is provided for route mapping in terms of encouraging cooperation and collaboration within the community to develop a coherent reseach, development and demonstration strategy, which will be used to inform policy makers and funding bodies. Some preliminary outputs from the network are presented in the paper to encourage discussion.
Author(s): Colechin, M. and Ragsdell, G.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Norman, J., Barrett, J., Garvey, A., Taylor, P., Goodwin, J., Gibbs, M., German, R. and Garland, L.
Published: 2020
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Gifford, S.
Published: 2022
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): Duck, P.
Published: 2006
Publisher: Joule Centre
This document is a project report for the project 'A new approach to assessing the value of demand side management and storage in reducing costs for electricity system operation and investment.'
The UK is committed to responding to the climate change challenge and the energy sector, and in particular electricity, is expected to make a significant contribution to achieving this goal. Wind power, both on and offshore is presently the principal commercially available and scalable renewable energy technology and it is expected to deliver the majority of the required growth in renewable energy. However, the amount of electricity generated by wind is highly variable and therefore difficult to predict. One of the key challenges of this development is to ensure cost effective integration of these resources in the operation and development of the UK systems without compromising supply security.
The unpredictability of wind power makes it difficult to maintain the equilibrium between demand and generation. This increases the need for the use of technologies which help manage and control the level of demand, known as Demand Side Management. Demand Side Management, or DSM, works by shifting demand from peak to off-peak periods in order to reduce its variability.
This project investigated a new approach to assessing the benefits DSM could have to the UK. In this context, the proposed project will investigate a new approach to valuing DSM for alternative future development scenarios of the UK system. The methodology used was based on a radically new approach mixing modern financial modelling coupled with sophisticated mathematical and computational techniques. This investigation developed a novel mathematical framework aimed at valuing applications of DSM in increasing the utilisation and improving the efficiency of the operation of future UK electricity system. The project showed that it is possible to save around 30% of the generation cost to warm a typical household in winter using DSM.
Author(s): McGlade, C., Speirs, J. and Sorrell, S.
Published: 2012
Publisher: UKERC
This report assesses the currently available evidence on the size of unconventional gas resources at the regional and global level. Focusing in particular on shale gas, it provides a comprehensive summary and comparison of the estimates that have been produced to date. It also examines the methods by which these resource estimates have been produced the strengths and weaknesses of those methods, the range of uncertainty in the results and the factors that are relevant to their interpretation.
Author(s): Levermore, G.
Published: 2008
Publisher: Joule Centre
This document is a project report for the project titled 'A review of smart electricity meters.'
According to Government statistics, 27% of UK energy is consumed in meeting demand in dwellings and 19% in non-domestic buildings, with offices/university buildings contributing a significant proportion. A recent innovation, which can be used by consumers to monitor how much energy they are using and where in the property the energy is being used (specific appliances, lights etc), is the ‘smart’ or Smart Occupant Feedback (SOF) meter. These were highlighted as potentially useful means of providing this information to building occupants. It is hoped that by providing consumers with an accurate picture of how much energy they are using SOF meters will result in a reduction in the amount of energy we use. There are also some Smart Occupant Feedback Disaggregation (SOFD) meters on the market which allow users to see how much energy each appliance has consumed. This would make it easier for users to save energy because they will know exactly where the largest savings are to be made. However very little data exists on the accuracy of these meters and current reports suggest that some meters can monitor simple loads such as a domestic lighting quite accurately but a number of items of equipment less well.
The aim of this project was to review existing academic and non academic literature on Smart Occupant Feedback (SOF) and Smart Occupant Feedback Disaggregation (SOFD) meters, to test the meters both in a lab and in university buildings/houses then assess their performance and examine what further work can be done to improve the meters.
Author(s): SAC
Published: 2001
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
This document is a final project report for the project titled 'A review of the potential of giant grasses for UK agriculture'.
Grasses such as reed canary grass, spartina and switchgrass have been studied to only a modest extent in the UK in comparison with miscanthus and short rotation coppice. In addition, other less widely known species of energy crops have been examined in various countries across the world, but their comparative potential has not been systematically evaluated. The aim of this desk study is to assess the competitive position of all these giant grasses, particularly the lesser known species, for cultivation in the UK. An objective of this work is to draw together the disparate studies conducted. It is aimed to present an evaluation of the agronomic and economic performances of giant grasses with a view to identifying any species with promise for UK conditions that merit more detailed study.
This report details:
Author(s): Lowes, R., Woodman, B. and Clark, M
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
This working paper considers the risks and opportunities posed to UK heat sector businesses by a potential transformation towards a low-carbon heat system in the UK. It is an output from the Heat, Incumbency and Transformations (HIT) project which is part of the UK Energy Research Centre programme.
The HIT project is investigating the idea of incumbency, considering what the term means, how it is present in the UKs heat sector and what the implications of incumbency are for the UKs potential transformation from a high carbon heat system to a low-carbon heat system.
The previous working paper developed a working definition of incumbency (Loweset al., 2017). This working paper forms the second phase of the project, exploring who the incumbents are in the UK heat system and the implications of the potential transformation for incumbents.
An online m
Author(s): Stansby, P.K.
Published: 2006
Publisher: Joule Centre
This document is a project report for the project titled 'A wave/current flume for research on offshore renewable energy devices: with the first application on multiple heavy point wave absorbers.'
This project is concerned with marine energy in the form of waves and tidal streams which may in principle supply more energy than the UK needs. The main consideration when developing devices which utilise wave and tidal power in order to generate electricity is economic viability. In order to assess whether potential devices will be economically viable to produce and run, as well as to maximise their performance, it is crucial to rigorously test physical prototypes.
The aim of this project is provide a wave/current facility (flume) in which marine power devices can be properly tested because the influence of currents on wave devices and waves is often overlooked. For this project a wave maker was added to an existing 5m wide and 20m long environmental flume. The wave maker can generate regular, random and directional seas which is vital because the power generated is much reduced by random directional waves which occur in reality.
Author(s): Warwick HRI
Published: 2007
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
This document is a final project report for the project titled 'AC0401: Direct energy use in agriculture: opportunities for reducing fossil fuel inputs'
This report details the bottom-up approach that has been taken to estimate direct energy use in agriculture, with 2005 as the baseline year. Data comes from CCL returns, professional surveys and best available professional knowledge. The total, direct, primary energy use sums to 20,387 GWh (73,393 TJ), but with an associated CHP electricity generation credit of 748 GWh (2,693 TJ). This is around 12% more than the total given by DTI for 2005 in its Digest of UK Energy Statistics (DUKES), which is based on returns made by energy suppliers. This report details the qualification of direct energy use, potential improvements to energy efficiency, and potential for integration of renewable energy across the agriculture industry.
This report is split into 4 sections, being:Author(s): Brunel University
Published: 2007
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
This document is a final project report for the project titled 'Potential for Solar Energy in Food Manufacturing, Distribution and Retrail.'
The overall aim of the study was to assess the potential for increasing the use of solar energy in the food sector. For comparative purposes the study also included an assessment of the benefits that could arise from the use of other renewable energy sources, and the potential for more effective use of energy in food retail and distribution. Specific objectives with a brief description are given below:Author(s): AEA Technology
Published: 2007
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
This document is the final project report for the project titled 'MARKAL Macro analysis of long run costs of mitigation targets.'
This report is the final report under the Defra contract EP0202 MARKAL Macro analysis of long run costs of mitigation targets. The objective of this study was to consider the additional impacts (economic and technological) of moving to an increasingly carbon constrained energy system, with reductions in CO2 of 70% and 80% by 2050. In addition, another objective was to assess the impact of including emissions from international aviation, and the implications for abatement in other sectors under a 60% constraint in 2050. This analysis builds on work led by Policy Studies Institute (further referred to as the EWP 07 MARKAL analysis), to inform the Government’s Energy White paper, published in May 2007. In that analysis, up to 60% reductions in emissions of CO2 by 2050 were considered, with many associated sensitivity runs undertaken to examine different assumptions.
A key part of the strategy outlined in the Energy White Paper Meeting the Energy Challenge included the provision of legally binding carbon targets for the whole UK economy, to progressively reduce emissions. A Climate Change Bill is being proposed that would implement such targets, and has recently been consulted on. As part of further discussions around longer-term targets, Defra commissioned this additional MARKAL analysis, to explore the impacts of more stringent targets than those considered in the Energy White Paper.
This report consists of 4 sections of model results and analysis, being:Author(s): Higginson, S. and Jenkinson, K.
Published: 2021
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2001
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
Author(s): Green, A.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): National Grid Gas Transmission
Published: 2016
Publisher: Ofgem
National Grid operate Pressure Reduction Installations (PRI) on the transmission system in the UK and the US. These installations are predominantly maintained and operated to generic procedures which do not fully take into account location or site specific risks. National Grid has initiated work to develop decision support tools (DST5) which take into account location and site specific risk.
This report describes the PRI DST risk ranking model and scoring logic. The model development has been informed by Take and Regulator Station models and advice provided by the National Grid US operator. The PRI DST provides a qualitative assessment of the supply and safety risks associated with PRI design based on factors which affect the ability to continue to supply gas under fault conditions and the installation's reliability, integrity and condition. The qualitative risk model assigns numeric scores to each factor and calculates an overall risk score which reflects the likelihood of a supply failure or a loss of containment incident. The qualitative risk model will enable an assessment of the sites which are most vulnerable to failure against consistent criteria and allow these sites to be prioritised for more detailed consideration.
Ranking of risk scores will enable efficient and reliable sites to be identified, and the learning obtained can be applied to new sites and sites targeted for investment.
The use of qualitative risk models in the development of maintenance requirements is established good practice, but it is recognised that the availability and access to data can be problematic and can limit the use and application of such models. To address this, the tool is structured to efficiently use the experience and knowledge of National Grid operational personnel and accessible data.
Author(s): Abstract for Project: Maintaining the quality of medium to high viscosity foods during heat recovery in counter current heat exchangers - AFM 126.
Published: 2001
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
Author(s): Hanna, R., Simpson, K., Camacho-McCluskey, K. and Gross, R.
Published: 2025
Publisher: UKERC
This paper provides an international policy review on energy efficiency retrofit in owner-occupied homes and recommendations to apply best practices to the UK.
This working paper presents a review of policy design and implementation in OECD countries for increasing uptake of energy efficiency retrofitting in medium to high-income, 'able to pay' owner-occupied households. Renovation measures to help improve energy efficiency and decarbonise homes can include loft and cavity wall insulation, heat pumps and solar PV.
The review uses a rapid evidence assessment of academic and grey literature to address the following research question: Which internationally applied, good practice policies have the most potential to accelerate quality, energy efficiency retrofits of owner-occupied, 'able to pay' households in the UK?
The review reveals that residential energy renovations in OECD countries are mostly shallow single measures, with a small portion comprising multiple measures or deeper renovations. Although some countries such as France, Germany, the UK and the US have retrofitted millions of single measures to homes, this review has not identified any countries which have delivered deep home energy retrofit at a widespread scale.
We identify various review studies on policy instruments which have been applied in different countries and are considered important for implementing residential energy renovation. Policy instruments most commonly emphasised are regulations, financial support and information provision. Most reviews also include policies to develop workforce skills and competencies, supply chains and quality assurance.
Drawing upon our review of international and UK evidence, we make a series of policy recommendations for an effective home energy retrofit policy framework in the UK, with a focus on medium to high-income owner-occupier households:
Author(s): Blyth, W. and Gross, R.
Published: 2024
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): SP Energy Networks
Published: 2014
Publisher: Ofgem
Author(s): Kazaglis, A., Tam, A., Eis, J., Watson, J., Hughes, N., Gross, R. and Hanna, R.
Published: 2019
Publisher: UKERC
This report, commissioned by the Aldersgate Group and co-authored with Vivid Economics, identifies out how the government can achieve a net zero target cost-effectively, in a way that enables the UK to capture competitive advantages.
The unique contribution of this report is to identify the lessons from successful and more rapid historical innovations and apply them to the challenge of meeting net zero emissions in the UK.
Achieving net zero emissions is likely to require accelerated innovation across research, demonstration and early deployment of low carbon technologies. Researchers analysed five international case studies of relatively rapid innovations to draw key lessons for government on the conditions needed to move from a typical multi-decadal cycle, to one that will deliver net zero emissions by mid-Century.
The case studies include:
The report also sets out which low carbon technologies are likely to have wider productivty and growth benefits in other industries for the UK. These include carbon capture, use and storage (CCUS); heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC); wind energy; biofuels and batteries. These areas should be prioritised by the government’s innovation strategy going forwards.
Author(s): Colechin, M., Warwick, K. and Titley, B.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Stallard, T.
Published: 2007
Publisher: Joule Centre
Author(s): Science Applications International Corporation SAIC LTD
Published: 2007
Publisher: Department for Communities and Local Government
Author(s): Day, G.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): National Grid Gas Transmission
Published: 2015
Publisher: Ofgem
National Grid has a large number of Cameron self-relieving ball valves of varying sizes in operation in the gas transportation system. A number of these are large diameter valves and a 42' Cameron self-relieving ball valve has recently been taken out of service as it was leaking. National Grid would like some leakage tests to be carded out on this valve.
National Grid uses a number of methods to detect and quantify leaks. One of these uses a portable acoustic emission (AE) device where a sensor is directly coupled to the surface of the valve. This device can be used on above-ground assets such as valves, etc. but a significant number of National Grid's assets are below the ground where access to the surface of the valve is not possible. National Grid has defined the overall objectives of this project, to be carded out by the Health and Safety Laboratory (HSL) as follows:
Author(s): Northern Powergrid
Published: 2016
Publisher: Ofgem
The scope of the project is to scale up and trial the GenGame direct control DSR product for residential customers, to run a feasibility trial for up to one year to test and refine the product and, if successful, to expand up to 2000 customers and run the trials up to December 2017 to test for sustainability over a longer period. The data from the trials will be used to develop the predictive planning tool.
This report details:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This programme aims to engage both Tier 1 suppliers and vehicle manufacturers in the fuel cell system development process such that a significant progress can be made towards meeting the cost and performance goals necessary for the commercialisation of the technology in road vehicles.
As part of the development programme, a total of nine fuel cell engines will be designed and built in four development phases.
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2001
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The overall project objective is to make available generic coal information on Chinese and Indian coals with regard to their combustion and emission performance, and to establish correlations between basic properties and this performance. Such information is clearly of value to UK industry in view of the export possibilities in these regions.
This profile contains information on the project's:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2001
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2003
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
Author(s): SGN
Published: 2016
Publisher: Ofgem
This document is a progress report for the project titled 'Advanced Gas Detection'.
The Project will be broken down into the following sub-sections:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2001
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is a profile for the project titled 'Advanced Materials Modelling And Lifing Technologies For Gas Turbine Components Operating In Coal Gasification Plant'.
Over the next decade all major gas turbine manufacturers will, be aiming to achieve higher efficiencies and lower emissions from turbine technology regardless of the fuel type used. For coal-fired plant the challenges are not only to match the performance of natural gas fired turbines, but also to meet the technical challenge brought about by the use of aggressive fuel gas. By conducting a programme of work in three key technological areas - advanced materials, materials modelling and lifing methodologies - this programme aims:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2001
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is a profile for the project titled 'Advanced Modelling And Testing Of Thick Section Welded Hcm2s'.
The principal aim of the project is to use advanced modelling and testing to extend the size range in which the HCM2S steel can be fabricated with and without post weld heat treatment (PWHT). The specific objectives of the project are:Author(s): Barrie, M., Maskell, RV., Brown, TB. & Dauda, T.
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is a report for the project titled 'Advanced Modelling and Testing â Thick Sectioned Welded Alloy HCM2S (P23)'.
The principal aim of the project was to use advanced modelling and testing to extend the size range for which the HCM2S (P23) steel can be fabricated both with and without PWHT. The specific objectives were:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2001
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is a profile for the project titled 'Advanced Monitoring Using Imaging For Combustion In Power Station Boilers'.
Recent improvements in self illuminating video (SIV) imaging equipment and digital image processing together with the falling costs of the necessary hardware, mean that there is the potential to develop commercially viable systems to generate quantifiable performance parameters from boiler video cameras. This information can then be used for combustion improvements on utility boilers. This programme aims to develop a prototype SIV system and test it in real environments in order to achieve the following objectives:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2001
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is a profile for the project titled 'Advanced Near Burner Flame Diagnostics For Ignition And Stability Studies On Full Scale Pulverised Coal Flames'.
The overall aim of the project is to improve the simulation of the near burner region of flames by CFD models, and to devise techniques whereby ignition processes in the vicinity of the flame holder and the flame structure immediately downstream can be assessed for individual flames in large pulverised coal fired furnaces. Specific project objectives are:
Author(s): Turner, D.M. & Mayes, I.
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is a report for the project titled 'Advanced Optimisation - Coal Fired Power Plant Operations'.
In recent years the efforts to reduce nitrogen oxide (NOx) emissions from power stations have resulted in operational modifications including the fitting of low - NOx burners. These modifications are expensive and generally have an adverse effect upon plant performance, resulting in an increase in unburnt carbon. To reduce these adverse effects, on-line optimisers have been developed as an enhancement to the power station's digital control system (DCS). GNOCIS (Generic NOx Optimisation Control Intelligent System) is the main optimiser used within the UK. This is a neural network based optimiser that takes various control parameters such as mill feeder speeds, excess oxygen, burner tilt and load as inputs and predicts the resultant NOx emissions and carbon-in-ash levels. In fact the models are usually used in reverse with boiler control settings being provided by the model to optimise the emissions.
The success of the boiler optimisation models has suggested that on-line optimisation can be used in other parts of the power station, eg thermal efficiency, electrostatic precipitator (ESP). Although each local optimiser is able to perform its task well individually there will be occasions when the individual packages will provide conflicting advice. The purpose of this unit optimisation project is to develop an integrated approach to unit optimisation and develop an overall optimiser that is able to resolve any conflicts between the individual optimisers.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Foster, S., Myers, D. & Gray, P.
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document if the final report for the project titled 'Advanced PEM Stack Development'.
This report describes work carried out at Intelligent Energy (IE) to design and build a 50kW PEM fuel cell stack based upon etched plate technology, whilst simultaneously designing and developing a pressed plate technology capable of meeting the long term cost targets deemed necessary for full-scale commercialisation of PEM fuel cell technology. Also reported are the results of a joint collaboration with Johnson Matthey under which the design of a membrane electrode assembly specifically matched to IE's unique stack architecture was addressed.
The work carried out under this programme was specifically aimed at tackling the two issues of scale-up and cost reduction, by developing the etched plate technology and demonstrating a 50kW single stack unit whilst in parallel developing a pressed plate manifestation of the architecture, manufactured using high volume techniques (pressing, injection moulding etc.) thereby, clearly demonstrating that the resultant technology is capable of meeting the power output requirements and cost objectives.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Maskell, R.
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is a report for the project titled 'Advanced PF Power Plant - Improved Materials for Boilers and Steam Turbines'.
In 1997 the Foresight Task Force identified advanced pulverised fuel technology as having the greatest market potential of the Clean Coal Technologies over the following 15 years. This task force, together with the Institute of Materials task force on materials, highlighted that the economic and environmental performance of this technology was currently limited by the performance of high temperature materials for boilers and steam turbines. As a consequence of this, the required R&D programmes perceived as being necessary for the development of improved materials were outlined.
This programme is receiving support through the EC's Thermie framework and from the DTI. It has a far longer timescale to fruition than the present initiative, as it will require inclusion of a demonstration phase. The technology involved in the present programme will be commercially exploitable much earlier, and, even after introduction of technology based on nickel based alloys, it will continue to be competitive in markets particularly sensitive to capital cost rather than through-life cost. The present programme is implemented through a wider European collaboration under the auspices of COST 522; as such collaboration reduces the costs of implementation and ensures that the UK remains abreast of the state-of-the-art in this technology.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is a profile for the project titled 'Improved Materials for Boilers and Steam Turbines'.
The principal aim of this project was to develop and demonstrate the suitability of advanced materials and components for the power industry. Such materials and components were aimed at steam temperatures of 620 - 650°C. Specific areas covered were:
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is a summary of the project titled 'With/without CO2 Capture Options'.
The aim of the project is to evaluate the technical and economic feasibility of retrofitting UK coal-fired power plants with advanced supercritical boiler/turbine technology (ASC) and carbon dioxide capture. The specific objectives are:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
Author(s): SGN, Steer Energy
Published: 2016
Publisher: Ofgem
This document is a final report for the project titled 'Aerosol Sealants Stage 1A'.
As part of the Stage 1 Seeker Particles work, Steer Energy recognised that a sealant delivered as an aerosol could provide an alternative approach to the existing technologies used to repair leaks. It is appreciated that this is most likely to be directed towards smaller leaks when compared to the robotically applied liquid sealants, and is likely to require some form of enabling technologies to be used to assist that deployment. This work dovetails with the work carried out in Seeker Particles Stage 2 and Gas Polymerisation Stage 1 as well as a number of other intervention projects that SGN are currently running through the NIC / NIA funding mechanism. Initially this project was to focus on direct technology transfer from the HVAC industry into the Gas industry to produce aerosolised sealants for use in the gas network. Exceptional contractual circumstances prevented this however and a development project was undertaken with a wider overall target.
The original aim of this project was to seal the leaks from the interior of the pipe by releasing aerosolised "sticky" solid particulate sealant materials into the natural-gas distribution system. This was essentially a 'technology transfer' project; taking a technology already applied successfully to the HVAC industry and - with the addition of time responsive sealants - test its applicability in the gas industry. It is understood that various techniques can be used to produce the aerosol and when properly optimised, these flocculent materials will travel innocuously through the pressurised flow-driven system, and lodge only on the edges of the leaks, and the scope of work was therefore developed to carry out the following:Author(s): Blondeel, M., Bradshaw, M., Froggatt, A. and Kuzemko, C.
Published: 2022
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Keay-Bright, S.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
This workshop had several aims:
Author(s): National Grid Electricity Transmission
Published: 2016
Publisher: Ofgem
A policy for single Digital Bus Bar Protection has been employed on the National Grid UK Transmission network since 2002 either as a replacement system (for duplicated high impedance schemes) or for all new build double bus bar substations. These systems have a distributed architecture with remote bay units (interfacing to the plant) for each protected circuit with ruggedized cross site fibre connections to a central processing unit. Where a substation has a centralised relay room (e.g. GIS) layout, the bay units are co-located in a suite of cubicles and connected with a network of fibre patch cords.
This R&D Project aims to deliver an evaluation and desk top design solution of an alternative digital bus bar solution architecture. This will help formulate a future technical and procurement strategy for bus bar protection, potentially leading to a pilot installation, evaluation and deployment as a replacement (or new) bus bar protection system.
This report covers the project's:Author(s): National Grid Electricity Transmission
Published: 2014
Publisher: Ofgem
This document is a closedown report for the project titled 'Alternative Differential Unit Protection for Cable only and Cable & OHL hybrid installations'.
This R&D Project aims:
Author(s): National Grid Gas Distribution
Published: 2014
Publisher: Ofgem
This document is a closedown report for the project titled 'Alternative Jointing Techniques for Small Diameter PE Pipe'.
The primary objectives of this stage are to:Author(s): National Grid Gas Distribution
Published: 2015
Publisher: Ofgem
The scope of this project includes:
The aim of this project is to assess Pyplok technology to establish its suitability for the application of an alternative jointing method for steel risers, which removes the need for welding (which requires hot work permits) or screwed fittings which can only be used up to 2" diameter. The project will ascertain the testing which is required to ensure that the product is fit for purpose.
The project was split into 2 stages:
Following the initial Pyplok information review and determination of the expected functional requirements, DNV GL have determined a test specification for an alternative riser jointing method merging together existing Gas Industry Specifications and National Grid specifications, as well as using their engineering judgements and knowledge on building regulations and potential changes to the building regulations with respect to fire resistance. A comparison was then made between the test specification that DNV GL have prepared and the testing and approvals that Pyplok already has.
The gap between the tests required and the approvals already held is the testing to be undertaken in Stage 2 of the project, along with the preliminary work for live field trials in Stage 3.It has become apparent during the project that early engagement with operational departments has ensured that field trials (and associated activities) can be planned and completed easily, leading to the project to run with minimal delays. There will need to be some further trials conducted following the project to move the method to the next TRL level and embed into the business. The Pyplok method, if successful, will be used in conjunction with traditional riser jointing techniques, especially as a replacement when appropriate to welding.
This report covers the project's:Author(s): Scottish and Southern Energy Power Distribution
Published: 2015
Publisher: Ofgem
This document is a closedown report for the project titled 'Alternative Tower Construction'.
The project focussed on initial development, production and implementation of an adapted emergency bypass tower as a tower crane which could be used to erect and dismantle transmission towers at 275kV and above. Following mechanical and functional testing within a controlled environment, field based testing on a number of selected towers was to be completed to allow demonstration of the system on the SHE (Scottish Hydro Electric) Transmission. This would allow an assessment to be made of the suitability of the system and method for operational use going forward.
The principle aim of the project was to assess the suitability of the tower crane as a tool for the erection and dismantlement of transmission towers in a safe and sustainable manner.
This report contains and Executive Summary, and is divided into the following sections:Author(s): National Grid Gas Transmission
Published: 2014
Publisher: Ofgem
This document is a closedown report for the project titled 'Alternatives to Venting '.
Planned venting can arise from a number of sources around the network, including venting at compressor sites and pipeline decommissioning for repair, replacement or modification. Planned venting at compressor sites is monitored and recorded through the on-line control system. For 2011/12, this was reported as 2984 tonnes of natural gas.
For pipeline decommissioning current best practice employed by the Pipeline Maintenance Centre (PMC) involves transfer of gas from the decommissioned section to an active section by means of a compressor but this is only feasible until the decommissioned section pressure reaches 7 bar. At this pressure the Portable Recompression Equipment operation cannot increase the pressure sufficiently to transfer the gas to the active section. So the final operation during decommissioning is to then vent the remaining gas. To improve the environmental performance of final stages of the decommissioning process several options are available including:Author(s): Ricardo-AE A Ltd
Published: 2018
Publisher: Science and Technology Facilities Council
This document is a report for STFC for the project titled 'Ammonia on-farm Life cycle assessment of different ammonia uses on a farm'.
Using life cycle assessment, this study compared three uses of ammonia produced via a Haber-Bosch facility on a remote farm in Scotland. The three ammonia uses compared in this study are:The study found that aqueous ammonia fertiliser provided the largest environmental benefit out of the three ammonia uses. While ammonia vehicle fuel and ammonia CHP were found to provide environmental benefits across most indicators, in some areas the traditional alternative was preferred. This was not the case for ammonia fertiliser.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is a profile for the project titled 'An Automotive Class MEA'.
Project Objectives:Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Coleman, J. and Haslett, A.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
These elements have only just started to penetrate energy, which has been held back significantly by the current governance structures. Energy presents similar challenges to those of finance where changes which should benefit consumers come with new risks. However, giving people more freedom in how they buy and use energy should carry less risk than giving them freedoms over their pensions and other investments.
Author(s): Chilvers, J., Pallet, H., Hargreaves, T., Stephanides, P. and Waller, L.
Published: 2022
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Lidstone, L.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Gross, R.
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
This note provides an overview and guide to a process of assessment being undertaken by the UK Energy Research Centre Technology and Policy Assessment function (TPA), with support from the Carbon Trust.
The UKERC has consulted widely on the topics that the TPA needs to consider. It has chosen its preliminary topics carefully, in consultation with stakeholders and in accordance with defined criteria. Intermittency – used herein as shorthand for a range of issues that relate to the costs and electricity system impacts of the intermittent electrical output from wind, solar and some other forms of grid connected renewable generation – has emerged as one of two initial TPA assessment topics.
The TPA will undertake meta-analysis of existing work in order to seek gaps in knowledge, examine different modelling assumptions, and consider how well different pieces of work fit together. The assessment will seek to make clear where and why differences arise in terms of models, assumptions, scenarios and interpretation of findings. It will identify research gaps and provide a clear statement of the nature of the questions that remain.
A key goal is to achieve high standards of rigour and transparency. We have therefore set up a process that is inspired by the evidence based approach to policy assessment undertaken in healthcare, education and social policy, but that is not bound to any narrowly defined method or techniques. The approach entails tight specification of the means by which we will consult stakeholders and solicit expert input, highly specified searching of the relevant literature, and clear and transparent criteria against which relevant findings will be assessed. It is described in the Review Protocol, below.
An introduction to the subject matter and description of assessment activities are provided in this scoping note and protocol.
Author(s): Gross, R.
Published: 2005
Publisher: UKERC
The note is aimed at informed commentators and therefore takes some knowledge for granted – for example of terminology, recent literature and the principal concepts. Its focus is on why and where opinions differ, and the objective is to highlight questions and disagreements, but not answer or resolve either. A more general introduction to the subject is provided in the project scoping note and protocol.
Feedback and comment is invited on all of what follows, and in particular on the set of summary questions at the end of this note.
The remainder of this note covers the following topics:
Author(s): Prpich, G., Darabkhani, H.G., Oakey, J. and Pollard, S.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
The energy system is highly complex and its future is uncertain due to unexpected changes and contrasting values. The complexity of the system may be defined by, for example, changing politics, technologies, finance and demographics. Under these conditions, decision-makers may struggle to confidently assess their future needs. However, decisions must be made so that organisational objectives are achieved, energy supply is secure and directives are met. For high-level decisions (e.g. strategic decisions reaching far into the future) it is unlikely that more time and better data will reduce uncertainty, and as a result, decisions must be made with existing information. Techniques like scenario analysis are useful for gathering this type of disparate information.
Deliberative techniques (e.g. scenario analysis) are used under conditions of high decision complexity and uncertainty. These techniques may interrogate multiple decision options under various future conditions, thus providing a first-step in understanding inherent risks and uncertainties. In this report we used scenario analysis to assess a set of risks under two plausible future energy scenarios. The studied scenarios included an energy system on a trajectory of development that did not deviate from its current projection (status quo) and a low carbon scenario whereby energy generation was largely provided by non-carbon (e.g. renewable) sources. Energy system experts were used to qualify the different risks and provide industrial insight.
The study analysed a suite of nineteen unique risks. These included political (international agreement, geopolitical issues, UK political issues), economic (project capital costs, investor trust in government, commodity pricing, electricity pricing), social (behavioural change, public perception, democratization of process), technical (rate of innovation vs implementation, energy supply chain, project risks, transport infrastructure), legal (end of life and stranded assets, pre/post operational governance, UK planning and licensing), and environmental (cumulative environmental factors, accidents and climactic events) issues.
The results of this study suggest that political and economic drivers pose the greatest risk, or barrier, to future energy system development. Though these two themes were perceived as being most risky, the character of the risks varied for each scenario. For example, political drivers (i.e. geopolitical) and the impact they may have on hydrocarbon prices posed the greatest risk to an energy system reliant on fossil fuels (i.e. status quo). This was in contrast toa low carbon scenario where the character of political risk (i.e. UK politics) focussed around long-term national policy-making, which in turn highlighted issues about investor confidence. Regardless the differences in character, experts perceived political consistency as being vital for improving confidence in their decision-making. Overall, experts consistently rated risks associated with a low carbon scenario higher than those for the status quo.
Our report provides a snapshot of current industrial thinking about the risks associated with different future pathways that the UK energy system may follow. In addition to identifying perceived risk priorities, this analysis also provides an indication of where gaps in knowledge and understanding about risk may exist. Strategies for addressing these gaps may include improved communication (e.g. between industry, government and academia) or targeted research. In either instance, the ultimate aim is to reduce uncertainty and improve conditions for long-term decision-making in the UK energy system.
Author(s): Foster, DJ, Livingston, WR, Wells,J, Williamson, J, Gibb, WH & Bailey, D
Published: 2004
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is a report that summarises the findings of the DTI Cleaner Coal Technology R and D Programme Project 217 'Application of CFD Modelling to Mill Classifier Design'.
In order to reduce the carbon in ash (CIA) levels arising from the application of advanced low NOX technologies, it is necessary to improve the quality and consistency of the coal milling process. In many low NOX retrofit applications, mill upgrades, including classifier upgrades, are required to achieve the improved milling performance. Unfortunately, plant space constraints often make it impossible to install classifiers of ideal geometries and the performance of non-ideal geometries is difficult to predict using existing design methods. In addition, low quality coals are increasingly being used, alone or in blends, to reduce plant operating costs. The grinding and classification behaviour of low quality coals and their blends has been found to differ from that of UK and world-traded bituminous coals. Consequently, classifier design rules that have been derived from the extensive experience of milling bituminous coals are less reliable when applied to low quality coals. There is a clear requirement to improve and extend the range of applicability of classifier design methods so that they may be used to design classifiers of non-ideal geometries and for coals outside the conventional range of experience.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): National Grid Electricity Transmission
Published: 2016
Publisher: Ofgem
This document is a progress report for the project titled 'Application of DC circuit-breakers in DC Grids'.
The European Union Renewable Energy Directive has committed the Member States to National targets for renewable energy production such that at least 20% of the EU's energy will be produced from renewable sources by 2020. Meanwhile, the creation of an internal market for energy remains one of the EU's priority objectives. The development of an interconnected internal market will facilitate cross-border exchanges in electricity and improve competition. The potential role of HVDC in integrating renewable energy generation and cross-border electricity exchanges is widely recognised and many ideas for dc grids linking the transmission systems of different countries and renewable generation are being promoted.
At present, no dc circuit-breaker is commercially available and any dc fault will affect the entire dc network. A dc grid is, therefore, restricted to a single protection zone at present and the capacity of generation connected to it may not exceed the infrequent infeed loss risk limit prescribed by the Security and Quality of Supply Standard. The dc circuit-breaker is therefore an essential technology in enabling the concept of a dc grid to develop.
The objective of the proposed work is to understand the application issues associated with dc circuit-breakers in dc grids. The work will study the impact of dc circuit-breaker operation on the dc system, the HVDC converters and the connected ac systems. In particular, the challenges presented by protection and fault clearance in dc grids will be addressed. The work forms an essential component of the risk-managed introduction of the dc circuit-breaker onto the transmission system in accordance with PS(T)013. The results of the work will inform technical specifications and risk-registers for the dc circuit-breaker and for the protection and control of dc grids.
This report covers the project's:Author(s): Durusut, E. and Tahir, F.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Jin, M., Olden, P., Ghanbari, S., Pickup, G., Mackay, E. and Fitch, D.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Jin, M., Olden, P., Pickup, G. and Mackay, E.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): National Grid Gas Transmission
Published: 2014
Publisher: Ofgem
This document is a closedown report for the project titled 'Architectural Design of Compressor Site'.
National Grid has to operate in an ever more stringent planning environment. The implementation of the Planning Act 2008 has resulted in all Nationally Significant Infrastructure Projects being captured by the Planning Act. The result of this has been a greater responsibility on a developer to provide evidence that a full and open engagement has been undertaken with both statutory and non statutory organisations and particularly the public at large and further that opinions expressed by third parties have been properly noted and where possible used to influence the final design submitted for consent to the Planning Inspectorate.
National Grid is committed to being the industry leader in the implementation of the requirements of the Planning Act. To this end, where National Grid is required to construct an above ground installation, it is imperative that they investigate fully all alternatives available to minimise the impact of the development on its environment and those who live in that environment. As part of the early stages of the public consultations on the Don Valley Power CCS project, preliminary compressor site design drawings and animations were created for three different design options:This project will explore three environmentally sensitive architectural design alternatives that will be suitable for a typical compressor site, based on size (one small, two medium).
This report covers the project's:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2004
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is a profile for the project titled 'Impact on Plant Performance and Ash Disposal'.
This proposal aims to provide coal-fired power stations with a simple, cost effective, means of improving combustion efficiency and reducing particulate emissions by re-firing ash and/or mineral addition to the coal. This project will:Author(s): SP Energy Networks
Published: 2013
Publisher: Ofgem
This document is a closedown report for the project titled 'Ashton Hayes Smart Village'.
The scope of the Smart Village project was to work with an engaged community (Ashton Hayes, a village in Cheshire) to help a DNO (ScottishPower Energy Networks) to better understand how increased small scale generation would affect the network while also helping Ashton Hayes reduce its carbon footprint. In order to ensure this was done successfully, it was necessary to understand in more detail the varying loads and voltages being encountered on the Low Voltage (LV) network. This more detailed understanding was expected to help inform future Tier 2 LCNF projects and existing planning processes within a DNO as well as helping to maintain network safety.
The project aimed to support Ashton Hayes towards its goal of becoming a carbon neutral community through examining the feasibility of connecting a range of low carbon technologies to the network. It also aimed to explore the relationship between the DNO and the community, establishing a blueprint for community engagement that could be adopted for projects across the country and integrated into normal business practice where appropriate.
The project achieved all of its success criteria. It supported Ashton Hayes in the introduction of low carbon technologies through the use of monitoring data to establish the voltage headroom, connected new technologies to the LV network (including photovoltaics, heat pumps, and an electric vehicle charging point) and ensured integration and optimal utilisation of these technologies to reduce the village's carbon footprint.
This report covers the project's:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is a summary for the project titled 'Impact on Plant Performance and Ash Disposal'.
The specific objectives of this project were as follows:This project has shown that ash re-firing is both technically and financially viable on existing coal fired power plant. It is believed that commercial scale replication of the concept could be undertaken by plant operators using the data gathered by this project as the basis for a full scale development.
This profile contains information on the project's:Author(s): Riley, GS, Beeley, T, Williamson, J, Wigley, F, Russell, NV, Zandi, M, Ricketts, B & Cooper, PR
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is the final report for the project titled 'Assessment of Ash Re-firing and Mineral Addition - Impact on Plant Performance and Ash Disposal'.
Pulverised coal fired generation plant will continue to play a major role in the world-wide electrical power market for the foreseeable future. Emission standards have become tighter in recent years and coal fired plant has been required to become more flexible in terms of operating regimes. The changes have led to increases in the levels of unburnt carbon in ash, deposition patterns in boilers as well as increased pressure on the performance in electrostatic precipitators.
This project, to investigate if ash refiring and mineral addition were viable methods of improving boiler efficiency and reducing emissions, was supported by the DTI as part of its Cleaner Coal Programme. The project involved the collaboration of two generators (RWE npower and TXU Europe), a major coal supplier (UK Coal) plus two university groups (Imperial College London and the University of Sheffield)
This report has a summary and is divided into the following sections:Author(s): National Grid Electricity Transmission
Published: 2016
Publisher: Ofgem
The work will provide a comprehensive view of distributed generation types and susceptibility to RoCoF for the entire GB synchronous network. The feasibility and implications of using revised protection settings to avoid coincident distributed generation losses during loss of infeed events will be established.
The key objectives are to reduce operational costs and to enable increased system access for asynchronous generation types including renewable generation (wind, solar). If measures are not taken to ensure distributed generation is less susceptible to RoCoF events, then increased operating costs are likely to result through the curtailment of large infeed risks or the operation of synchronous generation in favour of asynchronous generation to manage RoCoF risks. Potential increases in system operating costs by 2018/19 are forecast to be £250m per annum, rising to in excess of £1000m per annum by 2025.
Four reports have been provided detailing the outcomes of the project.
This report covers the project's:Author(s): National Grid Electricity Transmission
Published: 2016
Publisher: Ofgem
This document is a closedown report for the project titled 'Assessment of Electronic (analogue and Numeric) Protection equipment end of life mechanisms'.
The scope of the project will establish the techniques and processes to be used on these equipment types. These techniques and processes will be applied to a specific number of relay types to validate the process and evaluate the lives of these specific equipment types. The specific equipment types selected will be those predominantly in service on the transmission network which current policy would require to be replaced in the next 5 years. The establishment of a successful evaluation process for asset life would then be utilised as a research method to evaluate asset lives on other specific equipment types.
The objectives are:Each of the three relay types yielded consistent evaluation results and has demonstrated eligibility for an asset life extension. Based on condition and deterioration observed to date an initial extension of five years for each relay type is proposed. Since the tested relay types continue to perform reliably with no increase in failure rates or component degradation over many years of service, the flat failure-rate trajectory does not forecast any specific end of asset life. The proposal to extend asset life by five years comprises a service life extension of only 15% of the time for which the oldest evaluated unit has already served. The service life extension is further supported by thorough technical evaluation of any failure that occurs during the extended life interval, and re-evaluation of the policy change if any unforeseen failure pattern arises. The process established in this project may be applied to other types of light current equipment with further investigation and development.
This report covers the project's:Author(s): National Grid Gas Transmission
Published: 2014
Publisher: Ofgem
This document is a closedown report for the project titled 'Assessment of hydrophobic treatment for gas compressor air intake values & screens'.
Under certain climatic conditions it is possible for unacceptable levels of ice to build up on gas turbine air intakes. Ice build up on the air intake structures reduces the available cooling and combustion air for the gas turbine, reducing efficiency and the integrity of the unit if the ice should become ingested within the engine. This would have serious consequences for the integrity of the gas turbine unit and network supply capability due to unit failure.
There is considerable worldwide experience of operation gas turbine based infrastructure in low ambient temperatures and a number of ice treatment technologies are well defined. Dovetailing the most cost effective available ice treatments with the existing air intake structures. This and also employing any fortuitous effects such as surface roughness, will improve the overall effectiveness of water repulsion and ice management of gas turbine air intakes across the National Grid fleet.
The project demonstrated that pre treating air intakes with hydrophobic solutions, PTFE coatings or filter oil only offered a marginal delay (compared to equivalent non treated components) before the on set of icing conditions. This combined with some of the potential health and safety issues associated when applying these solutions (working at height) means that that the evaluation confirmed that this project will not be progressed further at this stage.
This report covers the project's:Author(s): Future Energy Solutions
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
This report examines the current levels of methane emission from livestock manures and slurries in the UK and then explores possible options and routes for reducing the greenhouse gas emissions within a methane generation and recovery strategy for England.
Methane emissions from manures and slurry management make up 14% of the total methane emissions from livestock husbandry in the UK. Although slurry based management systems make up less than 40% of the manure management infrastructure, they account for 74% of methane emissions from manures and slurries.
In this study, we have looked in detail at the economics for options for on-farm AD and centralised AD in England. All the options proved uneconomic without some extra Government support. However, a small number of larger CAD may be economic, especially if higher levels of industrial waste (up to 20%) were treated in the CAD. A cost benefit analysis based on the options and assuming Government support in the form of capital grants suggests that greenhouse gas emissions equivalent to up to 0.03MtC could be saved annually at a cost of £60/tC, if 20 CAD plants were built. However, this would result in lifetime costs to Government of £ 143M. On-farm AD would need significant support to be economic.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Dysko, A., Tzelepis, D. and Booth, C.
Published: 2015
Publisher: Ofgem
This document contains a report on Phase II of the work undertaken by the University of Strathclyde and commissioned by the Energy Network Association on behalf of the workgroup "Frequency changes during large system disturbances" (GC0079). The workgroup is a joint activity of the UK Grid Code Review Panel (GCRP) and Distribution Code Review Panel (DCRP) which addresses the issue of system integrity under anticipated future low inertia conditions. The original terms of reference for this work issued by ENA in April 2014 are included in Appendix D of this report.
The aim of the work described in this report is to assess and quantify the risks associated with proposed changes to ROCOF protection settings from the point of view of undetected islands and the consequent risks to individuals' safety, as well as the risk of potential equipment damage through unintentional out-of-phase auto-reclosing.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): CEFAS
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
This document is the final report for the project titled 'Assessment of the Significance of Changes to the Inshore Wave Regime as a consequence of an Offshore Wind Array'.
Offshore windfarm (OWF) development within the UK is presently in the Second Round of licensing by Defra through FEPA (1985). Many of the Round One licences have already been granted, and of these, the development on Scroby Sands was one of the first. More significantly, Scroby Sands is amongst the few OWFs situated in a dynamic sedimentary environment. It is also close to a coastline which is vulnerable to erosion and which has seen numerous different coastal protection schemes in recent years. Development of the OWF at this site was started in autumn 2003, and electricity production commenced in December 2004.
This report details work undertaken only under contract AE1227. It was anticipated that this work would provide evidence-based research from which to refine any requirements for monitoring of waves that have been included within licence conditions of Round One developments, and that could be included within those conditions for Round Two developments.
The sensitivity analysis enabled by the modelling showed that for a simplistic flat seabed, wave interference patterns were most pronounced for waves approaching the monopile array obliquely, at an angle of 35 degrees. For more realistic bathymetry, this angle was decreased, but more significant was the maximum reduction in wave height from 5% (flat seabed) to 2% (realistic bathymetry). Thus, effects of wave refraction in shallow water are greater than those of monopile-related wave diffraction and interference. Wave refraction in shallow water acts to reduce any effect of the monopiles upon waves.
The quantitative value of predicted change to wave height as a result of monopile arrays, of 2%, is in agreement with those estimates presented as part of the Environmental Statements for other more recent windfarms. It has not been possible to detect this small change using the presently available measurement and analysis techniques afforded by X-band radar. It is therefore concluded that wave diffraction and interference effects arising from monopile arrays are negligible. By inference, any effect on coastal erosion is therefore also likely to be negligible.
This report details the project's:Author(s): Department for Communities and Local Government
Published: 2003
Publisher: Department for Communities and Local Government
This document is a summary of the study titled 'Assessment of the impact of Warm Front on decent homes for private sector vulnerable households'.
In 2002 the Government set a target to increase the proportion of vulnerable private sector households living in decent homes (the overall national PSA7 target). A home is classed as decent if:The purpose of this work is to quantify the impact of Warm Front on the decent homes target. This report builds on initial analysis undertaken in 2003 of the potential impact of Warm Front in those areas previously administered by Eaga Partnership. This work updates that analysis up to 2005 and extends the coverage to the whole of England, including those areas previously administered by Powergen (Yorkshire & Humberside, East Midlands, and East of England). It aims to provide a comprehensive picture of Warm Front activity and the progress being made in terms of the decent homes target.
The specific objectives of this study are as follows:Over the period covered by this analysis (mid-2000 to early/mid-2005), over 800,000 vulnerable private sector households in England received a Warm Front grant. Just under half of all these grants (44 per cent) went on homes failing on the thermal comfort criterion and less than a fifth of all grant recipients (18 per cent) were still living on non-decent homes post-Warm Front. Thus over the first five years of the scheme, nearly 200,000 dwellings were made decent as a direct result of the measures installed under the scheme - a quarter of all Warm Front recipients or one third of all recipients of non-minor measures. On the one hand, this may over-estimate the reduction in non-decent homes, because some of these homes, whilst meeting the thermal comfort criterion, may still fail the Decent Homes Standard on one of the other criteria. On the other hand, this estimate does not take into account the scheme's 'hidden' contribution to the decent homes target from repairs to existing heating systems, increasing by up to 65,000 the number of dwellings made decent by Warm Front.
Author(s): National Grid Gas Distribution, Northern Gas Networks, SGN, Wales and West Utilities
Published: 2015
Publisher: Ofgem
This document is a closedown report for the project titled 'Asset Health & Criticality Modeling'.
The purpose of the project is to provide a new methodology for delivering the requirements for Ofgem reporting. The collaborative working across the GDNs will provide a consistent benchmark for reporting a complex solution in a pragmatic way. The external service provider will be looking to determine pioneering research into deterioration models and probability of failure analysis using a nationwide data set. This will then be cross referenced with condition analysis based on current data and historical trends.
The objective of this project is to:Author(s): Wales & West Utlities
Published: 2015
Publisher: Ofgem
This document is the final report for the project titled 'Asset Health Modelling (Pipelines, Special Crossings & Block Valves)'.
Following submission of the Gas Distribution Network's (GDN's) business plans, Ofgem recognised the significant work carried out by the GDNs to report asset health, probability of failure and deterioration. However, it was recognised that the framework did not provide consistent results between the GDNs. Ofgem intended the framework to provide a consistent means of comparing information between GDNs and enable GDNs to compare information about the condition of assets over time. In addition, Ofgem sought evolution over time to combine information from different asset classes to form an overall view of the condition of GDN assets and risk therein.
This project looked to overcome the problem of reporting the health and criticality of one of the key group of assets - Local Transmission Pipeline assets; comprising the pipelines themselves plus all the associated assets such as block valves, special crossings and sleeves. The SRWG engaged with the industry experts in PIE due to the inherent knowledge that they held plus the level of interaction that they already had with the GDNs through the UKOPA (United Kingdom Onshore Pipeline Operators Association) group.
This report is contains an Executive Summary, and is split into two technical notes.
Technical Note PIE/14/TN113 :- Development of a Model for classifying the Health Index of non-piggable pipelines:
Technical Note PIE/14/TN125 :- Models for Classifying the Health Indices of Block Valves, Sleeves and Above Ground Crossings:
Author(s): National Grid Gas Distribution
Published: 2014
Publisher: Ofgem
This document is a closedown report for the project titled 'Asset Health Modelling'.
The scope of this project includes a gap analysis and development of proof of concept model, to be executed in the following steps:The objective of this project is to develop a Condition Based Risk Model (CBRM) that will determine the future health index of National Grid Gas Distribution's governors and pressure reduction assets in order to prioritise future investment decisions. The CBRM tool will allow the future Health Index (HI) and Probability of Failure (POF) of these assets to be simulated and assessed. This will enable understanding of asset condition and criticality, identifying and modelling different interventions to mitigate risk, and prioritise and select optimal expenditure via a condition based risk approach.
A CBRM model for a single asset group (District Governors) has been developed in order to provide National Grid the opportunity to understand the CBRM process. The District Governor CBRM model incorporates the factors that NGG consider to be relevant in terms of their impact on the health, criticality and risk of their District Governors, including asset age, expected service life, situation, location and duty and environment.
This report covers the project's:Author(s): Marsden, G., Anable, J., Docherty, I., Brown, L.
Published: 2021
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Wood, R., Bleda, M., Randles, S., Anderson, K., Bows, A. and Footitt, A.
Published: 2010
Publisher: Joule Centre
This document is a report on the study conducted by the Joule Centre titled 'Aviation in the North West: Emissions, Economics and Organisational Flying'.
The international community recognises climate change as one of the greatest threats facing the social, environmental and economic well-being of human-kind. At a national level, the UK has demonstrated a clear international lead in responding to climate change by putting the need for and delivery of greenhouse gas emissions reductions on a statutory footing through the Climate Change Act 2008. This act introduced legally binding targets to achieve emission reductions in both the short and longer term. Furthermore, and unlike previous UK emission reduction policies, the Climate Change Act includes international aviation emissions explicitly in its 80% 2050 target and implicitly within the current budgets.
For the UK as a whole, then, there is a clear need to balance the cost and overall economic impact of delivering additional reductions in greenhouse gas emissions for these 'other' sectors versus the costs and economic impact of curbing growth in emissions from aviation.
The Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, funded by the Joule Centre for Energy Research, has analysed the emissions, economics and policy implications of the region's aviation industry. The objectives of the Tyndall Centre study are:
Author(s): National Grid Electricity Transmission
Published: 2013
Publisher: Ofgem
ENW have secured LCNF funding a project that will trial the use of tap changing at a number of primary substations. The purpose of the trial is to establish the degree to which voltage can be either increased or decreased to provide demand increase/decrease to manage DNO network constraints. In addition staggered tap changes will be trailed to establish what scale of reactive power absorption or injection can be provided. The main focus of the trial is to evaluate degree to which primary substations can be used in this novel way without causing a noticeable impact on electricity consumers.
From a NGET perspective, the effect that these actions have on existing Transmission assets and controls must be understood in order to:
The objectives of the project include:
Author(s): Beaumont, N., Gross, R., Hanna, R., Taylor, P., Wade, F. and Webb, J.
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Lowes, R., Pidgeon, N., Barrett, J., Qadrdan, M., Gross, R. and Wu, J.
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Blyth, W., Gross, R., Bell, K., MacIver, C. and Nash, S.
Published: 2021
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): McLachlan, C., Braunholtz-Speight, T., Hawker, G. and Watson, J.
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
UKERC have submitted a response to the BEIS call for evidence on the future for small-scale low-carbon generation. This consultation sought to identify the role that small-scale low-carbon generation can play in the UK shift to clean growth by further understanding:
In our submission we responded to the individual points raised in the call, drawing on two streams of work undertaken as part of the UKERC research programme. The first stream concerns community energy, drawing primarily on data from the UKERC Financing Community Energy project. This project has collected and analysed data from a number of sources:
The second stream draws on a number of recent UKERC publications on electricity systems and networks :
Author(s): The CREDS Team
Published: 2019
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): National Grid Gas Transmission
Published: 2015
Publisher: Ofgem
Most compressor station Gas Turbine units have a number of battery powered emergency back up dc motors driving the vent fans, lube pumps etc. which are started in the event of a mains power failure. Currently these motors are started from resistor type starters located within each compressor unit's dc motor control centre.
At a number of compressor stations these resistor starters have overheated causing damage to the control equipment and constituting a fire risk.
It is proposed to replace these with a new dc electronic motor starter. DC electronic motor starters are not available as off the shelf products for a dc battery supply and will therefore require design and development. A prototype will be designed and tested and then a working unit will be installed at Wooler compressor station for a trial followed by the installation of the remaining 2 within the unit.
The objective of the project is to develop a safer and more reliable alternative to the resistance type motor starters currently installed on compressor sites.
A single DC electronic drive was manufactured as a prototype and tested on a load bank. Following successful completion of the test phase three units were manufactured and installed on an operational site. These are now fully installed and operational. The project is now closed
This report covers the project's:Author(s): Buckman, A.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Shao, G.
Published: 2007
Publisher: Joule Centre
This document is a summary for the project titled 'Band Structural Engineering of TiO2 for Efficient Solar Cells'.
This project is aimed at increasing the energy conversion efficiency of Titanium Dioxide which can be applied to cheaper materials, such as glass, plastics etc, using deposition to create solar cells. Currently the material can only convert 5% of the suns energy into electrical energy, the amount of the solar spectrum photovoltaic cells can absorb is called its band gap and TiO2 can only absorb ultraviolet irradiance. This project explored the possibility of using the process of doping to narrow TiO2's band gap thereby increasing the amount of the suns energy it can absorb to up to 50%. Doping is the process of is the process of introducing impurities into an extremely pure semiconductor (in this case TiO2) to change its electrical properties. The effectiveness of using such a technique for narrowing Titanium Dioxide's band gap was explored both through theoretical modeling and computer simulations. This doped TiO2 material was then fabricated in a laboratory as part of the project
This project has led to two applications for patents and a spin off company. Prof. Shao has also received a further £933,050 funding from the Technology Strategy Board to continue his research into low cost, highly efficient photovoltaic solar cells. As a result of the possible applications of the research two companies involved in the project, Kleentec International Plc and Crowberry Energy, are working on a related project with funding (£10,000) from Metric.
Author(s): Land Use Consultants IT Power
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is the final report for the project titled 'Barriers to Commissioning Renewable Energy Projects'.
In June 2005 Land Use Consultants, in association with IT Power, were commissioned by Future Energy Solutions on behalf of the Renewables Advisory Board (RAB) to undertake research into factors delaying the commissioning of renewable energy projects in the post-planning approval phase. The research will inform future policy and practice necessary to meet the Government's target of 10% of our electricity needs from renewable sources by 2010.
The research focuses on barriers to commissioning onshore wind projects, given the potential for this resource to contribute to meeting the 2010 target. It also addresses offshore wind, biomass and hydro projects.
The key objectives of the study were:As per the brief set for the research, the methodology centred on statistical analysis to understand the extent of delays, and consultation with industry representatives to understand the causes of these delays. Twenty-four renewable energy developers and related organisations and eight financial institutions contributed to the research either by returning questionnaires or taking part in telephone interviews or focus groups, during the period June to September 2005. Questionnaire returns represent 58% of total approved megawatts (MW) of renewable energy capacity.
This report contains and executive summary with key findings, and is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Department for Communities and Local Government: London
Published: 2007
Publisher: Department for Communities and Local Government
A further related reporting requirement is contained in Section 6(3) of the Act. Specifically this is "A report under this section must contain an estimate, as at the end of the period, of the number of dwellings in England and Wales".
The focus of this report is the requirements under Section 6(2)(e) and 6(3) - the reporting requirements under Section 6(2)(a) to (d) are addressed in a companion report1. As a first step, a set of Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) were proposed to provide initial benchmarks for the building stock in England & Wales in respect of items (i) to (iv) which can then be used to measure changes in performance during each two-year reporting period. The first reporting period covers November 2004 to November 2006.
Author(s): Marie, J-J.
Published: 2024
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): Faraday Institution
Published: 2023
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): IGER
Published: 2008
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
To assess and improve the production from European biogas plants a specific targeted research or innovation project (Project no. 513949) entitled 'European Biogas Initiative to improve the yield of agricultural biogas plants' involved collating data from 13 biogas plants across Europe. Data was collected by four means; the use of periodic data from the biogas plant, weak-point analysis from each of the biogas plant operators; a questionnaire and a schematic of each plant. The information revealed that although the biogas plants were performing relatively well, with an average specific biogas yield 0.44 m3.methane.kg-1 VS and an average methane productivity of 1.25 m3.m3, there was considerable capacity to improve the performance of each of the biogas plants by a range of different means.
Economic comparison of these biogas plants across Europe was difficult. However, about 90% of the revenue was realised from electricity sold. The average specific capital expenditure for the 13 biogas plants was about 4,400 € per installed electric capacity (kW) or at 5% discount rate and 15 years economic life, 5.3 €-Cent per kWh of electricity. The average costs of feedstock was 5.6 €-Cent per kWh electricity produced. Also the average cost was 67 €-Cent per Nm3 of methane produced. The average total costs were 19.5 €-Cent per kWh electricity produced which was slightly above the price paid in most of the countries involved.
Development of improved means of both introducing and treating the feedstock was important for improved biogas yields. The hydrolysis of crops and crop residues could significantly reduce the HRT of some digesters to below 100 days. The type and mixture of feedstock also influenced the biogas yield and optimisation of the inputs would be of benefit. However each feedstock may ferment at different rate and/or require different conditions so process control could produce more biogas. High levels of manure required up to 4 times as much volume as other feedstocks to produce the same amount of biogas. There was up to 3 times the methane output per kg VS from different biogas plants. Some biogas plants had a variability (on standard deviation) of the specific methane yield as low as 7% others could be considered unstable with values over 100% of their mean values. Feedstocks were considered responsible for this variability, however such a range suggests that process monitoring and control would provide more stable biogas production and improved biogas yields. Monitoring fermentation parameters was limited to pH and volume of the various vessels for all biogas plants. Sensors did include means of measuring VFAs (36% of the total) and conductivity (18%) and redox potential (9%) for the 13 biogas plants. The outcome of this study will be used to identify demonstration projects at different biogas plants and research facilities.
Author(s): Hanna, R., Gross, R., Parrish, B. and Speirs, J.
Published: 2016
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Warren, G. and Foulds, C.
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
Part of the Energy-PIECES project, this report was developed during a secondment at the Energy Savings Trust.
Author(s): Northern Gas Networks, Northern Powergrid, Scottish and Southern Energy Power Distribution, Scottish Power Transmission, SGN, UK Power Networks
Published: 2016
Publisher: Ofgem
This document is a closedown report for the project titled 'Beyond Visual Line of Sight Aerial Inspection Vehicle'.
The scope of this 1½ year programme of work by VTOL Technologies is to develop an RPAS BVLOS specification that is endorsed by the CAA which can then be used to develop a RPAS BVLOS system (not part of this project). The project contains four stages:
The objective of this project is to:
The Project delivered an electricity networks RPAS BVLOS requirements specification and a gas networks RPAS BVLOS requirements specification. The increase in TRL from 3 to 5 has been in line with the registration document as the subsystems have been demonstrated in a relevant environment; the simulation environment. A significant outcome of the project has been the interaction and engagement of the CAA, a vital necessity for any further development work in the RPAS BVLOS arena.
This report covers the project's:Author(s): Evans, H.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Brown, M. and Otoadese, J.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Daggash, H.A., Fajardy, M., Heptonstall, P., MacDowell, N. and Gross, R.
Published: 2019
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC TPA working paper has been prepared to support the Committee on Climate Change’s advice to the UK government on the implications of the Paris Agreement on its long-term emissions reduction targets. In their recent reports, the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change have highlighted that large-scale carbon dioxide removal (CDR), defined as any anthropogenic activity that results in the net removal of CO2 from the atmosphere, is critical to meeting the Paris Agreement target.
This review addresses two technological CDR solutions that have been demonstrated: bioenergy with carbon capture and storage (BECCS) and direct air carbon capture and storage (DACCS). The overarching questions which this review addresses, for both BECCS and DACCS, are:
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objective of this project is to develop a stable thermophilic micro-organism able to produce high yields of ethanol from a variety of hydrolysed lignocellulosic feedstocks which are cheap and readily available.
The cost of production of bioethanol for fuel is prohibitively high compared with gasoline, due to the expensive sugar or starch feedstock required, the low production rates and the inability of conventional yeast fermentation to utilise the pentose sugars found in plant biomass. Some yeasts have been engineered to utilise pentose sugars but these modified yeasts produce a significantly decreased, economically unviable, ethanol yield.
Thermophilic bacteria have tremendous potential in the production of ethanol. Their high temperature fermentations offer reduced cooling costs, direct recovery of ethanol from the hot culture and high productivities, because of high growth rates and yields. This project aims to manipulate such thermophilic organisms to eliminate the organic acid production and maximise ethanol formation.
This profile contains information on the project's:Author(s): Pritchard, D.
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The aim of this project was to further develop micro turbine indirect firing and to develop this into a biomass generator, building on the success of the previous project. The system was redesigned and rebuilt using the experience gained and the recommendations reported in our last project. The efficiency, maintenance and safety of the system was improved through this development project.
The Specific aims were:
The main achievements of these projects are:
Author(s): Baringa Partners LLP
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Montemurro, F., Bauen, A. and Shah, N.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Montemurro, F., Bauen, A. and Shah, N.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Montemurro, F., Bauen, A., Shah, N., Samsatli, N., Patel, M. and Ang, S.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Monjur Murshed, S., Sliz, B., Montemurro, F., Vad, K., Bauen, A., Richter, G., Qi, A., Matthews, R., Eycott, A., Oliver, E., Taylor, G. and Tallis, M.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Bauen, A., Bertuccioli, L., Howes, J., Montemurro, F., Ripken, R. and Taylor, R.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Bauen, A., Montemurro, F., Taylor, R., Martinez, L. and Myles, H.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): The TESBiC consortium
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): The TESBiC consortium
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): The TESBiC consortium
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): The TESBiC consortium
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): The TESBiC consortium
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Bhave, A. and Livingston, B.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): The TESBiC consortium
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): The TESBiC consortium
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cronin, J., Pye, S., Price, J. and Butnar, I.
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
This paper explores the sensitivity of energy system decarbonisation pathways to the role of afforestation and reduced energy demands as a means to lessen reliance on carbon dioxide removal.
The stringency of climate targets set out in the Paris Agreement has placed strong emphasis on the role of carbon dioxide removal (CDR) over this century. However, there are large uncertainties around the technical and economic viability and the sustainability of large-scale CDR options. These uncertainties have prompted further consideration of the role of bioenergy in decarbonisation pathways and the potential land-use trade-offs between energy crops and afforestation. The interest in afforestation is motivated by its potential as an alternative to large-scale bioenergy with carbon capture and storage (BECCS), with its arguably lower risk supply chains, and multiple co-benefits. Furthermore, doubt over the viability of large-scale CDR has prompted a renewed examination of the extent to which their need can be offset by lowering energy demands.
A global optimisation model (TIAM-UCL) was used to examine decarbonisation pathways for the global energy system. Based on core assumptions, where energy demands follow business as usual trends and degraded land is used for energy crops, the model was unable to find a solution for a 1.5°C target. Over the period 2020-2100, the carbon budget of GtCO2 is exceeded by 332 GtCO2.
Scenarios where also run to examine how the least-cost decarbonisation pathway changes if i) energy demands are significantly reduced, or ii) degraded land is used for large-scale afforestation instead of energy crops. Each option on its own reduced the CO2 budget exceedance but both were required to allow the model to meet the 1.5°C target.
Under the 2°C target, afforestation reduced the reliance on BECCS by 60%. Under the 1.5°C target, the system still used all of the biomass available, as the target is so ambitious. When the energy demands were lower, the effect of afforestation on biomass use was dependent on the climate target. Under the 2°C target, less biomass was used across all economic sectors, whereas under the stringent 1.5°C target, all the available wood and crop biomass was exploited, but its use shifted away from the production of liquid fuels towards use in power generation.
Lowering energy service demands had a larger effect on the energy mix than large-scale afforestation. This is because demands are lowered differently across the sectors according to their economic drivers. However, afforestation had a bigger impact on the marginal cost of climate change mitigation, as it substantially decreases the scale and pace of change required by the energy system, especially in the 2°C case.
Given its key role, afforestation should be considered more in deep decarbonisation scenarios, as should lower demand scenarios.
Lowering energy demand and introducing large-scale afforestation both present significant challenges and opportunities. Further work should focus on factors affecting the carbon sequestration potential of afforestation, along with an interdisciplinary research agenda on the scope for large scale energy demand reduction. Research on the social, technical and economic factors that affect the potential for converting abandoned agricultural land to energy crops or new forest would be beneficial. An interdisciplinary research agenda is needed that brings together techno-economic modelling and qualitative scenario development with research on the social change that could lead to large reductions in energy demand
Author(s): Northern Gas Networks
Published: 2015
Publisher: Ofgem
Networks want to facilitate and encourage new sources of gas to enter our networks that meet quality standards, and where
necessary adapt quality standards to facilitate the new sources of supply and minimise investment on major infrastructure. At present,
produces have no experience or best practice guide to help them through the installation and management of biogas connections.
Networks have a variety of policies and procedures to undertake entry connections but these are limited to the transmission system.
As a result of this project with NWL documented guides will be produced as each side goes through installation process. A specialist
gas consultant will be employed over the duration of the project to capture all the learning and experiences from a producers and
network perspective and document these stages including:
The objectives of this project where:
To provide the Networks and suppliers/operators of waste treatment biomethane plants with the first user guide and best practice recommendations for connection to the gas distribution network with the requirements of that plant in relation to minimum/maximum connection, gas odourisation, dewpoint, gas quality measurement etc. To allow consistency across the gas industry for the benefit of suppliers/operators of biomethane installations and gas distribution network operators.
This report covers the project's:Author(s): National Grid Electricity Transmission
Published: 2015
Publisher: Ofgem
The Scope of the Project is intended to investigate the potential future option available for Black Start by looking at all possible technologies available and including but not limited to the following areas for consideration:
The objective of this project is to complete a desktop study to investigate the potential of alternative Black Start options for the future. In particular to Identify credible Alternative approaches for the procurement of Black Start in GB in the future considering both Technical and Commercial /Regulatory frameworks. This is a short initial study which may lead to further detailed studies on specific preferred options.
The conclusions from the work undertaken are as follows:
It is recommended that some further studies and development work are undertaken with engagement with DNOs to further investigate the potential use of smaller scale plant for Black Start into the future. NGET are planning to follow up on the above outcomes as detailed in Next Steps.
This report covers the project's:Author(s): Froggatt, A., Kuzemko, C. and Blondeel, M.
Published: 2022
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): McEwen, N., McHarg, A., Munro, F., Cairney, P., Turner, K. and Katris, A.
Published: 2019
Publisher: UKERC
This briefing paper examines how renewables in Scotland are shaped by decisions taken by the Scottish Government, the UK Government and the EU. Drawing on interviews with stakeholders, it explores the potential impact of Brexit on Scottish renewables.
Brexit has the potential to disrupt this relatively supportive policy environment in three ways in regulatory and policy frameworks governing renewable energy; access to EU funding streams; and trade in energy and related goods and services.
Our briefing identifies varying levels of concern among key stakeholders in Scotland. Many expect policy continuity, irrespective of the future UK-EU relationship. There is more concern about access to research and project funding, and future research and development collaboration, especially for more innovative renewable technologies. The UK will become a third country forthe purposes of EU funding streams, able to participate, but not lead on renewables projects, and there is scepticism about whether lost EU funding streams will be replaced at domestic levels.
While there is no real risk of being unable to access European markets even in a No-Deal Brexit scenario, trade in both energy and related products and services could become more difficult and more expensive affecting both the import of specialist labour and kit from the EU and the export of knowledge-based services. Scotlands attractiveness for inward investment may also be affected.
Author(s): Hinton, E., Holland, R., Austen, M., Taylor, G. (eds.)
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
This Working Paper presents key findings from research conducted within the Energy and Environment theme since 2009, when the second phase of UKERC activity began. Research within this theme has investigated the impacts associated with a range of marine and land-based energy production and greenhouse gas (GHG) mitigation technologies including bioenergy, wind, tidal, gas, nuclear and carbon capture and storage (CCS). The carbon and water footprints of these technologies have been investigated as have their social, economic and environmental impacts and their impacts on terrestrial and marine ecosystem services.
Author(s): Butler. C., Parkhill. K. and Pidgeon. N.
Published: 2012
Publisher: UKERC
This briefing note summarises initial findings from qualitative research undertaken as part of a major project investigating public values, attitudes and views on whole energy system change.
A key objective of the project is to identify degrees of public acceptability relating to various aspects of whole energy system transformation and the trade-offs inherent in such transitions. This research has relevance as a research evidence base for informing development of future energy systems, as well as for understanding processes of and potential obstacles to delivery of such transitions.
Author(s): Garvey, A. and Taylor, P.
Published: 2020
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Faraday Institution
Published: 2019
Publisher: Faraday Institution
The Faraday Institution and the Department for International Development (DfID) commissioned consultants Vivid Economics to perform a rapid market and technology assessment of storage in weak and off-grid contexts in developing countries, to which this Insight refers.
Author(s): Nolden, C., Moya Mose, T., Sugar, K., Kommidi, A. and Fox, S.
Published: 2023
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): The Energy Zone Consortium
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): The Energy Zone Consortium
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): The Energy Zone Consortium
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): BRE Group
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): The Energy Zone Consortium
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Ramos, M. and Burrows, K.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Ramos, M.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Ramos, M. and Burrows, K.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Burrows, K. and Ramos, M.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P., Smith, R., Davies, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P., Davies, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): The Energy Zone Consortium
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Hall T.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Junemann, S., Raslan, R., Burrows, K. and Davies, P.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Junemann, S., Raslan, R., Burrows, K. and Davies, P.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Junemann, S. and Raslan, R.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Junemann, S.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): The Energy Zone Consortium
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Raslan, R.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETi
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): BRE Group
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): The Energy Zone Consortium
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Junemann, S.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Ramos, M.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): The Energy Zone Consortium
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Ramos, M.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Burrows, K. and Ramos, M.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Bottone, D. and Pope, W.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Bottone, D. and Pope, W.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Bottone, D. and Gaze, C.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Bottone, D. and Pope, W.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, P. and Lake, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Chaudry, M., Ekins, P., Kannan, R., Shakoor, A., Skea, J., Strbac, G., Wang, X. and Whitaker, J.
Published: 2011
Publisher: UKERC
This report explores ways of enhancing the resilience of the UK energy system to withstand external shocks and examines how such measures interact with those designed to reduce carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions. The concept of resilience is explored and a set of indicators is developed to define quantitatively the characteristics of a resilient energy system. In the report we systematically test the response of the UK energy system under different scenarios to hypothetical shocks. These are all assumed to involve the loss of gas infrastructure. We then assess mitigating measures which can help to reduce the impact of these shocks and test their cost effectiveness using an insurance analogy.
Author(s): Chaudry, M., Ekins, P., Kannan, R., Shakoor, A., Skea, J., Strbac, G., Wang, X. and Whitaker, J.
Published: 2009
Publisher: UKERC
This report explores ways of enhancing the resilience of the UK energy system to withstand external shocks and examines how such measures interact with those designed to reduce CO2 emissions. The concept of resilience explored and a set of indicators is developed to define quantitatively the characteristics of a resilient energy system. In the report we systematically test the response of the UK energy system under different scenarios to hypothetical shocks. These are all assumed to involve the loss of gas infrastructure. We then assess mitigating measures which can help to reduce the impact of these shocks and test their cost effectiveness using an insurance analogy.
Author(s): Howard, M. and Gifford, S.
Published: 2023
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): Eyre, N., Anable, J., Barrett, J., Fawcett, T., Foxon, T., Oreszczyn, T. and Webb, J.
Published: 2019
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Lowe, R. and Oreszczyn, T.
Published: 2020
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Killip, G., Fawcett, T., Jofeh, C., Owen, A.M., Topouzi, M. and Wade, F.
Published: 2021
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Bell, K., Barrett, J., Ekins, P., Eyre, N., Gross, R., Watson, J. and Wright, L
Published: 2017
Publisher: UKERC
The development of a comprehensive industrial strategy for the UK is long overdue. The strategy is an opportunity to bring much needed coherence to economic and industrial policy, and to ensure that it works in tandem with the governments other policies and plans. It is particularly important that the strategy underpins the UKs transition towards a cleaner, low carbon economy. This will only be achieved if it is fully compatible with the Climate Change Act, and is integrated with the forthcoming Emissions Reduction Plan.
The Green Paper includes a welcome confirmation of the governments commitment to reducing greenhouse emissions to meet statutory targets, and to do so whilst meeting other important energy policy goals. Unlike previous statements of energy policy, we are pleased to see that the Green Paper adds a fourth policy goal alongside the familiar trilemmaof emissions r
Author(s): Faraday Institution
Published: 2023
Publisher: House of Lords
Author(s): Hughes, N., Watson, J. and Ekins, P.
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
This evidence is a joint submission by the UCL Institute for Sustainable Resources (ISR) and UKERC. These two institutions have worked together closely in the past, including on a report commissioned by the Global CCS Institute, on The role of CCS in meeting climate policy targets.
We are submitting evidence because we believe CCUS is likely to have a critical role as part of an overall decarbonisation strategy for the UK – and, perhaps more importantly, for the world. We are keen to take part in the debate as to how this can be achieved;
Author(s): Mangano, E. and Brandani, S.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Ferguson, S., Ray, R. and Abbott, T.
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Ray, R., Tarrant, A. and Abbott, T
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Foster Wheeler
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Durusut, E., Slater, S., Murray, S, and Hare, P.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Temperton, I.
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
The latest independent report to the UK government on carbon capture use and storage (CCUS) was published in July this year. The CCUS Cost Challenge Task Force (CCTF) reported under the heading “Delivering Clean Growth”.
There have also been new pronouncements on CCS in the Committee on Climate Change’s annual update to Parliament and in the National Infrastructure Commission’s National Infrastructure Assessment.
Like everyone else who works in and around CCS in the UK, Ian Temperton, who is also an Advisory Board Member of UKERC, spends vastly more time writing reports and sitting on committees than he does actually trying to capture, transport and store CO2.
From the perspective of someone who sat on the CCTF and the previous Parliamentary Advisory Group (PAG) on CCS which reported in 2016, he takes a critical look at what these various bodies have said this year and puts them in the context of the many previous reports on the subject.
While CCS needs to be deployed at very large scale for many pathways that restrict global warming to acceptable levels, including those for the UK, progress to date has been negligible.
The UK government seems to have a new enthusiasm for CCS but it is hard to extract a clear strategy from the recent interventions.
The very premise on which the government bases its current approach to CCS looks very much like it wishes to “have its cake and eat it”. The accompanying desire not to look like it is “picking winners” means that recent reports don’t make a particularly compelling case for CCS at all, at least in the medium term.
This challenges the very nature of whole energy systems thinking. CCS, with its potential applications across the energy sector in electricity, heat, transport and heavy industry (not to mention negative emissions) should be, and indeed is, easy to make the whole of system case for. However, being a citizen of the whole energy system makes CCS a citizen of nowhere, and we are no clearer to plotting an efficient route for deployment through the many potential applications of this technology.
The business model for CCS leaves many unanswered questions. What role does regulation have? Should it be publicly or privately financed? How can “full-chain” CCS be delivered? How can we leverage competition (a word which can hardly be spoken in the CCS debate)? How do we create the right incentives for heavy industry? Can we learn from other large infrastructure projects like London’s Super Sewer? And how does CCS fit in an energy system increasingly dominated by low marginal cost sources of supply like renewables?
The paper finds little to suggest that CCS policy in the UK has become any clearer.
Given the need to develop quickly under such high levels of policy uncertainty, and given that the public sector always has, and always will, fund the majority of the costs of developing CCS, the paper argues for the formation of a public Delivery Body. It also suggests that time is short to make the case and develop the plan for such a body ahead of next year’s UK Government Spending Review.
If we are to harness the new government enthusiasm while addressing the same old uncertainties in CCS policy then there is an inevitable and critical role for a Delivery Body.
Author(s): Department for International Trade
Published: 2022
Publisher: Department for International Trade
Author(s): Evans, J.
Published: 2003
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
This document provides an abstract and a brief summary of the project titled "COLDROOM - Improving food temperature control in chilled and frozen storage rooms".
There are over 7,000 food manufacturers in the UK. At least 50% of these manufacturers operate refrigerated storage areas. In addition, all food retailers and most catering establishments also operate cold stores.
One, if not the most important, change in food refrigeration in the last 10-15 years has been the realisation of the interdependence of the different refrigeration operations and the concept of the 'cold chain'. It is essential, if food quality and safety are to be maximised, to attain:
The main project objectives were to improve the safety, quality and economics of chilled and frozen storage by closer control of food temperature. This was achieved by developing a user-friendly model to predict food temperatures in chilled and frozen storage rooms under real operating conditions. The model allows:
The model was verified against data for a chilled cold room operating at temperatures of between 1 and 10°C. The verification trials included simulated cold room breakdown and extended door openings during loading. The overall mean difference between the predicted and experimental centre and surface food temperatures were found to be less than 0.7°C.
Author(s): Shuter, D.M.
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
Author(s): Fawcett, T., Hampton, S. and Mallaburn, P.
Published: 2019
Publisher: UKERC
We welcome the idea of offering more policy support to SMEs to enable the uptake of energy efficiency opportunities, to the benefit of their enterprises, the economy as a whole and the environment. Researchers have previously argued that there is not enough policy focus on SMEs (Banks et al, 2012, Hampton and Fawcett, 2017) and this consultation was valuable as part of a wider process of policy development.
This response covers general issues about design of policy for energy efficiency improvement in SMEs, and offers specific evidence on Option 2: a business energy efficiency obligation.
Author(s): Eyre, N and Downing, C.
Published: 2019
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Downing, C.
Published: 2020
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Downing, C. and Eyre, N.
Published: 2021
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Downing, C., Eyre, N. and Harris, H.
Published: 2022
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Jones, C.M. and Higginson, S.
Published: 2023
Publisher: UKERC
This briefing note brings together the current state of policy and activities that CREDS and UKERC have undertaken to support data sharing.
Author(s): Centre for Sustainable Energy Garrad Hassan
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is a report for the project titled 'Capacity Ten-Seven'.
Project Capacity Ten-Seven sought to bring together leading UK industrial expertise in the required disciplines to "define the parameters for the design of a new solar cell process plant with a capacity about 10MWp per annum and establish the optimum substrate size, cell configuration and junction structure and include the necessary research to confirm that these key characteristics are suited to high volume low cost production."
The project objectives were addressed through six interrelated technical work. Activities each with its own sub-objective and work plans. These were:
The project achieved its overall goal of positioning ICP Solar UK to proceed with detailed design of a Capacity Ten-Seven production facility that will meet with future expansion plans.
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2001
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
It is generally accepted that improvements in coal particle size distribution are beneficial to carbon burnout, and considerable emphasis is placed on the optimisation and maintenance of coal pulverising equipment at utility power plant. The modelling of carbon burnout has been the subject of a number of recent and ongoing projects, some of which have received the financial support of the DTI, and significant technical advances have been made. However, there is an absence of available plant data to demonstrate the effect of coal particle size distribution on carbon in ash, which would allow the validation of this aspect of CFD and engineering models of burnout. This project seeks to address the shortfall.
The overall aim of the project is to establish good quality plant data to demonstrate the effect of changing coal fineness in a controlled way. Specific objectives are:
Author(s): Colechin, M
Published: 2004
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is a report for the project titled 'Carbon Burnout Project - Coal Fineness Effects'.
Carbon-in-ash presents an obvious cost to coal-fired generation plant in terms of lost fuel. High levels of carbon-in-ash can also inhibit the efficiency of electrostatic precipitators, which in turn can lead to increased particulate emissions, while the potential for selling fly-ash is dependent upon the level of carbon in the ash and excessive levels can result in additional disposal costs.
The aim of DTI project 226 has been to establish good quality plant and rig data to demonstrate the effect of changing coal fineness on carbon burnout in a controlled manner, which can then be used to support computational fluid dynamics (CFD) and
engineering models of the process. The project was designed to achieve this through:
The full scale plant trials were successfully completed at Powergen's Kingsnorth Power Station, establishing plant data that demonstrates the effect of changing coal fineness on carbon burnout in a controlled manner. A full set of tests were also completed on Powergen's CTF, operating with four different fuel grind sizes. During these tests both carbon-in-ash and NOX levels were seen to increase with increasing fuel particle size.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Watson, J., Kern, F., Gross, M., Gross, R., Heptonstall, P., Jones, F., Haszeldine, S., Ascui, F., Chalmers, H., Ghaleigh, N., Gibbins, J., Markusson, N., Marsden, W., Rossati, D., Russell, S., Winskel, M., Pearson, P. and Arapostathis. S.
Published: 2012
Publisher: UKERC
The aim of the research is to assess the technical, economic, financial and social uncertainties facing carbon capture and storage (CCS) technologies, and to analyse the potential role they could play in the UK power sector between now and 2030. CCS technologies are often highlighted as a crucial component of future low carbon energy systems in the UK and internationally. However, it is unclear when these technologies will be technically proven at full scale, and whether their costs will be competitive with other low carbon options.
Author(s): Morgan, N.
Published: 2012
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Heptonstall, P., Markusson, N. and Chalmers, H.
Published: 2012
Publisher: UKERC
This working paper is an output from a project funded by UKERC (the UK Energy Research Centre) that aims to identify and explore some of the key uncertainties that might have a 5 UK Energy Research Centre material impact on if and when large-scale CCS is deployed in the UK. In particular, this paper proposes a number of plausible pathways for CCS progress (or lack of progress) until 2030 and identifies key branching points where a particular trajectory for CCS development may be determined as different pathways diverge from each other. The effectiveness of different criteria to determine which pathway CCS development is following can then be assessed (see the Methodology section for a more detailed explanation of the approach).
Overall, the project aims to make useful contributions to efforts to determine how both the viability and maturity of CCS technology can be assessed more generally. In this context, viability refers to several factors that are outlined in more detail in later sections of this paper, such as whether independent assessments suggest that CCS technology is performing well enough to compete with other options for mitigating the risk of dangerous climate change. Although maturity is related to similar concepts it is more concerned with how far progressed CCS technology appears to be along a continuum of development, rather than the more yes/no assessment that might be expected if only viability is considered. It is, for instance, possible to envisage that a technology be mature in terms of its development but nevertheless not viable unless a set of economic, policy and regulatory conditions are met.
Author(s): Heptonstall, P., Gross, R. and Jones, F.
Published: 2011
Publisher: UKERC
This paper is an output from the UK Energy Research Centre (UKERC) Research Fund project Carbon Capture and Storage: Realising the potential? (UKERC 2011). The project, led by the University of Sussex is undertaking an inter-disciplinary assessment of Carbon Capture and Storage (CCS) viability from now to 2030 involving a partnership from the Universities of Sussex, Edinburgh and Imperial College London (Markusson et al. 2011). The overall aims and objectives include helping policy makers understand the conditions for successful commercialisation of CCS and to contributing methodologies to inform policy decisions on whether CCS is proven.This paper is an output from the UK Energy Research Centre (UKERC) Research Fund project Carbon Capture and Storage: Realising the potential? (UKERC 2011). The project, led by the University of Sussex is undertaking an inter-disciplinary assessment of Carbon Capture and Storage (CCS) viability from now to 2030 involving a partnership from the Universities of Sussex, Edinburgh and Imperial College London (Markusson et al. 2011). The overall aims and objectives include helping policy makers understand the conditions for successful commercialisation of CCS and to contributing methodologies to inform policy decisions on whether CCS is proven.
Author(s): Morgan, N.
Published: 2011
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Rix, J.H.R., Evans, A.F.K., Elsayed, M., Hunter, A.J., Turley, D., Goldsworthy, M. and McNamee, P.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Mortimer, N.D., Rix, J.H.R., Evans, A,F,K,. Elsayed, M., Hunter, A.J., Matthews, R.W., Hogan, G., Turley, D., Goldsworthy, M. and McNamee, P.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Vincent, C.
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
The objectives of this workshop were to:
Author(s): Haszeldine, S., Gilfillan, S. and Wilkinson, M.
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
This meeting follows on from the UK Energy Research Centre annual assembly and brings speakers from leading national positions, who can provide perspectives on success, failure, and future pathways. Will the UK be a leader in climate stabilisation? Or is that moment about to pass?
The focus is on CCS ( carbon capture and storage). This is suite of technologies to capture CO2 at power stations and other concentrated sources, liquefy and transport the CO2, and inject into rock pores deep below ground. The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change produced a special report on CCS in 2005, where a worldwide analysis showed that CCS could halve the increase of CO2 emissions by 2100 especially in coal using countries. The UK has claim to a world-class opportunity for CCS, utilising reservoirs deep beneath the North Sea. Will technology, industry, and Government enable thisopportuni
Author(s): White, R., Boardman, B. and Thottath, S.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
The proposal is that our carbon intensive goods and services should contribute to lower carbon emissions and be redefined in light of climate change. A carbon label has the potential to be an important part of this redefinition, but should be built on a successful consensus about what a carbon label should do, how and how this is best delivered. This briefing paper provides a broad review of evidence and poses pertinent questions surrounding the development of carbon labelling.
This report is split up into a series of questions, each of which includes relevant research findings, key issues and questions and implications of these for further work or labelling. They are highly interactive, as a decision on one has considerable influence on other factors. This report is accompanied by an appendix that contains more in-depth explanations and reviews of pertinent studies, papers an
Author(s): Keay-Bright, S. and Knight, O.
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC Meeting Place seminar, co-sponsored by the Sustainable Development Commission and the Department for Food, Environment and Rural Affairs, aimed to achieve three outcomes:
The event set out to engage a multi-di
Author(s): Topouzi, M., Mallaburn, P. and Fawcett, T.
Published: 2023
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Wilson, G., Taylor, R. and Rowley, P
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
This briefing note summarises Great Britain’s local gas demand from the 2nd of April 2017 to the 6th of March 2018 and compares this to electrical supply. The data covers the UK cold weather event on the 1st March, providing insights into the scale of hourly energy flows through both networks.
A peak hourly local gas demand of 214 GW occurred at 6pm on the 1st of March, which compared to a peak electrical supply of 53 GW occurring at the same time.
The data highlights a critical challenge – managing the 3-hour difference in demand from 5am to 8am on the local gas network during the heating season. Whilst flexibility in the gas system is provided using a change in pressure to store extra energy in the network to meet increasing demand, the electrical system has no comparable intrinsic equivalent.
The findings add to previous work funded by UKERC on thermal energy storage , heat incumbency, and flexibility of electrical systems to provide insights into the decarbonisation of heat in Britain, helping to inform decision-making, modelling of future networks and highlighting key areas for future research and innovation.
A greater research and innovation focus to reduce the 5am-8am 3-hour difference in heat demand is necessary.
Author(s): Rajendran,K. & Graham, S.
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This report endeavours to understand the technical aspects of a 5kW fuel cell based UPS. Suitable testing is done to determine whether the performance of the system is equivalent to a battery based UPS. The Economic analysis deals with the feasibility of a fuel cell UPS is today's economy.
Testing was then carried out to verify the operation of the fuel cell and establish weather performance was equivalent with battery-operated UPS. The influence of temperature and stack power over start-up time was studied. To establish the dynamic operation of the fuel cell, load-switching tests, both of active and reactive nature, were carried out. Consecutive runs of soak tests were done to verify long hours of operation.
The fuel cell has proven capable to equal the performance of a battery bank, to the inverter and then AC load, the fuel cell is just a battery which never drains. Testing in lower operating temperatures has shown start up is not affected by long hours on non-operation. Though the optimum fuel cell stack an ambient temperature of less than 20°C. Start up is not affected when operated with active and reactive loads.
Author(s): Forest Research
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Forest Research
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): McKay, H., Croxton, S., Hogan, G., Wall, M., Weatherstone, S., Connolly, T., Quick, W. and Forster, J.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): McKay, H., Croxton, S., Hogan, G., Wall, M., Weatherstone, S., Connolly, T., Quick, W. and Forster, J.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Forest Research
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): McKay, H., Croxton, S., Hogan, G., Wall, M., Weatherstone, S., Connolly, T., Quick, W. and Forster, J.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Forest Research
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Forest Research
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Forest Research
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Forest Research
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Forest Research
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Forest Research
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Forest Research
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Forest Research
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Forest Research
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Forest Research
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Forest Research
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): McKay, H., Hogan, G., Croxton, S. and Quick, W
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): McKay, H., Hogan, G. and Croxton, S
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): McKay, H., Croxton, S., Hogan, G., Wall, M., Weatherstone, S., Connolly, T., Quick, W. and Forster, J.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): McKay, H., Croxton, S., Hogan, G., Wall, M., Weatherstone, S., Connolly, T., Quick, W. and Forster, J.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): WRC
Published: 2009
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
Good quality waste characterisation data are fundamental to Defra's policies and strategies to manage environmental challenges, yet the UK dataset for the new generation of treated wastes was poor. This project aimed to fill some of the gaps in understanding the characteristics of residues from the treatment of municipal solid waste and industrial process wastes.
The overall objectives were to:
A consistent approach to the sampling and testing of the residues has been used as advocated in the Environment Agency's sampling and testing guidance (2005). This includes the use of scenario-specific sampling plans to enable future replication of testing and the full characterisation toolbox (e.g. composition, leachability, biodegradability testing). The datasets have been imported into leachXS and the benefits of this data management and expert tool to technical specialists and policy developers can be seen, for example the rapid comparison of the characteristics of the new generation of treatment residues with more traditional waste streams.
The nitrogen fertilizer value of most organic wastes is much lower than that of sewage sludge. More organic waste would therefore be needed to be applied to soils to provide the same fertiliser value as sewage sludge. The partially stabilized organic wastes have a high requirement for oxygen. There is a risk that the soil system would be unable to sustain the oxygen needed for respiration by the in situ microbial population and so adverse anoxic conditions are likely to exist in the soil.
Author(s): Gifford, S.
Published: 2025
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): Department for Business and Trade and Department for Energy Security and Net Zero
Published: 2025
Publisher: UK Government
Britain used to be an energy powerhouse. We built technologies that brought jobs and prosperity across the country. We have a once in a generation chance to build on that prosperity and growth, but only if we double down on our advantages. If we delay, or fail to seize the available opportunities, other countries will win the race for these industries of the future. Clean energy is that future and a perfect fit for the UK's strengths.
The UK has major growth opportunities in Clean Energy Industries. We are a coastal nation, a scientific and innovation superpower, with strengths in high-value manufacturing and a skilled energy workforce to match. With our world-leading renewable energy deployment, and deep capital markets, Britain is the natural home for Clean Energy Industries. We can deliver investment in manufacturing and deployment that will have significant spillover benefits for innovation, services, and skills across the country, leveraging the clean energy transition to turbocharge growth.
Clean energy investors are clear that they want to grow in the UK and to invest billions here, but they cannot do this on their own. They need certainty, they need stability, they need a partner to take the first step with them in developing new technologies, and they need an incentive to expand supply chains. This is our plan to secure that growth, to back those Clean Energy Industries and unlock billions more in investment. To break down barriers to projects, to invest alongside industry where necessary, to ensure we create good jobs, to incentivise companies to build it in Britain.
This is the global economic opportunity of our time, and in an uncertain world, the Government's Missions to Kickstart Economic Growth and make the UK a Clean Energy Superpower are sending a clear message that we are unwavering in our commitment to these industries and to energy security. The net zero economy is already growing three times faster than the wider UK economy and we have seen over £40 billion of private investment in clean energy announced since July. Our Clean Industry Bonus smashed expectations, with £544 million for offshore wind developers to prioritise investment in regions that need it most, leveraging billions more in private investment, including in traditional oil and gas communities, ex-industrial areas, ports, and coastal towns.
Delivering Clean Power by 2030 will protect the economy and billpayers from the rollercoaster of fossil fuel prices, the cause of half of recessions since 1970.4 By harnessing the potential of AI, automation and advanced technologies we can optimise how energy is generated and consumed. The resulting modern, affordable, and secure energy system is fundamental to building a stronger and more productive economy. The UK will build an energy system that will bring down bills for households and businesses for good, bringing certainty, stability, and growth.
Growing our Clean Energy Industries and boosting domestic supply chains is fundamental to supporting wider industry to decarbonise. Growing our Clean Energy Industries and boosting domestic supply chains is fundamental to supporting wider industry to decarbonise. Foundational industries such as steel, chemicals, critical minerals, composites and other materials such as glass, provide critical inputs to enable growth in Clean Energy Industries.
Author(s): Department for Energy Security and Net Zero
Published: 2025
Publisher: UK Government
The clean energy transition is the defining economic opportunity of the twenty-first century and the UK is uniquely positioned to lead it. The government's Plan for Change set out our ambitious mission to make Britain a clean energy superpower, which will kickstart economic growth and break down the barriers to opportunity as we create a new generation of good jobs across every corner of the country to deliver energy security.
Someone is going to win the global race for the clean energy jobs of the future and we are determined that it should be the UK. The job opportunities on offer are huge, with roles available across a range of skill levels and occupations, from plumbers to production managers, engineers to electricians, and technicians to welders. This presents a significant opportunity to revitalise our industrial heartlands and ensure that our existing home-grown energy workforce can move flexibly into good clean energy roles.
Clean energy is already providing good jobs to hundreds of thousands of people across the UK. Jobs in Wind, Nuclear, and Electricity Networks all advertise average salaries of over £50,000, compared to the UK average of £37,000. For young people, these jobs can offer higher levels of pay across occupations, with entry-level 'green' roles commanding a 23% average pay premium in around 60% of occupations. These jobs also provide the security of a rapidly-growing sector, as new and emerging green jobs are less likely to be automated and have had more resilience in demand than the wider jobs market in recent years.
However, we know there is more to be done. While the clean energy workforce is growing rapidly in the UK, by around 8% and 10% per year in 2022 and 2023 respectively, other countries have far more jobs per capita. For example, in 2023 Germany had almost 3 times as many renewable energy jobs per capita as the UK; Sweden and Denmark almost 4 and 5 times as many respectively. Across the economy, industry investment in skills has been falling in recent years with evidence suggesting significant underinvestment in the UK compared to our European peers.
The government's recent significant programme of investment in clean energy, alongside the Clean Energy Industries Sector Plan and this Jobs Plan, shows our firm commitment to ensuring Britain leads the world in the clean energy transition and creates the conditions needed for industry to accelerate investments in the skills system.
Author(s): Department for Energy Security and Net Zero
Published: 2025
Publisher: UK Government
This annex describes the experimental approach taken to assessing the growth required in the clean energy workforce from a 2023 baseline to 2030, where opportunities are likely to be located, and the types of occupations likely to be in high demand and relatively more difficult to fill.
Clean energy technologies encompass power generation, transmission and distribution, greenhouse gas removals, clean heat, and energy efficiency. The full list of sub-sectors is provided in Table 1 below. Clean energy jobs are measured as the number of jobs that are supported by the deployment and operation of clean energy technologies and their supply chains. This analysis covers both direct and indirect jobs, these employment categories can be defined as:
Induced jobs are excluded from this analysis; employment resulting from the spending of wages by workers in direct and indirect employment, leading to increased demand in other sectors.
This analysis does not measure net additional jobs across the economy. Much of the increase in workforce across clean energy sectors will involve workers who have transitioned from other sectors or will displace high carbon energy jobs; however, these effects are not accounted for as the evidence is not available. The analysis also does not capture replacement demand - i.e., the workers required to replace workers that leave the clean energy workforce.
There is inherent uncertainty in estimating the size of the 2030 clean energy workforce. The future size and geographic spread of the clean energy workforce will be dependent on delivery and final location of the pipeline of projects out to 2030, the ability to recruit into the sector, cost assumptions, any assumptions made about the ability of UK businesses to export overseas, and the validity of the assumptions made around the workers required to deploy a particular amount of technology. These estimates do not represent precise predictions; they are indicative of the orders of magnitude the clean energy workforce will need to increase by 2030 to meet demand in UK clean energy sectors and their supply chains (where possible, both domestic and global demand has been considered - see Table 1 for details).
Author(s): Department for Energy Security and Net Zero
Published: 2025
Publisher: UK Government
The government has five national missions, to:
The Department for Energy Security and Net Zero (DESNZ) leads on the government's mission to Make Britain a Clean Energy Superpower, working in close collaboration with other departments (see Section 1.1.3).
Research, development, and innovation (hereafter 'R&D') are critical enablers for achieving both pillars of the Clean Energy Superpower Mission (CESM): delivering clean power by 2030 and accelerating to net zero by 2050. They provide the robust scientific evidence base for policy decisions and delivery, enable the successful innovation and scaling up of necessary technologies, and enhance productivity and economic growth. As estimated by the International Energy Agency, approximately 35% of the global emission reductions needed in 2050 to reach net zero rely on technologies that are not yet commercially available.
Areas of Research Interest documents (ARIs) set out research questions and evidence needs of government organisations. They are a key tool for shaping the research landscape - helping to align academic, industry, and public sector efforts with government priorities. This ARI document sets out the R&D needed to deliver the CESM, based on cross-government consensus. It captures the breadth of challenges and opportunities across both mission pillars and seeks to encourage more structured dialogue and collaboration with external stakeholders.
This ARI document is intended to support collaboration between government, academia, industry, and other research organisations. It sets out both the full thematic breadth of research areas relevant to the CESM and a focused set of priority R&D challenges where coordinated effort is most urgently required. Together, these provide a strategic framework to guide research investment, shape funding programmes, and inform policy development.
It can be used to:
This ARI has been intentionally developed at a strategic level. While it captures the full breadth of research areas relevant to the mission, it does not aim to provide detailed R&D requirements. Instead, it offers directional guidance on the research considered most valuable at the time of assessment, rather than an exhaustive specification. As part of our future plan, we will define what success looks like and develop approaches to measure progress.
Author(s): Smith, C., van der Horst, D., Lane, M. & Tingey, M.
Published: 2021
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Smith, C., van der Horst, D., Lane, M. & Tingey, M.
Published: 2021
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Happer, C., Philo, G. and Froggatt, A.
Published: 2012
Publisher: UKERC
The aim was to examine the specific triggers for changes in patterns of understanding and attitude – and the conditions under which these lead to changes in behaviour. New and innovative methodologies were developed, including the preparation of authentic news broadcasts to present possible future outcomes of climate change and problems with energy security constraint. The results show how beliefs held by audiences can be affected when they receive new information. The conditions under which people believe or reject different arguments are at the heart of the study.
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives of this project are to:
The primary aim and objective of the work is to develop the technical and economic information that will assist existing or future owners and investors in the power industry to evaluate the advantages of utilising coal based syngas generated in a Gasification Enabling Module (GEM) to refuel existing NGCC plants which have the capability to remove 85% or more of the CO2 prior to combustion. To achieve this objective, the study will evaluate GEMs located both adjacent and remote from existing NGCC plants and will evaluate the performance of the GEMs both before and after carbon capture. The results to date on these flow schemes are based on preliminary conceptual technical evaluations and preliminary cost estimates.
This profile contains information on the project's:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2001
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The range of coals encountered by new and existing power stations in the UK and abroad is steadily increasing. The inorganic component - the mineral matter - of coal impacts directly on plant availability through coal ash slagging, emission limits especially for fine particulate material and ash use and disposal. These factors constrain the acceptable range of coals for power station use. This project addresses the lack of fundamental understanding of the processes and rates of coal ash formation. It also considers the inability to predict boiler ash properties and behaviour because of a lack of detailed numerical descriptions for fly ash. The objectives of this project are:
Author(s): Wigley, F. & Williamson, J.
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The UK now imports more than 50% of the coal that is used for coal-fired power generation. UK generators are offered an increasingly wider range of world-traded coals for burning in boilers that were designed to burn a relatively narrow range of indigenous coals. This project was undertaken to provide UK boiler designers and operators with an improved knowledge of the combustion characteristics of coals for which they had little combustion experience. The study placed particular emphasis on the effects that a wider range of coal minerals and mineral matter distributions might have on the many aspects of boiler operation. These ranged from coal grinding for pulverised coal combustion, to combustion behaviour, levels of unburned carbon in ash, precipitator performance, gaseous and particulate emissions, and the slagging and fouling characteristics of the ash.
The coals were selected to reflect the wide range of world-traded coals that are now on offer and came from North and South America, Australia, South Africa, Indonesia, China, Russia and India. The coals were chosen on the basis of the ash content and ash chemistry that UK utilities might encounter. As a consequence of the varied geographical origins of the coals and the range of ash chemistry, the nature and distribution of the mineral matter in the coals was found to be significantly different from that of indigenous coals.
Coal and mineral matter characterisation was carried by Nottingham University and Imperial College London. Combustion studies were undertaken by E.ON, using the Combustion Test Facility (CTF) at the Ratcliffe Power Technology Centre and by Imperial College, using a high temperature Entrained Flow Reactor (EFR). In addition the EFR was used to study the mineral transformations of the minerals found in the suite of coals. The combustion facilities generated a range of samples for analysis and characterisation, including combustion ash and unburned char, cyclone ashes and deposits collected on ceramic probes and a slag panel. Characterisation of the samples enabled the combustion performance and slagging propensity of the coals to be assessed and ranked against that of a typical UK bituminous coal (Harworth).
Some of the coals would be unsuitable for UK boilers. Two coals from the US Powder River Basin had a high slagging and fouling potential, a high ash coal from India could give potential ash handling problems unless blended with a low ash coal, and a South African coal gave high NOx and high levels of unburned carbon. The remaining coals would be expected to give few operational problems.
The implications of burning a wider range of imported coals have been considered. Sales of boiler ashes to the construction market are an important consideration in the overall economics of coal-fired power generation. Several of the ashes with a high calcium content would be unlikely to meet current and anticipated specifications for use with cements and concrete.
Existing methods of coal and ash characterisation were found to be generally satisfactory in predicting the combustion performance of the coals burned at rig scale. The more advanced coal and ash characterisation techniques were found valuable in understanding the mineral transformations, the ash formation and ash deposition mechanisms.
This report contains an executive summary, and is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Doosan Babcock Energy Limited
Published: 2007
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is the final report for the project titled 'Coal-Fired Advanced Supercritical Retrofit with CO2 Capture '.
The overall aim of the project (DTI Project 407) is to evaluate the technical and economic feasibility of retrofitting UK coal-fired power plants with advanced supercritical boiler/turbine technology (ASC BT) and carbon dioxide capture. Specific objectives were:Retrofit of carbon abated clean coal technologies (CATs) is a practical solution with no technical or physical show stoppers being identified in the course of the study. Advanced supercritical boiler/turbine (ASC BTR) technology is available now with the appropriate guarantees for retrofitting to coal-fried power plant to improve efficiency, reduce costs and reduce carbon dioxide emissions.
When CO2 capture and storage becomes economic or mandatory the retrofit routes studies are likely to be amongst the best and most economic options for existing pulverised fuel power generation plant. The project consortium members (Doosan Babcock, Alstom, E.ON UK, Air Products, Imperial College London and Fluor Ltd) are well positioned to exploit the opportunities worldwide.
This report contains an executive summary, and is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Department for Communities and Local Government: London
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department for Communities and Local Government
The Code for Sustainable Homes has been developed to enable a step change in sustainable building practice for new homes. It has been prepared by the Government in close working consultation with the Building Research Establishment (BRE) and Construction Industry Research and Information Association (CIRIA), and through consultation with a Senior Steering Group consisting of Government, industry and NGO representatives.
The Code is intended as a single national standard to guide industry in the design and construction of sustainable homes. It is a means of driving continuous improvement, greater innovation and exemplary achievement in sustainable home building.
The Code will complement the system of Energy Performance Certificates which is being introduced in June 2007 under the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive (EPBD). The EPBD will require that all new homes (and in due course other homes, when they are sold or leased) have an Energy Performance Certificate providing key information about the energy efficiency/carbon performance of the home. Energy assessment under the Code will use the same calculation methodology therefore avoiding the need for duplication.
This document is divided into the following sections:
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives of this project were:
All project objectives have been achieved. As planned, video capture and processing equipment was installed and tested on actual boiler plant early in the project and the results of practical experience used progressively to inform and refine developments.
This experience has confirmed the importance of proving techniques under actual PF combustion techniques. Work by Imperial on a number of other video projects involving observations in small-scale furnaces has shown that the technical challenges involved in acquiring satisfactory video data are much more severe in full scale plant. Different combustion-related phenomena are also encountered in practice.
This summary contains information on:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives of this project are:
The main aim of the project was to demonstrate the proposed low volatile burner at full scale in a single burner test facility and to establish its performance with regard to NOX and combustion efficiency. Furthermore, pilot scale testing was undertaken to quantify the effect of the staged addition of combustion air. Air staging is generally regarded as an effective, mature technology for NOX reduction from bituminous coals, but its impact on low volatile coals is less well understood.
This summary provides information on:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2004
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
Specific objectives for this project are:
Traditionally low volatile coals and anthracites have been utilised in arch fired furnaces (often referred to as 'downshot' firing) so as to overcome the inherent difficulties of achieving stable and efficient combustion which arise from the lack of volatile material in the coal to aid in the ignition, and the low reactivity of the remaining char. The downshot firing system is, however, of higher initial cost than a comparable wall fired system, and if it were possible to utilise low volatile coal in wall fired furnaces there are clear economic benefits both in retrofit applications and for new plant.
In Phase 1 of the project the key mechanisms for ignition and stabilisation of low volatile coal flames were identified. A conceptual burner design for firing coals down to 10% VM daf was outlined. In Phase 2 of the project the aim is to develop further a burner design specifically for firing of coals of lower volatile matter content down to ca. 10% daf. It will be necessary to determine more closely the limit of volatile matter on ignition and stability with existing Low NOx Burner technology and investigate the actual/relative sensitivity of ignition/stability to variations in the key mechanism parameters identified in Phase 1. The burner design developed in the project will be tested at full-scale
This summary provides information on:Author(s): Abdul Rahman, M.G., Gibbins, J.R. & Forrest, A.K.
Published: 2004
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
Objectives of project:
Author(s): Leicester, P. and Rowley, P.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Centre for Sustainable Energy Garrad Hassan
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The routine provision of meaningful benefits to communities hosting wind power projects is likely to be a significant factor in sustaining public support and delivering significant rates of wind power development.
In direct contrast to the UK where community benefits typically rely on voluntary cash contributions to a community fund from the project developer, the evidence from Spain, Denmark and Germany indicates that significant local benefits are effectively built into the fabric of all wind power projects.
The routine benefits typically take the form of the local tax payments, jobs and economic benefits form regional manufacturing, and for Denmark and Germany, opportunities for local ownership. In these leading EU countries for wind power development, which have enjoyed hard higher rates of wind power development, the concept of a voluntary contribution or a community fund is unfamiliar; benefits are already accruing without the need for developers to volunteer additional payments.
This report contains an executive summary, and is divided into the following sections:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives of this project are:
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2003
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives of this project are:
As a result of this project, a prototype instrumentation system for the concurrent measurement of flame temperature and soot concentration has been developed. The system operates on the principle of multi-wavelength pyrometry combined with digital imaging and image processing techniques. A monochromatic imaging system is used to visualise the flame field in the furnace. The flame light incipient on the optical sensor installed on the furnace wall is split into separate beams passing through narrow band-pass filters of different wavelengths before reaching the imaging device. The resulting digital images are processed to determine temperature distribution of the flame field. The soot concentration of the flame is represented using a parameter called KL factor, which is derived from the temperature measured. The operability and effectiveness of the system have been evaluated on an industrial-scale combustion test facility operated by Innogy plc.
Results obtained have demonstrated that the system is capable of measuring two-dimensional distributions and fluctuations of flame temperature and soot concentration. The accuracy of the system was verified using a tungsten lamp as a standard reference source. The relative error between the measured temperature and the reference temperature was found to be no greater than 1% throughout the measurement range from 1280°C to 1690°C. The resolution of the system was dependent upon the resolution of the camera and its installation on the furnace. The prototype system was applied to investigate the distributions of flame temperature and soot concentration of typical pulverised coals. Quantitative relationships between flame temperature, soot concentration and corresponding plant conditions were identified. Preliminary comparisons between the pulverised coal flames and other fossil fuel flames were also undertaken.
This summary provides information on:Author(s): Futter, D.N., Chevalier, R., Gilbert, D., Muguelanez, E., Whittle, M. and Infield, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): McGlade, C., Ekins, P., Bradshaw, M. and Watson, J.
Published: 2015
Publisher: UKERC
A briefing paper Dr Christophe McGlade and Professor Paul Ekins, UCL Institute for Sustainable Resources and UCL Energy Institute, University College London; Professor Michael Bradshaw, Warwick Business School, University of Warwick; and Professor Jim Watson, UK Energy Research Centre.
The research on which this brief paper draws was carried out by the UK Energy Research Centre (UKERC). The views expressed are those of the authors, rather than of any institution to which they may be affiliated.
Two recently published reports (McGlade & Ekins (2015), McGladeet al.(2014)) examine possible futures for fossil fuels, with a particular focus on the bridging role that natural gas may be able to play during a transition to a global low-carbon energy system. A related report (Bradshawet al.2014) considers the UKs global gas c
Author(s): Sinclair Knight Merz
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Sinclair Knight Merz
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Sinclair Knight Merz
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Sinclair Knight Merz
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Sinclair Knight Merz
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Sinclair Knight Merz
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cairns, S.
Published: 2019
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Martiskainen, M., Dearnley, E., Eyre, N. and Jenkinson, K.
Published: 2019
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Oreszczyn, T., Lowe, R., Eyre, N., Ruyssevelt, P. and Huebner, G.
Published: 2020
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Anable, J. and Marsden, G.
Published: 2019
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Garvey, A., Norman, J. and Barrett, J.
Published: 2019
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Endeavours Consortium
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Endeavours Consortium
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Endeavours Consortium
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Morrell, G., Raw, G. and Junemann, S.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Morrell, G., Kahn, L., Junemann, S. and Oreszczyn, T.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Endeavours Consortium
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Raw, G., Junemann, S. and Anderson, T.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Endeavours Consortium
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Endeavours Consortium
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Endeavours Consortium
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Endeavours Consortium
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Endeavours Consortium
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Bilton, M. and Carmichael, R.
Published: 2015
Publisher: UKERC
To inform the UKERC Technology and Policy Assessment project that is examining consumer attitudes to changes in electricity supply voltage, the TPA team co-funded a working paper together with the Transformation of the Top and Tail of Energy Networks (TTaT), an Engineering and Physical Research Council (EPSRC) Grand Challenge research programme. The working paper draws upon a pilot study exploring consumer experiences and attitudes to appliance malfunction, which aimed to establish prior knowledge about voltage, and understanding of the Distribution Network Operators (DNO) role in supplying power.
Author(s): Snodin, H., Torriti, J. and Yunusov, T.
Published: 2019
Publisher: CREDS
This document is a report for citizens advice by CAG consultants, in association with Timur Yunusov and Jacopo Torriti.
In December 2018 Ofgem launched a Significant Code Review (SCR) looking at access and forward-looking charging arrangements. Amongst other things it is seeking to clarify "access rights and choices for small users".
Ofgem is considering the concept of minimum "core access" in its proposals. "Core access" (if it can be defined) is an amount of capacity that cannot readily be flexed and that provides for consumers' basic needs. Capacity-based (or time of use energy-based) charging might mirror this concept by considering an affordable level of "core access"
Citizens Advice is participating in the SCR and has commissioned this work to better understand the concept of core access, and understand what it means for consumers. Citizens Advice posed three key questions for this research:
In the same order, we address these questions through:
The evidence points to a basic core capacity of around 2-3kW, characteristic of low income consumers. However, this research simply looks at current capacity usage, and has not examined the factors contributing to capacity use. Further work is required to understand whether low income consumers are using enough electricity to meet their basic needs - it is possible that the 2-3kW figure reflects suppressed demand.
This report contains an executive summary, and is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Anable, J., Schuitema, G., Skippon, S., Abraham, C., Graham-Rowe, E., Delmonte, E., Hutchins, R., Kinnear, N., Lang, B. and Stannard, J.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2009
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Stewart, A. and Cluzel, C.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Element Energy
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Greenleaf, J. and Rix, O.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Skippon, S.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Lidstone, L.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Lidstone, L.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Chappell, J., West, A., Skippon, S., Wilkinson, P., White, M. and Willis, S.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Beard, G., Kinnear, N., Skippon, S., Al-Katib, H., Wallbank, C., Jenkins, D., Anable, J., Stewart, A., Cluzel, C. and Dodson, T.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Greenleaf, J. and Rix, O.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Greenleaf, J. and Rix, O.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Greenleaf, J. and Rix, O.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Kinnear, N., Jenkins, R. and Beard, G.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Kinnear, N., Anable J., Delmonte, E., Tailor, A. and Skippon, S
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Element Energy
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Greenleaf, J. and Rix, O.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Davis, CJ & Pinder, LW
Published: 2004
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
In order to examine the corrosive effects of co-firing biomass with coal in existing subcritical and possible future (ultra) supercritical boilers, typical and potential boiler tube alloys have been exposed to simulated furnace wall and superheater/reheater environments in the 1MWTH pulverised coal fired Combustion Test Facility (CTF) at Power Technology. A total of four CTF runs have been completed, each of which were nominally of 50 hours duration. Up to 15 furnace wall and 16 superheater/reheater steel alloy specimens were exposed to a range of metal temperatures, with differing heat fluxes and gaseous environments, representative of pulverised coal combustion under low NOx conditions with biomass additions. The biomass fuels were co-fired with Daw Mill coal, furnace wall corrosion specimens having previously been tested without biomass additions in this environment, providing base line corrosion data for comparison. Numerous previous tests with coals provided baseline data for superheater/reheater corrosion rates. Biomass was fired at both 20% and 10% on a thermal basis, representing proportions significantly above and close to the maximum proportions expected to be utilised in actual plant, enabling examination of concentration effects. The specimens were exposed to the combustion environment on air-cooled, precision metrology, corrosion probes.
When co-firing with wood at both 20% and 10% on a thermal basis, there was no discernable worsening of either furnace wall or superheater/reheater corrosion when compared with firing coal alone. Whilst there was no comparable data for TP316 austenitic stainless steel superheater/reheater specimens, the measured corrosion rates were substantially reduced when compared to the ferritic T22 specimens exposed at the same location.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Stegman, A.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Watson, J. and Gross, R.
Published: 2017
Publisher: UKERC
This week, the government's long awaited Clean Growth Strategy will be published. Like many, we will be looking for details of how UK emissions will continue to be reduced to meet the 4th and 5th carbon budgets. In particular, the Strategy will need to explain how a range of increasingly significant policy gaps will be addressed.
The Strategy is likely to be closely followed by the conclusions of the Review of Energy Costs, led by Professor Dieter Helm. Ahead of the Strategy's publication, we are publishing a briefing paper that covers four key issues that are central to the terms of reference of the Review of Energy Costs - and to the Clean Growth Strategy itself.
Our starting point is that the primary issue is the cost of energy bills for consumers, rather than only the unit price of energy. It is therefore important to focus on measures that can reduce the quantity of energy required for a given level of service as well as trends that could help to reduce or moderate prices. In line with the terms of reference, our briefing paper focuses on electricity costs since UK electricity prices are higher up the European league table than those for gas.
The role that energy efficiency can play in reducing electricity bills needs to be fully addressed. Significant progress in this area remains to be made; savings of up to 10% can be achieved through well designed standards and investment programmes, and a recent UKERC report highlighted that a 25% reduction in household energy demand is possible through cost effective measures. There is a clear rationale for government intervention, to drive energy efficiency and address the policy gap left behind by the failure of the Green Deal. The case is even clearer when considering the additional economic and social benefits that energy efficiency brings.
The creation of new markets help drive technology cost reductions, as does patient government support. Offshore wind is a case in point - achieving much lower than expected prices in the recent Contracts for Difference auctions. If these projects are delivered, this will place offshore wind amongst the cheapest new sources of electricity generation in the UK.
Policy change is required to drive further innovation, yet with investor confidence low, this needs to build on existing policy instruments. A case has been made for moving low carbon technologies into a single competitive auction. However this technology neutral approach favours technologies close to market, failing those which are less developed. Complex technologies such as carbon capture and storage, which have significant potential but high capital expenditure and associated risk, could require a state-led approach to investment, allowing for competition to drive prices down.
The review's terms of reference clearly state that a systems approach is required. The consideration of technologies within this perspective is imperative, as is developing energy policy within this context. This is particularly relevant for electricity, where a range of mechanisms and markets are used to balance supply and demand in real time.
System flexibility is key to keeping costs down. The cost of integrating renewables into the grid vary widely, with future cost of integrating intermittent power sources, depending upon the availability of cost effective system flexibility. Incentivising flexibility and reforms to the capacity market will be required to facilitate this, and as the proportion of renewables increases, government will need to decide how to account for system costs including those surrounding intermittency.
Innovation is an important driver for reducing costs and bringing technologies to market. However this non-linear process exists with multiple feedbacks between development, demonstration and deployment. Effectiveness is further dependent on incentives for demonstration and market creation, and UKERC research has shown that innovation in the energy sector tends to take three to four decades from early stage R&D to significant commercial deployment.
Analysis has been undertaken by government to establish this evidence base, yet too often this has focused on discrete technologies, with less attention paid to system innovation. It is this system innovation which will be key to the low carbon transition, alongside effective evaluation, to learn and disseminate lessons.
Eye catching initiatives such as the Faraday Challenge for storage are welcome, as is the UK pledge - as part of Mission Innovation - to double clean energy R&D spending between 2015-2020. Whilst a step in the right direction, when considering the scale of the challenge posed by climate change, many argue that government support for innovation at a greater scale is required.
Download the briefing note to read the full submission to Dieter Helm.
Author(s): Watson, J., Gross, R., Bell, K., Waddams, C., Temperton, I., Barrett, J., Rhodes, A., Gill, S. and Bays, J
Published: 2017
Publisher: UKERC
We welcome the opportunity to comment on the findings of the Cost of Energy Review, conducted by Professor Dieter Helm. In our response, we address most of the questions set out in the Call for Evidence from BEIS. Before turning to these specific questions, we have three general observations about the Review and the Call for Evidence.
First, whilst the review title focuses on the cost of energy, this is misleading. The terms of reference and the Review report make it clear that the main focus is electricity rather than energy in general.
This distinction is important since the data shows significant differences in the position of UK electricity and gas costs when compared to costs in other countries. There are also differences between relative costs for households and relative costs for business energy consumers. UK electricity prices are higher up the European league table than prices for gas. Electricity prices for energy intensive industries in the UK are particularly high.
Our second comment is that there are important distinctions between prices, costs and bills. Whilst much of the debate focuses on prices, the costs of energy for consumers also depends on their energy consumption. Therefore, it is also important to consider energy efficiency of buildings, appliances and industrial processes since these are a key determinant of costs.
Our third comment is that costs need to be considered for the electricity system as a whole. Whilst the separate questions in the Call for Evidence about generation, networks and retail supply are understandable, costs to consumers partly depend on interactions between these components of the electricity system. This compartmentalised approach to the evidence base could mean that some of these systemic interactions are missed.
Author(s): Anable, J. and Marsden, G.
Published: 2021
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Norman, J., Garvey, A. and Barrett, J.
Published: 2019
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Anon
Published: 2001
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
A significant influence on the feasibility of global integrated assessment will be the routine collection and availability of data of adequate quality through monitoring systems and surveys, collected and analysed on a consistent basis. This note describes progress in the development of the Global Environment Outlook (GEO) Project which at this stage appears to offer the best prospect of meeting this need.
A few broad-brush conclusions appear to emerge from work on global databases so far:
The data sets need to be collated, tailored and made available to the partners for integrated environment assessment (IEA), most notably in the realm of UNEP's GEO. The four critical questions on data for IEA/GEO assessment and reporting can thus be identified as follows:
The first years of the GEO assessment project have shown great strides in identifying the core data sets for IEA/GEO, as well as some of the most obvious gaps and shortcomings. The identification process largely focused on questions 1 and 2 and produced an extensive list of existing core data sets for global environment assessment, based on needs listed by various organisations.
There is also considerable overlap among different environment-related reporting programmes. This would imply the need to compile a generic, flexible core database, which can also serve other assessments than GEO. The sheer magnitude actually makes it very difficult for any single organisation to compile such an empirical base. Thus, in fact, this could and should be an UN-wide effort, which would benefit the assessment activities of UNEP, UNDP, FAO, CSD, IPCC, Convention Secretariats, UN Economic Commissions and possibly others.
Author(s): Cass, N., Lucas, K., Adeel, M., Anable, J., Buchs, M., Lovelace, R., Morgan, M. and Mullen, C.
Published: 2022
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Gross, R., Bradshaw, M., Bell, K .and Webb, J.
Published: 2023
Publisher: UKERC
We welcome the re-assertion of key policy objectives and the commitment to a whole system approach described in the strategy. In our response we highlight a number of key areas that need to be addressed including the need for geographical specificity, and a hierarchy of objectives along with the introduction of low and stable prices as one of these objectives.
Author(s): Li, H.
Published: 2009
Publisher: Joule Centre
This document is a summary for the project titled 'Data Gathering within 11kV Network Employing Power Line Communications System for Active Distribution Network Operation'.
In order for the UK to meet its ambitious targets for energy production from renewable sources (10% of electricity by 2010, 15% by 2020) it needs to expand its capacity to generate all forms of renewable energy. The proliferation of renewable energy generators, both on a large and small scale, will increasingly result in power flow which is bidirectional with individuals acting as both consumers and suppliers of energy. This presents a new challenge for the companies that operate the electricity networks in the UK (Distribution Network Operator's (DNO)) of integrating these, geographically diverse, generation sites into the existing power network. It will also mean the DNO's will have to manage the grid carefully and to do this they need to be able to gather accurate localized data from it.
This project is focused on developing a prototype Power Line Communication (PLC) system from off-the-shelf PLC products to gather data from an 11kV network, this is the type of network used to deliver electricity to consumers in the UK. Electricity North West (ENW), who operate the electricity distribution network in the North West, are collaborating on this project and have agreed to allow the PLC system to be tested on an operational part of the network. The prototype systems' performance will then be monitored and analysed in order to refine and improve it, this stage is expected to involve repeated testing and iterative improvements in the software design. The data generated from the trials will then allow for both an operational and economic analysis of the PLC system to be carried out.
Author(s): Matthews, B., Cartmell, K., Jones, C. and Newbold, E.
Published: 2025
Publisher: Science and Technology Facilities Council
Author(s): DNV KEMA Energy & Sustainability
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Hitachi Europe Ltd
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): DNV KEMA Energy & Sustainability
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Hitachi Europe Ltd
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Heptonstall. P, and Winskel. M
Published: 2023
Publisher: UKERC
This systematic review presents data on the total installed costs for domestic heat pumps in the UK and internationally. It covers historic and forecast costs, across a range of technology types and building contexts.
Author(s): Haslett, A.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Winskel, W., Markusson, N., Moran, B., Jeffrey, H., Anandarajah, G., Hughes, N., Candelise, C., Clarke, D., Taylor, G., Chalmers, H., Dutton, G., Howarth, P., Jablonski, S., Kalyvas, C. and Ward, D.
Published: 2009
Publisher: UKERC
This is the second in a series of reports arising from UKERCs Energy 2050 project. The report considers the prospects for accelerated development of a range of emerging low carbon energy supply technologies and the possible impact of this acceleration on decarbonisation of the UK energy system. The technologies analysed here include a number of renewables (wind power, marine energy, solar PV and bioenergy) and other emerging low carbon technologies (advanced designs of nuclear power, carbon capture and storage (CCS) and hydrogen / fuel cells). The report presents a set of scenarios devised by UKERC to illustrate how accelerated development of these technologies could contribute to decarbonisation of the UK energy system from now to 2050. The results suggest that technology acceleration could have a major influence on UK decarbonisation pathways, especially in the longer term.
Author(s): Anable, J., Lokesh, K., Marsden, G., Walker, R., McCulloch, S., and Jenkinson, K.
Published: 2020
Publisher: LGA & CREDS
Author(s): Campbell, M., Marsden, G., Walker, R., McCulloch, S., Jenkinson, K., and Anable, J.
Published: 2020
Publisher: LGA & CREDS
Author(s): Marsden, G., Anable, J., Lokesh, K., Walker, R., McCulloch, S. and Jenkinson, K.
Published: 2020
Publisher: LGA & CREDS
Author(s): Lokesh, K., Marsden, G., Walker, R., Anable, J., McCulloch, S., and Jenkinson, K.
Published: 2020
Publisher: LGA & CREDS
Author(s): Walker, R., Campbell, M., Marsden, G., Anable, J., McCulloch, S. and Jenkinson, K.
Published: 2020
Publisher: LGA & CREDS
Author(s): Campbell, M., Walker, R., Marsden, G., McCulloch, S., Jenkinson, K., and Anable, J.
Published: 2020
Publisher: LGA & CREDS
Author(s): Lokesh, K., Anable, J., Marsden, G., Walker, R., McCulloch, S. and Jenkinson, K.
Published: 2020
Publisher: LGA & CREDS
Author(s): Froggatt, A. and Hadfield. A.
Published: 2015
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Lowes, B., Woodman, B. and Fitch-Roy, O.
Published: 2017
Publisher: UKERC
Incumbency is frequently considered as a barrier to the transformation of unsustainable socio-technical systems such as energy systems. However, despite wide use of the term, 'incumbency' has never been fully or adequately defined within the sustainable transitions literature. This working paper considers the use and meaning of the term incumbency in relation to sustainable transformations, specifically in relation to the UK's heat system. It takes ideas of incumbency from other disciplines including economics, politics and innovation. Synthesising these literatures, the paper proposes a number of characteristics of incumbency. Finally we propose a definition of incumbency in relation to sustainability transformations, which suggests that incumbents are actors already present in a specific socio-technical system, who are likely to be involved with unsustainable practices, and who possess the capacity to affect system change.
Author(s): Winstanley, P.
Published: 2019
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Crawley, C., Johnson, C., Calver, P. and Fell, M.J.
Published: 2021
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Gross, R., Blyth, W., MacIver, C., Green, R., Bell, K. and Jansen, M.
Published: 2022
Publisher: UKERC
UKERCs response provides commentary and analysis on many of the wide range of topics encompassed in the consultation. This includes the overall vision and objectives, case for change, the evaluation criteria defined by BEIS, locational pricing and local markets, lessons from other countries, changes to wholesale markets and incentives for low carbon generation, flexibility and capacity.
Our response provides detailed and evidence-based analysis on each of these complex topics, drawing on UKERC research and wider outputs. We highlight some of the complex trade-offs involved and argue for a cautious and gradualist approach that builds on the progress already made in some areas.
Author(s): Cairns, S. and Anable, J.
Published: 2021
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Hill, A.
Published: 2009
Publisher: Joule Centre
This document is a summary for the project titled 'Deposition Techniques for Thin Film Ternary Semiconductor Solar Cells'.
In the UK, the government has set up ambitious targets for the production of electricity from renewable sources, 10% of electricity by 2010 and 15% by 2020, and solar power is expected to make a significant contribution to this. Therefore the development of low-cost, efficient and environmentally friendly photovoltaic technologies will be of enormous benefit to society as a whole. It will also provide significant business opportunities internationally as countries strive to move towards more sustainable ways of generating electricity. The development and manufacture of solar cell modules for the production of electrical power is a growth industry with considerable wealth-creating potential for North West UK manufacturers during the next century.
This project extended previous work carried out at the University of Salford on pulsed DC magnetron sputtering (PDMS), a technique used to deposit thin films of a material onto a surface, for use on CIS solar cells. The purpose of which is to establish whether PDMS offers a realistic approach for the industrial production of CIS solar cells. The project also involves experiments to replace some of the materials used in CIS cells with more efficient or less toxic alternatives.
Author(s): Appleton, S.G.
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This report describes the results of the DTI-supported project Design & Manufacture of Radar Absorbent Wind Turbine Blades; a collaborative project between QinetiQ Ltd. and NOI (Scotland) Ltd. The aims of the project were threefold:
In summary, the study has shown that it is possible to modify all materials regions of the NOI 34m blade to create RAM, and this can be done with little or no degradation in structural properties. The predicted benefits in terms of reduced detection by non-Doppler radar and ATC radars are seen to be extremely encouraging.
However, predictive models can never fully represent reality, and there are factors that are difficult to accurately model, such as blade twist and bend. In light of this, it is recommended that a full practical demonstration of a stealthy turbine should be performed. All stakeholders (developers, manufacturers and planning objectors) will then be able to quantify the benefits of RCS reduction through the use of RAM.
Author(s): Lewis, A.
Published: 2004
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
The ability to disperse spilled oils at sea depends on several factors, including oil properties, prevailing sea-state and the treatment rate of oil spill dispersant applied to the oil.
Oil spill dispersants function by allowing a high proportion of the spilled oil volume to be converted by cresting wave action into very small oil droplets that are permanently dispersed. Oil spill dispersants do this because the surfactants that they contain are capable of causing a very large decrease in the oil / water interfacial tension (IFT). IFT (or surface free energy) is caused by the dissimilarity between the polar nature of the molecules of water and the non-polar nature of the hydrocarbon molecules of oil.
The work described in this report was a 'return to the basics' of using dispersants; an attempt to use a matrix of oil viscosity, dispersant brand, dispersant treatment rate and prevailing sea conditions to provide information on the limiting oil viscosity of dispersion by using a very simple method of visual observation to determine whether dispersion was or was not occurring.
The report concludes that some oil spill dispersants will be an effective response to oils with viscosity of 2,000 cP, but will not be effective on oils with a viscosity of 7,000 cP or more, in waves associated with wind speeds of 7 to 14 knots. The precise limiting viscosity between 2,000 and 7,000 cP is not known. The limiting viscosity will increase with wind speed; it is possible that oil with a viscosity of 7,000 cP will disperse at 20 or more knots wind speed. However, it was not possible to test this at sea.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Taylor, G.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
This workshop brought together a wide range of individuals and organisation with an interest in bioenergy for heat, power and liquid transport. This included researchers from universities and research institutes, Government Research Councils, Government Departments, stakeholders from industry and others. The meeting was convened to begin the process of developing a UK Bioenergy Research Roadmap, which will be completed before the end of 2007.
The aims of the workshop were:
Author(s): Leong, J.
Published: 2024
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): Keay-Bright, S. and Taylor, G.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
The aims of this the workshop were:
Author(s): Holt, P. and Jones, C.
Published: 2025
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Bell, K. and Hawker, G.
Published: 2015
Publisher: UKERC
This working Paper has been prompted by an inquiry into low carbon networks launched in September 2015 by the House of Commons Select Committee on Energy and Climate Change. A response on behalf of UKERC has been submitted to the Committee. This present paper expands on many of the themes included in that response and provides more detail and discussion
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2004
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The main objectives of this project were to:
The project evaluated the relative merits of three different systems for burning low calorific value gas. These were a diffusion flame combustion system (current Värnamo/ARBRE build), a lean premix combustion system (based on the ALSTOM-Lincoln premium fuelled G30 design) and a catalytic combustion system. The evaluation was based on assembly and analysis of:
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The specific objectives of the project are:
In-furnace NOX reduction technologies, and low NOX burners in particular, are considered mature for application to a wide range of coals. However their performance deteriorates with the more 'difficult' coals; i.e. low volatile coals (<10% daf) and those with high levels of moisture and/or high levels of inert materials. Such coals are being utilised increasingly in large export markets such as Eastern Europe, India, Asia and the United States. The problem with difficult coals is in achieving a stable performance with low emissions and efficient combustion. For example, the presence of high levels of moisture causes a delayed ignition resulting in the flame front not being stabilised within the burner throat as is normal with bituminous coals. Consequently, the burner is significantly less effective in controlling both NOX emissions and combustion efficiency. The presence of high ash compounds this problem.
The proposed project aims to develop and demonstrate a new burner type capable of firing a range of difficult coals, at full-scale in a single burner test facility. The development phase will employ advanced modelling techniques for investigation of the effects of ignition, devolatilisation and burnout behaviour for difficult coals. This will be combined with detailed coal characterisation data. Burner design and performance implications as a result of integrated CO2 capture options will be considered.
This profile contains information on the project's:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The aim of this project was to develop and demonstrate cells and stacks based on the innovative metal supported Solid Oxide Fuel Cell technology developed by Ceres Power, and to perform detailed design studies on options for micro-CHP systems at the 5 kWe scale. The project had the following targets:
All original project objectives met or exceeded.
This summary provides information on:Author(s): ETI
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives for this project are:
This project aims to demonstrate the ability to monitor wind turbine health using inherently low cost and robust instrumentation, through the development and installation of a trial system on land-based wind turbines, and reviewing and analysing the data over a period of up to a year.
This profile contains information on the project's:Author(s): Snape, CE
Published: 2004
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is a report for the project titled 'Development of Stable Isotopic Ratio Measurement - Apportioning of Fuel and Thermal NOx'.
The main aims of the project have been to develop a nitrogen-stable isotope measurement technique for NOx and to ascertain whether it can be used to determine the relative contributions of fuel and thermal NOx during coal combustion at high temperatures. Suitable substrates for adsorbing sufficiently high concentrations of NOx from flue gas streams to facilitate the reliable measurement of the nitrogen stable isotope ratios were developed, the substrates encompassing both manganese oxide supported on zirconia (MnOy-ZrO2) and iron supported on active carbon (Fe/AC, first milestone completed October 2001).
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is a profile for the project titled 'Development of a 5th Scale Tidal Turbine - SRTT'.
The objectives for this project are:
This project aims to design and construct a 5th scale engineering model of a tidal turbine system. The system will be tested under controlled and actual conditions and in doing so a numerical model will be developed. Ultimately enough information will be acquired to allow the future development of a full scale demonstrator system.
This profile contains information on the project's:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives of this project are:
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objective of this project was to develop a viable compressive gasket sealing solution for 3rd Generation Metal Supported Solid Oxide Fuel Cells (3G-SOFCs) that operate at temperatures of 500-600°C. More specifically the aims were to:
All project milestones and targets were met or exceeded.
This summary provides information on:Author(s): Kershaw, S.
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
The principal aim of the project was to produce a verifiable methodology for generating accurate and reliable estimates of methane emissions from abandoned mines in the UK, to be considered for inclusion in the UK greenhouse gas inventory.
The prime drivers for methane emission from abandoned mines are displacement by rising mine waters and the rate of emission of methane from the coal seams in the strata disturbed by mining. Rising mine water also serves to isolate methane reserves by cutting them off by flooding. The UK coalfields have been modelled to obtain estimates of water inflow and methane reserves within the coalfields. Measurements have also been made on methane emissions from mines, either from vents or from more general diffuse emissions from the surface. The general methodology has been to seek a relationship between the measured methane flows and parameters relating to the water and gas in the underlying abandoned workings
No suitable relationship was found between vent methane flow data and the water flow in the underlying abandoned workings. However, vent methane flow data did show an increase with the size of the underlying methane reserve in the abandoned workings. Flux data from the diffuse monitoring was converted into flows by multiplying by the area of underlying workings. These flows also showed an increase with underlying gas reserve. The data was scattered in both sets, but the gradients of regression lines through the flux data was within 11% of the vent flow data. Consequently the two data sets were combined and a regression provided a gradient equivalent to an emission of 0.74% of the underlying gas reserve per year.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Wiedmann, T., Wood, R., Lenzen, M., Minx, J., Guan, D. and Barrett, J.
Published: 2008
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
This document is the executive summary for the project titled 'Producing a Time Series of Input-Output Tables and Embedded Carbon Dioxide Emissions for the UK by Using a MRIO Data Optimisation System'.
This report describes work and results from the project 'Development of an Embedded Carbon Emissions Indicator', undertaken by the Stockholm Environment Institute and the University of Sydney on behalf of Defra (Project Ref.: EV02033). The work is a follow-up of a previous project where the most appropriate approach to constructing a robust account of impacts of trade and thus overall consumption in a headline indicator for Sustainable Development was identified. The present work describes the implementation of such a model.
The project aim was to develop and implement an initial data and model framework (called "UK-MRIO 1") for the flexible adaptation of national input-output and environmental databases for use in a multi-region environmental input-output model in the future, thus setting the basis for detailed multi-country analyses of environmental impacts associated with UK trade flows. This aim was not only achieved but actually exceeded in that a fully functional MRIO model with four regions (UK + three world regions) was assembled and a time series of balanced input-output data and embedded CO2 emissions was produced on the full 123 sector level.
The current model is a major step towards a fully fledged multi-region input-output model featuring multidirectional trade of a substantial number of UK trading partners. UK-MRIO 1 is already the most detailed and comprehensive modelling approach for the estimation of CO2 emissions embedded in UK trade with high relevance for national and international environmental policy-making. The model can be used to produce a range of outputs, for example more detailed results for industry sectors, foreign economies, or other pollutants.
Author(s): Wiedmann, T., Wood, R., Lenzen, M., Minx, J., Guan, D. and Barrett, J.
Published: 2008
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
This document is the final report for the project titled 'Producing a Time Series of Input-Output Tables and Embedded Carbon Dioxide Emissions for the UK by Using a MRIO Data Optimisation System'.
For this stage of the project (UK-MRIO 1), the aim was to develop and implement an initial, relatively small, data and model framework that is easily expandable without major adaptations. A data optimisation procedure is to allow the flexible adaptation of national input-output and environmental databases for use in a multi-region environmental input-output model in the future. Thus the work was to set the basis for multi-country analyses of environmental impacts associated with UK trade flows, including detailed accounts of embedded in trade flows to and from the UK over a period of time.
In order to achieve this aim, initial data estimates have been made, data constraints have been defined and specific optimisation algorithms have been developed and implemented. As a tangible outcome of the current project we have constructed a time series of annual input-output tables for the UK from 1992 to 2004 by using a modified RAS7 procedure for balancing (referred to as 'Conflicting RAS' or 'CRAS'). These tables are similar to the "Analytical IO Tables 1995" published by ONS, including symmetric input-output tables (SIOT) for domestic transactions and imports for each year from 1992 to 2004 (see Appendix C: Data Sources and Data Preparation on page 41). In addition to the original project aim, we have also calculated a time series of direct and indirect carbon dioxide emissions associated with UK economic activities, in particular emissions that are embedded in imports to and exports from the UK.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Marie, J-J., Gifford, S.
Published: 2024
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): Ketsopoulou, I., Taylor, P., Watson, J., Winskel, M., Kattirtzi, M., Lowes, R., Woodman, B., Poulter, H., Brand, C., Killip, G., Anable, J., Owen, A., Hanna, R., Gross, R. and Lockwood, M.
Published: 2019
Publisher: UKERC
The in-depth analysis presented in this report focuses on four key areas of the economy, highlighting how they may need to change to remain competitive and meet future carbon targets.
The report identifies how policy makersplan for disruptions to existing systems. With the right tools and with a flexible and adaptive approach to policy implementation, decision makers can better respondto unexpected consequences and ensure delivery of key policy objectives.
Author(s): Winskel, M. and Kattirtzi, M.
Published: 2019
Publisher: UKERC
There is an increasing sense of urgency about the global energy system transition. For many observers an urgent energy transition is also a necessarily disruptive one, in that it is only by radically remaking energy systems that an accelerated transition to low carbon and sustainable energy can be achieved.
Closer to home, there has been substantial progress in some parts of the energy system in the decade since the passing of the UK and Scottish Climate Change Acts. Other areas have shown little sign of change, and the transition ahead may well be more disruptive and intrusive than that seen so far. At the same time, there is also an emerging counter-narrative: that repurposing our existing energy assets (physical and social) offers the best and quickest transition path, since there is insufficient time to disrupt and remake.
Attending energy events and keeping up-to-date with emerging evidence can instil a sense of different experts talking past each other. For those involved in whole systems energy research, and working at the research-policy interface, this can be deeply frustrating. To help address this, UKERC - working with ClimateXChange (CXC), Scotland's Centre of Expertise on Climate Change - has spent two years analysing disruption and continuity in the UK energy system.
As part of that work, we surveyed around 130 experts and stakeholders about disruption and continuity-led change in the UK energy transition. The experts were mostly UK based researchers working on 'whole systems' research projects, but also included policymakers, advisory bodies, think tanks, businesses (old and new) and civil society organisations. This report presents the results of this survey work.
Author(s): Ecofys
Published: 2015
Publisher: Ofgem
The following analysis is an update of the study 'Distributed Generation Operation in an Islanded Network' (2015) performed by Ecofys. The first study focussed on the population of dispersed generation (DG) which was installed up to the end of 2013. At that time, more than 50% of the capacity of small DG in Great Britain (< 5 MW) were photovoltaic (PV) units. In 2014, based on an extrapolation of historical numbers, we estimated installed capacity of 3.9 GW at the end of 2015 for the PV segment. The following update provides additional quantitative numbers on the development of small PV systems (< 5 MW) up to the end of 2015. In addition, we compare them to the estimation from 2014 to assess which growth was actually realised.
Based on the analysis, we can conclude, that the realised installed capacity of small PV grew in line with our estimation from 2014. Although small PV almost doubled since 2013, PV units above 5 MW represents the largest share of the growth. By the end of 2015, the population of small PV units consisted of up to 830,000 units with an installed capacity of 4.2 GW and an average unit size of 5 kW.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Habibi, M. and Bell, K.
Published: 2025
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): The Energy Zone Consortium
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
The ETI Approach was subsequently subjected to testing, evaluation and improvement via the ETI’s “Domestic Retrofit Demonstration Project”.
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): PRP Architects, Peabody Trust
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): PRP Architects
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): PRP Architects Limited
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Gross. R. and Watson. J.
Published: 2015
Publisher: UKERC
Overview
A series of energy policy changes announced since the May election have led to concerns about increasing political risk faced by prospective investors in the UK energy system (ECCC 2015). It has also been suggested that policy needs to be ‘reset’, with less technology-specific intervention and increased resources for longer term research into new technologies (Helm 2015). This paper draws on a large body of analysis from UK Energy Research Centre (UKERC) and Imperial College.
The paper argues that a ‘reset’ approach is unnecessary, will create delays to investment, increase political risks, and hence costs to consumers. Simply put, the government already has the levers it needs to encourage investment in a secure and lower carbon system. Policy can be made more effective by providing investors with greater clarity and a longer term perspective, using the policy framework that is already in place. Auctions for Contracts for Difference (CfDs) have already brought forward significant reductions in the prices paid to low carbon generators. CfDs could be moved progressively to a technology neutral basis, combined with price caps to bear down further on costs.
The paper discusses the infrastructure implications of new sources of energy and notes that government will need to balance the benefits of technology neutral CfD auctions against the need to develop strategic infrastructure in a timely fashion. It also discusses the impacts of variable renewables and explains that whilst it is important for system costs to be allocated cost effectively this does not mean that variable generators should be obliged to self-balance and invest in dedicated back up.
The paper also explains that whilst greater investment in innovation would be welcome, forthcoming research shows the timescales associated with invention, demonstration and deployment of technology are long. Whilst improvements to technologies are hugely important, the emergence of entirely new technologies remains very uncertain. Support for innovation should not be premised on wishful thinking about silver bullet technologies. Many of the technologies we need to decarbonise already exist and have done so for several decades. The challenge is to drive costs down and encourage network innovation to better suit new sources of power.
Finally, the paper argues that whilst more effective carbon pricing would bring many benefits it is not a sufficient condition for significant energy system change. Regulation iv UK Energy Research Centre of emissions from existing coal fired power stations after 2025 would aid investor clarity and improve the prospects for investment in both low carbon and gas-fired generation.
Author(s): The Engineering Business Ltd
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
Having demonstrated the fundamental proof of concept for the EB Frond Wave Energy Collector through the Phase one project, the next step (the Phase two project) was proposed to further assess the technical and commercial viability of the EB Frond concept through the development of the existing mathematical and physical modelling methods.
The EB Frond project is the wave energy programme developed by The Engineering Business Ltd (EB), following on from an original idea conceived at Lancaster University.
To meet the identified objectives, and take the EB Frond programme forward along the preferred development route, a number of specific tasks were identified for Phase two. These encompassed:
Author(s): Torriti, J., Shove, E., Fell, M. and Ramirez-Mendiola, J. L.
Published: 2023
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Norris, J. and Mueller, M.
Published: 2005
Publisher: UKERC
The following points emerged as the most important:
Author(s): Milne, S.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Heaton, C.
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Bradley, S.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Colechin, M.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Colechin, M.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Lipson. M.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Gammer, D. and Tucker, O.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
A range of evidence supports the role of carbon capture, usage and storage (CCUS) in delivering the most competitive and productive UK transition to a low carbon future.
The UK government has funded appraisal work on several of the many offshore saline aquifers potentially suitable for CO2 storage. As a result, our knowledge base relating to these stores is high, and some stores are 'ready for business'.
Injecting CO2 into saline aquifers pressurises them, and since each store has a limiting pressure for integrity reasons, this can limit the storage capacity and CO2 injection rate, and so affect costs.
This paper, delivered by Energy Systems Catapult for the Energy Technologies Institute, describes the efficacy of a simple technique to alleviate this constraint - pressure is relieved by releasing the native water in the aquifer as it is filled with CO2. This is termed 'brine production'.
This analysis reports the savings to the UK from deploying brine production in line with that needed to deliver lowest-cost decarbonisation pathways would be at least £2 billion, but would most likely be more.
Key points:Author(s): Day, G.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Newton-Cross, G. and Evans, H.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Buckman, A.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Batterbee, J.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Joss, M.
Published: 2019
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Joss, M.
Published: 2019
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Thorne, C.
Published: 2019
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Haslett, A.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Lipson, M.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Newton-Cross, G.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Thorne, C.
Published: 2019
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Bradley, S.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Middleton, M.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Evans, H. and Newton-Cross, G.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Douglas, J.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Haslett, A.
Published: 2019
Publisher: ETI
This report therefore considers what a 2030 world would look like for PiV ( plug-in electric vehicles) purchase and use to be at the levels foreseen in typical scenarios, where it would be possible to end the sale of pure fossil fuel vehicles by 2040 or earlier. It discusses the challenge - how to design and operate the energy system to make that possible. This report discusses three key questions: The nature of the driver experience and the levels of service that could be provided by innovative use of modern internet technologies and infrastructure.
The kinds of public and private charging infrastructure that will be required and what this might mean for charging points in different locations, including the network upgrades required to support them. The integration and operation of the whole system including charging management, the effective carbon intensity of the added electricity load, and the impact on networks and the economics of generation.
This report highlights these key points:Author(s): Haslett, A.
Published: 2019
Publisher: ETI
This report is a surmised version of the 'ETI Insights Report - Smarter Charing a UK Transition to Low Carbon Vehicles: Full Report'.
The report considers what a 2030 world would look like for PiV (plug-in electric vehicles) purchase and use to be at the levels foreseen in typical scenarios, where it would be possible to end the sale of pure fossil fuel vehicles by 2040 or earlier. It discusses the challenge - how to design and operate the energy system to make that possible. The report discusses three key questions:
The report highlights these key points:
Author(s): Day, G.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Carbon Capture, Usage and Storage (CCUS) will reduce the risk and cost of the UK's transition to a low carbon energy system, according to this report delivered by the Energy Systems Catapult for the Energy Technologies Institute (ETI).
'Still in the mix? Understanding the role of Carbon Capture, Usage and Storage', takes into account recent cost reductions in renewables and the latest ETI modelling on CCUS costs. The report reaffirms previous ETI work on the importance of CCUS deployment by 2030 and ETI analysis that if CCUS is not developed at all before 2050, the 'national bill' for low carbon energy that year would be circa £35bn higher - equivalent to circa 1% of expected GDP.
The report highlights gas power with CCUS (up to 3GW) as an effective low carbon electricity option that can be deployed cost-effectively before 2030 within an electricity generation mix that meets the 5th carbon budget. The report concludes that early investment in gas power CCUS in favourable locations for a CCUS industrial cluster represents the most straightforward, deliverable and best value approach to early deployment of the technology.
Key points:
The ETI has spent 10 years carrying out extensive research on the deployment of CCUS and for this report commissioned analysis from Baringa Partners and Frontier Economics. Baringa explored cost-optimal pathways for decarbonising electricity out to 2050 with a focus on the pre-2030s. Frontier Economics produced illustrative analysis against a baseline scenario informed by the assumptions constructed by Baringa's work.
Author(s): Bradley, S.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Haslett, A.
Published: 2019
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Newton-Cross, G. and Gammer, D.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Middleton, M.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Bradley, S.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Lidstone, L.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Lidstone, L.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Lidstone, L.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Lidstone, L.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Evans, H.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Middleton, M.
Published: 2019
Publisher: ETI
This report is intended to be an update to the first ETI nuclear insight report released in October 2015, entitled Nuclear - the role for nuclear within a low carbon energy system, and for completeness also summarises developments in the UK nuclear context since 2015.
This insight report summarises the learning from the ETI's Nuclear Cost Drivers (NCD) project which was commissioned through open competitive procurement, delivered by the organisation now known as Lucid-Catalyst, and reported in April 2018. It also reports the learning from applying the nuclear cost drivers data and associated learning through sensitivity testing in the ESME whole system modelling tool now operated by the Energy System Catapult.
The NCD project report concluded that there was strong evidence of applicable cost reduction in the UK, but collective action is required against all cost drivers by all project stakeholders, including government, to bring about the integrated programme of activities necessary to realise this potential. The benefits of such collective action are largely realised through productivity improvements in direct labour and indirect services during construction, giving shorter, more predictable schedules and repeatable engineering. This report also proposes that some FOAK (First of a Kind) commercial plants that could be operational from 2035, could offer further transformational reductions in cost and consequential growth in economic opportunity through deployment in the UK and elsewhere.
Author(s): Bradley, S.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Haslett, A.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Technologies Institute (ETI) and the UK Energy Research Center (UKERC)
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC and ETI
Author(s): Energy Technologies Institute (ETI) and the UK Energy Research Center (UKERC)
Published: 2010
Publisher: UKERC and ETI
Author(s): Colechin, M.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Dutton. J.
Published: 2015
Publisher: UKERC
Energy has been a central feature of the EU since inception as the European Coal and Steel Community (ECSC) in the 1950s. A mainstay of successive policies has been to introduce ‘singularity’ in to the sphere of energy at different scales – for example, from a narrow central pooling of physical resources, as with the ECSC, to much broader attempts at introducing a liberalised single market place for gas and electricity, and proposals for a single gas buyer mechanism under the 2015 Energy Union framework. These moves were typically internal responses to external events, such as the Arab oil embargoes or geopolitical tension between Russia and eastern European countries. To achieve the goal of a single internal energy market policies have sought to remove or reduce the friction placed on cross-border trade, governance and regulation of energy by often contradictory and conflicting national policies of member states. This has taken the form of specific and targeted pieces of legislation aimed at technical harmonisation, as well as wide-reaching sets of policies to overhaul entire sectors and governance and regulatory practice across all member states.
A recently published working paper written by Joseph Dutton of the University of Exeter Energy Policy Group as part of the Energy systems at multiple scales programme sets out the path along which EU energy policy has moved since the initial creation of the organisation in the 1950s, detailing the principle documents and legislation upon which the current and proposed policies were constructed.
Author(s): Barnes, J., Anable, J., Davoudi, S., Dixon, J., Hawker, G. and Killip, G.
Published: 2024
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Bell, K., Blyth, W., Bradshaw, M., Green, R., Gross, R., Jansem, M., Ostrovnaya, A. and Webb, J.
Published: 2022
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Richards, M., Pogson, M., Dondini, M. and Smith, P.
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Keith, A.M., Bottoms, E., Henrys, P., Oxley, J., Parmar, K., Perks, M., Rowe, R., Sohi, S., Vanguelova, E. and McNamara, N.P.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Tallis, M.J., Harris, Z.M. and Taylor, G.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Dondini, M., Pogson, M., Richards, M., Henner, D. and Smith, P.
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Harris, Z.M. and Taylor, G.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Holland, R., Clarke, D. and Taylor, G.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Harris, Z.M. and Taylor, G.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Harris, Z.M. and Taylor, G.
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): McNamara, N., Oxley, J., Perks, M., Smith, P., Taylor, G., Finch, J., Ineson, P., Donnison, I., Sohi, S., Marshall, R. and Rowe, R.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): DfT
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department for Transport
This guide is to help you to better understand and implement good practice in public sector fleet operations. It can help fleet, operations and strategic managers in the public sector to improve the efficiency and reduce the environmental impact of their goods vehicle operations, while still meeting the service, social and policy obligations applicable to all public sector organisations.
The guide describes the key areas and issues of relevance to public sector goods vehicle operations. It outlines a structured approach and provides case study examples to enable you to review your operations effectively and to implement changes. This guide also signposts sources of further information.
This guide is divided into the following sections:19 Case Studies are also included in this guide.
Author(s): Lane, M.
Published: 2004
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The Electra-Clad project sought to utilise existing steel based building cladding materials as a substrate for direct fabrication of a fully integrated solar PV panel of equivalent design to the ICP standard glass based panel. This would represent a major step forward in BiPV panel manufacture if achieved and open up the substantial BiPV cladding market for later exploitation of the technology. It was planned that this would be achieved by the further development and productionisation of the Electra Clad technology, working in partnership with cladding manufacturers to develop a facility capable of producing at least 20MWp p.a. The time scales to achieve this were expected to be less than 5 years and no more than 10 years.
The nominal 3 year programme was progressed from January 2002 to August 2005, though with a 1 year suspensions due to the liquidation in December 2002 of the Lead Contractor, Intersolar / British Photovoltaics Limited (BPL). The work has progressed under 5 interrelated Activities as follows:
The project was successful in achieving most of the Activity objectives.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Lane, M.
Published: 2004
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
Summary of the results of the project:
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
In order to offer a cost effective production Solution for a Photovoltaic (PV) Roof system cosmetically similar to standard Slate roofs, the following Objectives were highlighted as key areas:
The design specification of the Electra-Slate has been finalised and prototype parts produced to prove the concept in both installation and manufacturing. The desired manufacturing costs of the product can be achieved with conversion to a large scale manufacturing set up.
This summary provides information on:Author(s): Faraday Institution
Published: 2021
Publisher: Faraday Institution
This insight was first published in November 2019, with minor updates made in May 2021.
Author(s): Eyre, N. and Wilson, C.
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
This document sets out a response of the UK Energy Research Centre (UKERC) to the Department of Energy and Climate Changes (DECC) consultation Electricity Demand Reduction.
In our response to the consultation on electricity market reform (EMR) we noted the potential importance of demand reduction and demand side response in achieving the Governments goals for the electricity sector of security, emissions reduction and reasonable cost.
All our responses are based on evidence from research by UK academic researchers independent of commercial or other vested interest. One particular focus of the response is on the option of premium payments (otherwise known as energy saving feed-in tariffs). UKERC supported research (Eyre, 2013) is the first peer reviewed academic literature on this topic in the world. We believe that an approach along these linesis consistent with addressing a market bias against energy saving that would otherwise be introduced by EMR proposals in their current form. We begin the response with four key concerns about the evidence base used in the consultation document and its supporting literature. We then respond to some specific questions identified in the consultation document itself.
Author(s): Bell, A., Bartlam, P., Pogaku, N., Gowans, B., Grant, K. and Knight, M.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): McLeavey-Reville, C.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Bell, S., Heyward, N. and Trichakis, P.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2009
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Turner, D., Allerton, T., Bartlam, P., Cherry, L., Gowans, B., Pogaku, N. and Bell, A.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Parker, S. and Baker-Brian, N.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Parker, S. and Baker-Brian, N.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Parker, S. and Baker-Brian, N.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Parker, S. and Baker-Brian, N.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Parker, S. and Baker-Brian, N.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Parker, S. and Baker-Brian, N.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Parker, S. and Baker-Brian, N.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Baker-Brian, N. and Parker, S.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Parker, S. and Baker-Brian, N.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Parker, S. and Baker-Brian, N.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Anderson, D.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
The paper first discusses estimates of the levelised costs of selected technologies and the corresponding rates of return under alternative assumptions as to prices. It then shows how such estimates can be refined to allow for the variability of demand, changes in plant dispatching schedules, storage and so forth. Next it considers the effects of environmental policies and innovation on costs and the rate of return. Finally it considers the issues posed by uncertainty and risks. By beginning with the simple cases of levelised costs and average returns, and then by gradually peeling away assumptions, the aim is to gradually reveal the fundamentally different perspective that arises when the rate of return becomes the focus of investment.
Author(s): Baker, P.E., Mitchel, C. and Woodman, B.
Published: 2010
Publisher: UKERC
This paper considers GB electricity market and network regulatory arrangements in the context of transitioning to a low carbon electricity system. By considering some of the primary features of a low carbon electricity system and building on themes raised by a previous UKERC Supply Theme paper (Baker, 2009), the paper attempts to identify what characteristics an appropriate market and regulatory framework would need to posses. The paper goes on to consider how existing market arrangements perform in these areas and the possible need for change.
The aim of the paper is to contribute to the debate on energy market reform that is now underway. Currently, discussion seems to be focussing primarily on how to ensure adequate investment in low carbon and, in the medium term, conventional generation to meet the UKs climate change and security of supply goals. Delivering the necessary generation capacity is clearly crucial and by reviewing some of the mechanisms that could be used to encourage investment, this paper attempts to contribute in this area. However, the paper also addresses other areas where reform may be required but that have, to date, received less attention; issues such as arrangements to ensure efficient dispatch and energy balancing, efficient mechanisms to deal with network congestion and measures necessary to facilitate demand side participation.
The approach taken by the paper is incremental in nature, focussing on how current market arrangements may need to develop in the coming years, rather than proposing radical change. It is likely that successfully decarbonising the electricity sector may ultimately require a fundamentally different market design and that change, particularly in relation to low-carbon investment, may be requiredsooner rather than later. However, the transition to a low carbon electricity system will be gradual and arguably best served by incremental change in response to demonstrated need.
Author(s): UKERC and the Imperial College London Centre for Energy Policy and Technology
Published: 2011
Publisher: UKERC
This meeting of independent experts addressed institutional arrangements for implementing UK Electricity Market Reform (EMR). It was convened jointly by the UK Energy Research Centre (UKERC) and the Imperial College Centre for Energy Policy and Technology (ICEPT). Institutional issues are closely tied to arrangements for a proposed Capacity Mechanism. Discussions at the workshop reflected this link.
Author(s): UKERC
Published: 2011
Publisher: UKERC
The meeting considered both the general shape of the Electricity Market Reform (EMR) package and the four specific elements proposed in the Department for Energy and Climate Change (DECC) and HM Treasury (HMT) consultations. This summary covers first the generic aspects and then, more briefly, the four specific elements.
Author(s): Taylor, P., Gailani, A., Barker, B. and Hicks, M.
Published: 2025
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Hitachi, EDF Energy, Imperial College London, Element Energy
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Batterbee, J.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Hitachi, EDF Energy, Imperial College London, Element Energy
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Day, G.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Brand, C., Anable, J. and Dixon, J.
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
The UK Government has been seeking views on bringing forward the end to the sale of new petrol, diesel and hybrid cars and vans from 2040 to 2035, or earlier if a faster transition appears feasible. In this joint UKERC/CREDS consultation response we provide views on the following aspects:
A phase out date of 2035 or earlier is sensible yet it might not be enough. Our research, recently published in the journal Energy Policy, has found that neither existing transport policies nor the pledge to bring forward the phase out date for the sale of new fossil fuel vehicles by 2035 or 2040 are sufficient to hit carbon reduction targets, or make the early gains needed to stay within a Paris compliant carbon budget for cars and vans.
Our research has shown that deeper and earlier reductions in carbon emissions and local air pollution would be achieved by a more ambitious, but largely non-disruptive change to a 2030 phase out that includes all fossil fuel vehicles. This would include all vehicles with an internal combustion engine, whether self-charging or not. However, only the earlier phase outs combined with lower demand for mobility and a clear and phased market transformation approach aimed at phasing out the highest-emitting vehicleswould make significant contributions to an emissions pathway that is both Paris compliant and meets legislated carbon budgets and urban air quality limits.
The proposed policy will involve high levels of coordination, intention and buy-in by policy makers, business and wider civil society. By far the biggest barrier to change will be the incumbent industries the original equipment manufacturers (OEMs). They have a well-known track record of pushing back against EU vehicle regulations on the grounds of cost. In the case of electric powertrains, this push back is evident, with added resistance on the base of restricted supply chains and time to alter production processes. We suggest this is all the more reason to publish and implement a market transformation strategy now so that early wins which do not rely on supply chains or large transformations to the production line can mitigate against any later genuine supply-side constraints. Such a clear policy steer from the UK government is needed in order to ensure that UK consumers have more choice of cars than they may otherwise get if the OEMs restrict their sales of the most efficient vehicles into the UK market once out of the EU regulatory regime.
UKERC research into various phase-out policies has looked at how disruptive they would be for key stakeholders of the transport-energy system, and how much coordination would be needed to achieve the policy goals. This research has shown that in the Road-to-Zero ICE phase out by 2040 the main actors of the road transport and energy system are unlikely to undergo disruptive change. This is due to the relatively slow and limited evolution of the fleet towards unconventional low carbon fuels, the continuation of fuel duty revenue streams well into the 2040s and little additional reductions in energy demand and air pollutant emissions.
However, in the earlier (2030) and stricter (in what constitutes an ultra-low carbon vehicle) phase-outs we can expect some disruption for technology providers, industry and business in particular vehicle manufacturers, global production networks, the maintenance and repair sector as well as the oil and gas industry. There will also be localised impacts (some potentially disruptive) on electricity distribution networks and companies, even with smart charging.
Ending the sale of new petrol, diesel and hybrid cars and vans earlier, coupled with the electrification of road transport should form a key part of long term decarbonisation policy, but it is not a panacea. First, an earlier phase out date of 2030 implies we have 10 years to plan for and implement a transition away from fossil-fuel ICE cars and vans. As we discussed in our response, our research suggests that this is achievable without significant disruption to the transport-energy system, but it needs to be linked to accelerated investment in charging networks, battery development and deployment, increased market availability of zero-emission vehicles, and equivalent-value support by the Government to level the playing field with the incumbents. Second, our research has shown multiple times that further and earlier policy measures that impact the transport-energy system are needed, including a clear and phased market transformation approach that targets high-emitting vehicles, access bans in urban areas, and dynamic road pricing that could fund an order of magnitude increase in investment in sustainable transport modes.
We support bringing the phase-outdate forward and urge it to be earlier than 2035 and include phasing out any non-zero tailpipe vehicles using a market transformation approach. We strongly believe Government has a crucial role to play in leading the way to decarbonise transport, going well beyond the proposed policy change of bringing forward the end to the sale of new petrol, diesel and hybrid cars and vans from 2040 to 2035 or earlier.
Author(s): Evans, B. and Palmer, J.
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
The workshop presentations and the ensuing discussion clearly underlined the UK potential for community energy initiatives. There are in the region of 500 community energy projects currently in the UK, demonstrating a wide range of technologies and approaches. However, although these projects will generate a considerable amount of kilowatts, it is equally important to recognise other roles that they may play. The contribution of projects to, for example, combating social exclusion or increasing public understanding of renewable energy technologies may be as important as power generation or energy conservation.
Author(s): Anable, J., Brand, C., Eyre, N., Layberry, R., Bergman, N., Strachan, N., Fawcett, T., and Tran, M.
Published: 2011
Publisher: UKERC
This report is one of a series of working papers in the UKERC Energy 2050 project series. It investigated the role of pro-environmental lifestyle change for the UK energy system to 2050. We make two assumptions, both of which seem obvious when stated, but are frequently forgotten or ignored in energy futures work. The first is that the behaviour of energy users is not fixed, but rather the outcome of developments in society, and that these are uncertain with the level of uncertainty increasing over time. The second is that any policy framework that seeks to deliver major changes in the energy system, such as an 80% reduction in CO2 emissions, will be the outcome of a political process in which civil society, i.e. energy users in other roles, will play a key role.
We have used an innovative methodology to combine the strengths of detailed end use models (UK Domestic Carbon Model and UK Transport Carbon Model, both developed at the ECI) and a cost-optimisation model of the whole UK energy system (MARKAL Elastic Demand, developed at UCL).
Author(s): Jones, C.M. and Holt, P.J.
Published: 2026
Publisher: UKERC/EDC
Author(s): Colechin, K. and Colechin, M.
Published: 2024
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): BRE
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
The original analysis of the effect of the Energy Efficiency Commitment on the level of fuel poverty in England assumed that EEC3 was the same size as EEC2. In this note, the analysis has been extended to examine the effect of increasing the scale of EEC3 to 150% and 200% the size of EEC2. Both scenarios 1 (no loft top-ups under EEC2, loft top ups included under EEC3) and 2 (loft top ups included under both EEC2 and EEC3) have been recalculated with an enlarged EEC3 component. In total four additional runs of the model were required. The results of this analysis are shown in tables 1 to 12 below.
Approximately 150,000 households are removed from fuel poverty following an EEC3 150% the size of EEC2 under both scenarios (n.b. this figure includes households removed from fuel poverty by all previous EEC stages). Of these around 130,000 are vulnerable households. Around 45,000 households have had their SAP rating raised above 65 (35,000 vulnerable).
If EEC3 is extended further to 200% the size of EEC2, approximately 190,000 households are removed from fuel poverty at the end of all EEC stages under both scenarios. Of these around 160,000 are vulnerable households. Around 55,000 households have had their SAP rating raised above 65 (45,000 vulnerable).
This document contains tables of the results, and an Appendix on Modelling details.
Author(s): DEFRA
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
The original analysis of the effect of the Energy Efficiency Commitment on the level of fuel poverty in England assumed that EEC3 was the same size as EEC2. In this note, the analysis has been extended to examine the effect of increasing the scale of EEC3 to 150% and 200% the size of EEC2. Both scenarios 1 (no loft top-ups under EEC2, loft top ups included under EEC3) and 2 (loft top ups included under both EEC2 and EEC3) have been recalculated with an enlarged EEC3 component. In total four additional runs of the model were required. The results of this analysis are shown in tables 1 to 12 below.
Approximately 150,000 households are removed from fuel poverty following an EEC3 150% the size of EEC2 under both scenarios (n.b. this figure includes households removed from fuel poverty by all previous EEC stages). Of these around 130,000 are vulnerable households. Around 45,000 households have had their SAP rating raised above 65 (35,000 vulnerable).
If EEC3 is extended further to 200% the size of EEC2, approximately 190,000 households are removed from fuel poverty at the end of all EEC stages under both scenarios. Of these around 160,000 are vulnerable households. Around 55,000 households have had their SAP rating raised above 65 (45,000 vulnerable).
This document contains tables of the results, and an Appendix on Modelling details.
Author(s): Wade. J. and Eyre. N.
Published: 2015
Publisher: UKERC
Research for the UK Energy Research Centre’s Technology and Policy Assessment (TPA) function shows the importance of increased policy support for energy efficiency programmes, after a strategic review found savings in the region of 10% for well designed and implemented programmes. While multiple policies and programmes have been implemented in the past to encourage improvements in household efficiency, both in the UK and globally, the robustness and accuracy of programme evaluations have been called into question.
The authors carried out a systematic review of the evidence base of peer-reviewed evaluation programmes, drawn from conference papers and 20 different journals, in order to find out what works and where the gaps are, and to inform future programme design.
Author(s): Carbon Trust, Energy Saving Trust, HM Treasury and DEFRA
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
At the Pre-Budget Report 2004 Defra and HM Treasury jointly launched an Energy Efficiency Innovation Review (EEIR). The purpose of the review was to examine how a step-change in energy efficiency in the domestic, business and public sectors in the UK could be delivered cost effectively and how energy efficiency improvement could be embedded into decision making across the economy. The review was carried out under the leadership of a Steering Group drawn from the two sponsor Departments, the Carbon Trust and the Energy Saving Trust (EST) and was designed to be an important input to the wider review of the UK Climate Change programme (CCP).
For the purposes of this review, the word "innovation" is used in a broad sense to mean not only technological but policy innovation. Given the potential wide remit of energy efficiency, this review has focussed on how to deliver demand side efficiencies, how to increase the uptake of existing energy-efficient goods and services and how to accelerate the development of new, energy-efficient technologies. It does not cover transport or energy services, nor does it explore the scope for local and regional delivery - work which is being pursued through other studies as part of the CCP. The assessments of potential energy and carbon savings from the proposed policies are projected to 2010 (medium term) and 2020 (longer term). The role of new technologies up to 2050 is also considered.
This document summarises the principal conclusions of the review. These are presented in greater depth in the main reports, which have been published as independent reports to Government by the Carbon Trust and the Energy Saving Trust. The review was informed by a number of supporting studies, detailed at Annex 1, which will be published shortly. A number of recommendations from the review have already fed into the wider review of the UK Climate Change Programme. The Government will respond to the EEIR both in the CCP and through later policy processes such as the Energy Review and the Comprehensive Spending Review 2007.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): NERA Economic Consulting
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
This report considers trading arrangements to improve the cost-effectiveness of UK policy to promote household energy efficiency. We consider trading under the current programme, the Energy Efficiency Commitment ("EEC", or "the Scheme"), as well as under a more formal "white certificate scheme." (The EEC sets energy reduction targets for major electricity and gas suppliers.) Both trading in the EEC and a white certificate scheme involve trading energy savings, i.e., reductions in household energy use. We also consider a shift to a "cap-and-trade" programme that would establish a cap on the overall or average level of a household energy use or CO2 emissions as a means of attaining household energy efficiency improvements. Finally, because one of the motivating factors for the EEC is to reduce greenhouse gases, the report discusses linkages with the European Union cap-and-trade programme for carbon dioxide (the EU Emissions Trading Scheme, or "EU ETS").
The findings of the report are based upon reviews of the experience with the EEC and its trading provisions as well as interviews with scheme stakeholders, including all participating EEC energy suppliers.
The following are conclusions from this study:
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Oakey, J. and Patchigolla, K.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Wagland, S.T. and Longhurst, P.J.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Wagland, S.T. and Longhurst, P.J.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Wagland, S.T. and Longhurst, P.J.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Van Romunde, Z. and Kim, M.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Brule, M., Eyler, D., Oakey, J., Patchigolla, K., Pellegrini-Susini, G. and Van Romunde, Z.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Brule, M., and Eyler, D.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Williams, M., Jaitner, N., Lorton, C.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Centre for Process Innovation Services
Published: 2009
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Donegan, S., Kearney, J., Repalle, J. and Van Romunde, Z.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Hillier, G. and Donegan, S.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Hillier, G. and Donegan, S.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Phillips, F.
Published: 2009
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Donegan, S. and Hillier, G.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Ziman, H., Hillier, G. and Donegan, S.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Gandy, S., Mkushi, G., Mistry, P.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Mistry, P., Gandy, S.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): AEA Technology Ltd
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Conversion and Resource Evaluation Ltd
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Hillier, G. and Donegan, S.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): AEA Technology Ltd
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Subtheme Group
Published: 2019
Publisher: Department of Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy
Author(s): Subtheme Group
Published: 2019
Publisher: Department of Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy
Author(s): Subtheme Group
Published: 2019
Publisher: Department of Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy
Author(s): Subtheme Group
Published: 2019
Publisher: Department of Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy
Author(s): Subtheme Group
Published: 2019
Publisher: Department of Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy
Author(s): Subtheme Group
Published: 2019
Publisher: Department of Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy
Author(s): Subtheme Group
Published: 2019
Publisher: Department of Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy
Author(s): Subtheme Group
Published: 2019
Publisher: Department of Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy
Author(s): Subtheme Group
Published: 2019
Publisher: Department of Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy
Author(s): Subtheme Group
Published: 2019
Publisher: Department of Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy
Author(s): Subtheme Group
Published: 2019
Publisher: Department of Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy
Author(s): Subtheme Group
Published: 2019
Publisher: Department of Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy
Author(s): Speirs, J., Gross, B., Gross, R. and Houari, Y.
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
Welcome to the Energy Materials Availability Handbook (EMAH), a brief guide to some of the materials that are critical components in low carbon energy technologies. In recent years concern has grown regarding the availability of a host of materials critical to the development and manufacturing of low carbon technologies.
In this handbook we examine 10 materials or material groups, presenting the pertinent facts regarding their production, resources, and other issues surrounding their availability. Three pages of summary are devoted to each material or material group. A how to use guide is provided on the following pages.
Author(s): Li, P. and Strachan, N.
Published: 2021
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Li, P. and Strachan, N.
Published: 2021
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Strachan, N. and Li, P.
Published: 2021
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Torriti, J., Lo Piano, S., Lorincz, M.J., Ramirez-Mendiola, J.L., Smith, S. and Yunusov, T.
Published: 2020
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Bennett, G., Hamilton, I., Liddiard, R., Lowe, R., Mallaburn, P., Oreszczyn, T., Ruyssevelt, P. and Wingfield, J.
Published: 2018
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): UKERC
Published: 2008
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Braunholtz-Speight, T., Britton, J., Cairns, I., Hannon, M., Hawker, G., Manderson, E., Pidgeon, N. and Sharmina, M.
Published: 2025
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Colechin, K. and Colechin, M.
Published: 2025
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Pye, S., Sabio, N. and Strachan, N.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
Policy goals to transition national energy systems to meet decarbonisation and security goals must contend with multiple overlapping uncertainties. These uncertainties are pervasive through the complex nature of the system, and exist in a strategic policy area where the impact of investment decisions have long term consequences. Uncertainty also lies in the tools and approaches used, increasing the challenges of informing robust decision making. Energy system studies in the UK have tended not to address uncertainty in a systematic manner, relying on simple scenario or sensitivity analysis. This paper utilises an innovative energy system model, ESME, which characterises multiple uncertainties via probability distributions and propagates these uncertainties to explore trade-offs in cost effective energy transition scenarios. A global sensitivity analysis is then undertaken to explore t
Author(s): Hamilton. K
Published: 2023
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Fawcett, T.
Published: 2005
Publisher: UKERC
This working paper pulls together and summarises the key information available about energy use and carbon emissions within the UK higher education (HE) sector. In addition it undertakes new analysis based on existing data (some of it unpublished) to provide a better understanding of the sector’s carbon emissions.
Author(s): Fawcett, T., Hampton, S. and Mallaburn, P.
Published: 2019
Publisher: CREDS & UKERC
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2009
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Slade, R., Saunders, R., Gross, R. and Bauen, A.
Published: 2011
Publisher: UKERC
This report aims to support informed debate about the amount of biomass that might be available globally for energy, taking account of sustainability concerns. It uses a systematic review methodology to identify and discuss estimates of the global potential for biomass that have been published over the last 20 years. The assumptions both technical and ethical that lie behind these are exposed and their influence on calculations of biomass potential described.
The report does not seek to determine what an acceptable level of biomass production might be. What it does is reveal how different levels of deployment necessitate assumptions that could have far reaching consequences for global agriculture, forestry and land use; ranging from a negligible impact to a radical reconfiguration of current practice. The report also examines the insights the literature provides into the interactions between biomass production, conventional agriculture, land use, and forestry.
Author(s): Howard, D.
Published: 2007
Publisher: Joule Centre
Author(s): Howard, D.
Published: 2007
Publisher: Joule Centre
This document is a summary for the project titled 'Energy management in tourism: development of a comprehensive carbon footprint methodology and toolset.'
The project provides a stepping stone towards the development of a tool that will allow members of an important sector of the NW economy to monitor and manage their energy use. It will also help the NW to be at the forefront of essential environmental auditing and impact assessment methodologies. The project has expanded the NW's research capability in the field of energy consumption monitoring and brought researchers from three disciplines together (economics, environmental science and statistics). The application is being developed for all organisations working in the tourist industry in the NW, but will start with demonstrations in Blackpool and Cumbria. It is intended the application will calculate greenhouse gas footprints, which can be partitioned into their component energy sources and highlight major contributory activities. The tool will allow the user to see how their carbon footprint responds to: increasing their expenditure within certain industry sectors (e.g. food whole sellers, transport, construction); changing the nature of their expenditure within each sector.
This project used an existing prototype footprinting model and managed to demonstrate its economic robustness and realism. From this a tool was developed and then tested. The effectiveness of the tool was demonstrated by working with a hotel in the Lake District where the outputs have changed its purchasing strategy. A further £300,000 funding has been obtained (£200,000 ESRC and £100,000 NWDA) to continue developing the model and to create a system for widespread release.
Author(s): Holland, R., Beaument.,N., Austen.,M., Gross.,R., Heptonstall, P., Watson, J. and Taylor, G.
Published: 2015
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Brocklehurst, F., Bennett, G., Boardman, B., Eyre, N., Fawcett, T., Lo Piano, S., Smith, S. and Torriti, J.
Published: 2020
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Heaton, C and Milne, S.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cormack, W.F.
Published: 2000
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
The main objective and deliverable of study OF0182 was to develop a model of energy inputs in organic farming systems. To illustrate the potential of the model, it was used to contrast organic with similar conventional systems and to highlight important differences. This was presented as a detailed written report (49 pages) to MAFF and is summarised in this document. The report and model were delivered to MAFF in March 2000.
Organically grown crops require around 50% of the energy input per unit area than do conventional crops, largely because of lower, or zero, fertiliser and pesticide energy inputs. However, the generally lower yields of organic crop and vegetable systems reduce the advantage to organic when energy input is calculated on a unit output basis. In stockless arable crop rotations, the inclusion of fertility building crops and winter cover crops, that have energy inputs but no direct outputs, can result in a lower whole-rotation energy efficiency from organic methods. In livestock systems, where the fall in output may be less than in arable, and there are no dedicated fertility building crops, overall energy efficiency is greater in organic than in comparable conventional systems.
These conclusions were made using average yield data in the model and need to be interpreted with caution. On more fertile soil, where the yield difference with conventional arable production is smaller, organic systems would perform relatively better. The converse would occur on poorer soils. Also, in practice, energy inputs for cultivations and weed control will vary with soil type, weather, weed spectrum and population. The average data presented in the report are illustrative and are not definitive. The strength of the model is that it can be used to simulate many different management systems and yield expectations.
The project did not identify any significant opportunities for replacement of energy inputs by labour. This may be possible for weed control in some situations but, apart from the use of flame weeders, this is only a small proportion of the total energy input. More importantly, weed control is time sensitive; therefore for large-scale production it must be mechanised. There is also a shortage of suitable and willing labour for this type of work in many places.
This report is divided into the following sections:
Author(s): Jones Lang LaSalle Ltd (JLL)
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Baringa Partners LLP
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Ternent, L.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Systems Catapult
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Baringa Partners LLP
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Baringa Partners LLP
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Systems Catapult
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Bates, C.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Systems Catapult
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Tuff, G.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cook, S. and Morgan, J.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Jones Lang LaSalle Ltd (JLL)
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Bell, D., Hopkins, M. and Winter, S.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Baringa Partners LLP
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Systems Catapult
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Mee, D
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Okoli, J.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Lorenzoni, I., ONeill, S., Whitmarsh, L., Otoadese, J., Keay-Bright, S. and John, K.
Published: 2008
Publisher: UKERC
The aim of the workshop was to bring together academics and practitioners from different disciplines and backgrounds in order to ultimately inform more effective approaches to public communication of, and engagement with, climate change and energy reduction. The overarching question to be addressed by the workshop was, What can empirical and theoretical studies of communication and behaviour change tell us about how we might move towards a more climate-friendly (low-carbon, climate resilient) society?. More specifically the workshop objectives were to: share cutting-edge research and practice; foster learning across disciplines and contexts; identify gaps in understanding; form new interdisciplinary contacts and networks; consider and generate new insights; stimulate novel collaborations; provide the contents for a book and a workshop report that would beuseful for academics, practit
Author(s): Lorenzoni, I, ONeill, S, Whitmarsh, L, Otoadese, J, Keay-Bright, S. and John, K
Published: 2008
Publisher: UKERC
The aim of the workshop was to bring together academics and practitioners from different disciplines and backgrounds in order to ultimately inform more effective approaches to public communication of, and engagement with, climate change and energy reduction. The overarching question to be addressed by the workshop was, “What can empirical and theoretical studies of communication and behaviour change tell us about how we might move towards a more ‘climate-friendly’ (low-carbon, climate resilient) society?”. More specifically the workshop objectives were to: share cutting-edge research and practice; foster learning across disciplines and contexts; identify gaps in understanding; form new interdisciplinary contacts and networks; consider and generate new insights; stimulate novel collaborations; provide the contents for a book and a workshop report that would be useful for academics, practitioners and policy-makers. Central to the workshop were three sessions relating to the overarching question: models, messages and media. These sessions involved 10 minute presentations from each of three presenters and a 10 minute response from an invited discussant.
Author(s): Fowler, A, Bell, D, Cao, C, Fowler, R, Oliver, P, Greenough, C & Timmis, P
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is a summary report for the project titled 'Enhanced Efficiency Steam Turbine Blading - For Cleaner Coal Plant'.
The aim of this project was to increase the efficiency of the short height stages typically found in high pressure steam turbine cylinders. For coal fired power plant, this will directly lead to a reduction in the amount of fuel required to produce electrical power, resulting in lower power station emissions. The continual drive towards higher cycle efficiencies demands increased inlet steam temperatures and pressures, which necessarily leads to shorter blade heights. Further advances in blading for short height stages are required in order to maximise the benefit. To achieve this, an optimisation of existing 3 dimensional designs was carried out and a new 3 dimensional fixed blade for use in the early stages of the high pressure turbine was developed.
The milestones for the project were defined around the following specific
objectives:
The work that CCLRC undertook on the ALSTOM C.F.D. code was very successful. The 3-D flow solver code supplied by ALSTOM was analysed and two methods of parallisation implemented. The OMP method of parallisation is only suitable for use on "shared memory" multi-processor computers. The MPI method of parallisation is suitable for use on "distributed memory" computers, sometimes know as "Beowulf Clusters", which tend to be significantly cheaper to buy than large shared memory computers of similar processing power. As a result of this work, ALSTOM Power have purchased a Beowulf Cluster, and it has become the main workhorse of the Aerodynamics Group.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2002
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The aim of this project is to increase the efficiency of the short height stages typically found in high pressure steam turbine cylinders. This will directly lead to a reduction in the amount of coal required to produce electrical power, resulting in lower power station emissions. In order to do this, the following tasks must be undertaken:
The benefits of the project include:
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The aim of this project was to increase the efficiency of the short height stages typically found in high pressure steam turbine cylinders. For coal-fired power plant, this would directly lead to a reduction in the amount of fuel required to produce electrical power, resulting in lower power station emissions. The continual drive towards higher cycle efficiencies demands increased inlet steam temperatures and pressures, which necessarily leads to shorter blade heights. The specific objectives were as follows:
The aim of this project was to increase the efficiency of the short height stages typically found in high pressure steam turbine cylinders. Whilst the reasons for this are still not understood, the result has led to changes in the way that such blades will be designed in the future. It also provides a challenging test case for future CFD code validation.
This summary provides information on:Author(s): Johnson, C., van der Waal, E., Schneiders, A., Rebmann, A. and Folmer, E.
Published: 2021
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Hanna, R., Heptonstall, P., Gross, R., Wade F. and Webb, J.
Published: 2021
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Holloway, S. and Rowley, W.J.
Published: 2008
Publisher: UKERC
This working paper analyses the environmental sustainability of four electricity production systems that include carbon dioxide capture and storage (CCS):
The analysis is based largely on a review of relevant Life Cycle Assessments (LCAs). Thus it considers the environmental sustainability of the entire electricity generation chain from fuel extraction through electricity generation and CO2capture to CO2 storage.
Author(s): Ekins, P. and Salmons, R.
Published: 2010
Publisher: UKERC
There is increasing scientific evidence that natural systems are now at a level of stress globally that could have profound negative effects on human societies worldwide. In order to avoid these effects, one, or a number of technological transitions will need to take place through transforming processes of eco-innovation, which have complex political, institutional and cultural, in addition to technological and economic, dimensions. Measurement systems need to be devised that can assess to what extent eco-innovation is taking place. Environmental and eco-innovation have already led in a number of European countries to the establishment of substantial eco-industries, but, because of the general absence of environmental considerations in markets, these industries are very largely the result of environmental public policies, the nature and effectiveness of which have now been assessed through a number of reviews and case studies. The paper concludes that such policies will need to become much more stringent if eco-innovation is to drive an adequately far-reaching technological transition to resolve pressing environmental challenges. Crucial in the political economy of this change will be that eco-industries, supported by public opinion, are able to counter the resistance of established industries which will lose out from the transition, in a reformed global context where international treaties and co-operation prevent the relocation of environmentally destructive industries and encourage their transformation.
Author(s): Crawley, J. and Higginson, S.
Published: 2020
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Hawkey, D.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives of this project are:
This project was set up by E.ON to investigate ways of putting a monetary cost to plant inflexibility. The project was undertaken in collaboration with UMISTs Department of Process Integration, who are world leaders in the science of process optimisation and who possess the necessary optimisation and computing expertise. The DTIs interest is primarily because of the importance of this subject to IGCC; however, the issue is of general applicability to all types of generating technology.
This summary provides information on:Author(s): Higginson, S. and Huebner, G.
Published: 2020
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives for this project were:
The conclusions from this project were:
Author(s): Baresic, D., Rehmatulla, N., de la Fuente, S. and Smith, T.
Published: 2021
Publisher: CREDS, DUKFT & UMAS
Author(s): Cass, N., Anable, J., Lucas, K., Adeel, M., Buchs, M., Lovelace, R., Morgan, M. and Mullen, C.
Published: 2022
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Skea, J.
Published: 2005
Publisher: UKERC
The UK Energy Research Centre welcomes this opportunity to provide input to the Stern Review on the Economics of Climate Change.
The Centre was established in 2004 following a recommendation from the 2002 review of energy initiated by Sir David King, the UK Government’s Chief Scientific Advisor. It is funded by three research councils: the Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council (EPSRC), the Natural Environment Research Council (NERC) and the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC). We take a co-ordinated and collaborative approach to national and international energy research, and through our own interdisciplinary research activities, we intend to provide the knowledge needed to work towards a sustainable energy system and realise UK energy policy goals.
We are a distributed Centre operated by a consortium of eight universities and research institutions. Our work is relevant to items 1 and 4 of the Review Terms of Reference, i.e.
Four of our research themes are undertaking research relevant to the Review. These are:
Author(s): Buckman, A.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): University of Strathcylde
Published: 2015
Publisher: Ofgem
This document is the final report for the project titled 'Experimental Evaluation of PV Inverter Performance during Islanding and Frequency Disturbance Conditions'.
Testing of five low voltage photovoltaic inverters has been performed at the PNDC to determine:
Inverters were tested individually and in pairs. All tests were successful in the sense that all inverters tripped during an island while remaining stable during grid disturbances of 1Hz/s rate-of-change-of-frequency (RoCoF) and 5.5° voltage vector shift.
Changes in active and reactive power output of some of the inverters were observed during these events. Active power output reduction was observed for the ABB inverter under test for events of at least 0.7Hz/s over a 1.5Hz frequency band. The reduction lasted for around 1s. Momentary reactive power changes were symptomatic of all transformer-less inverters (i.e. SMA and ABB inverters) during RoCoF events.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Roddis, P. and Robison, R.
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
Social Value is a rising policy agenda in the UK, formalised in legislation by the Public Services (Social Value) Act 2012. It refers to social, economic and environmental benefits whose value is not captured in financial flows. Whilst multiple tools and methodologies are available to measure Social Value, there is little consensus on which method is best to use in different contexts. This report reviews options and considers how best to measure Social Value in the context of major energy infrastructure projects such as HPC.
The report finds that value is highly contingent and subjective, and that what is valuable is not always tangible. It therefore emphasises the importance of qualitative measures of Social Value alongside quantitative data or monetary estimates, recognising the limits of assigning financial values to some types of outcome. It also stresses the importance of involving stakeholders to find out what matters to them and what they most value.
Delivered as part of the Energy-PIECES project this report was developed during a secondment at EDF Energy
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The aims of this project were:
An investigation has been made into the possibility of welding together 10%Cr and 3.5%NiCrMoV rotor steels, a combination which would allow manufacture of large turbine rotors with inlet steam temperatures in excess of 570°C.
Following a comprehensive modelling programme by the University of Cambridge and complementary testing and examination by Siemens Power Generation (SPG), a welding procedure was developed and successful narrow gap TIG welds were made between 380mm diameter, 50mm thick material. This was accomplished using the established Tungsten Inert Gas (TIG) filler wire.
This summary provides information on:Author(s): Hutchinson, J., Conroy, R. & Stalker, R.
Published: 2004
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is a report for the project titled 'Fabricated Turbine Rotors - Advanced Steam Turbines'.
An investigation has been made into the possibility of welding together 10%Cr and 3.5%NiCrMoV rotor material in order to produce the next generation steam turbines operating above 570°C.
Following a comprehensive modelling programme and complementary testing and examination by Siemens Power Generation (SPG) and the University of Cambridge, a welding procedure was developed and successful plate and small diameter welds were made between sections of 3.5%NiCrMoV and 10Cr material. Mechanical and metallurgical assessment of these welds showed that the weldment properties matched the requirements of the original parent material.
Following the success of the initial welds, a large-scale weld has been manufactured using the established materials and procedures to fully validate the developed welding procedure. This weld has been subjected to non-destructive examination (NDE) followed by extensive mechanical and metallurgical testing. The results confirm that the large scale weldment properties matched the requirements of the original parent materials and thereby satisfy the objectives of the project.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2002
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
Steels for advanced steam turbines operating within super-critical steam conditions have been developed within the COST 501 collaborative programmes and are continuing to be developed within the COST 522 programme. The data generated has already been used to develop and design high temperature turbines which are now in operation or at an advanced stage of construction.
New cleaner coal power generation technologies such as air blown gasification combined cycle (ABGC), integral gasification combined cycle (IGCC) and fluidised bed combustion will be looking to utilise these new steels in steam turbines but costs will need to be reduced to improve their competitiveness. The objectives of the project are:
These combined cycle plants will generate in the region of 350 MW to 400 MW and will utilise steam turbines with an output in the range of 120 MW to 250 MW. The cost of the steam turbine can be reduced considerably if the number of turbine cylinders is reduced. A single cylinder reheat turbine would be adopted for smaller outputs and a two cylinder turbine with an HP turbine and a combined IP/LP turbine for the larger outputs. The requirement for a single rotor forging steel that has good creep properties at temperatures of 570°C and greater combined with high strength and toughness to carry long turbine blades at the low pressure end cannot be met by the COST steels alone.
This profile contains information on the project's:Author(s): Blyth, W.
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
This report provides a brief review of how risks can be incorporated into investment decisions, and how financial analysis needs to go beyond an assessment of levelised costs in order to adequately represent the different sources of risk that a new power plant investment will face in competitive markets.
Author(s): Deller, D., Waddams, C., Errington, E., Fletcher, A., Hargreaves, T., Harker, M., Longhurst, N., Reader, D. and Turner, G.
Published: 2018
Publisher: Centre for Competition Policy (University of East Anglia) and UKERC
Concern about fairness in the retail energy market is clear from media headlines and the passing of legislation to impose a wide price cap in the retail energy market in 2018. Fairness in Retail Energy Markets? Evidence from the UK provides extensive evidence from a range of disciplines to inform this important debate. This report does notattempt to define what constitutes fair or unfair, since this ultimately rests in the eye of the beholder. Nevertheless, its message is clear: development of the retail energy market in the UK can only be understood by recognising the political economy around questions of distribution and fairness.
A multi-disciplinary perspective
The publication reports research conducted at the Centre for Competition Policy, University of East Anglia, as part of the UK Energy Research Centres programme. The research is multi-disciplinary, drawing together researchers from a range of disciplines: economists, legal scholars, human geographers and a policy analyst. This range of specialisms provides a rare opportunity to consider fairness and retail energy markets in the round. The research team is both unusually broad and academically independent. The reports five main chapters present findings from different disciplines and methodologies to stimulate consideration of evidence which is rarely encountered together. In assembling this evidence the researchers are grateful to our partners Broadland Housing Association, Cornwall Energy and Ofgem, as well as to the Parliamentary Archive and all our interviewees.
The report presents findings under five broad themes: (i) how long-term outcomes contextualise the retail energy markets political salience; (ii) how distributional objectives feed into institutions; (iii) the multi-faceted nature of engagement with energy; (iv) the detailed experiences of those at risk of FP; and (v) how data/statistics can be improved.
Together the evidence raises fundamental issues for the future governance of the market. The traditional focus of economics on efficiency has never claimed that markets are effective tools for delivering equitable outcomes, and the traditional framework of pure economic regulation is challenged by the focus on fairness. Can the market ever escape political intervention when energy prices rise substantially? This question is particularly relevant when key affordability support policies the Winter Fuel Payment and the initial Fuel Poverty Strategy were introduced as energy was approaching its mostaffordable level over a 30-year time horizon.
Energys political salience has meant that the independence of the market regulator, Ofgem, has evolved in a way not originally envisioned. Government has increased the number and complexity of Ofgems statutory duties. The resulting ambiguity regarding how to prioritise the regulators different duties has led to increased government-regulator communication and the potential for government to exert pressure on the regulator through less formal channels.
We present evidence indicating that there are problems with implementing the main frame used to address energy fairness in the UK, namely fuel poverty. We suggest that the approach to analysing fuel poverty, and the associated policymaking, would benefit from a change of direction, towards a focus on the directly observable real-world phenomenawhich underpin this complex problem, rather than on the official fuel poverty statistics. Such an approach would help to recognise that energy efficiency interventions are unlikely to solve all the energy affordability challenges facing households.
Author(s): Wang, Z.
Published: 2009
Publisher: Joule Centre
This document is a summary for the project titled 'Feasibility of Environmentally friendly natural ester free breathing 11kV 1MVA transformers'.
Transformers transfer electrical energy between two circuits and they are mainly used to change alternating current of one voltage to another voltage. They are essential for high voltage power transmission, which makes long distance transmission economically viable, and are also found in nearly all electronic devices.
This project investigated the performance of a natural ester as both an insulator and coolant medium by testing it in a transformer under load at an operational site. Laboratory based accelerated ageing was also used in order to simulate the effects of the oil being used for a significant period of time as it would be in a distribution transformer.
This project was carried out in collaboration with Electricity North West (ENW) who provided additional funding and also accommodate the ester filled distribution transformer. The experience gained from this project will help ENW to become the first utility company to possess knowledge of how the commercially available environmentally friendly transformer fluids may behave under real loading and operating conditions. M&I material, a local company based at Trafford park, manufactured the natural esters used for this project and would stand to benefit if it's found they are suitable for use in distribution transformers.
Author(s): Eyre, N.
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
Energy saving feed-in tariffs (ESFITs) are a relatively new concept and are designed to use the same principles as Feed in Tariffs for renewable energy (REFITs).They offer a promising way of improving electricity efficiency and reducing electricity demand, thereby decreasing carbon emissions.
The Electricity Market Reform proposals which form part of the 2012 Energy Bill provide a bias towards investment in new supply that could be addressed using ESFITs.
In the context of EMR, ESFITs offer a means of delivering decarbonisation with a lower impact on consumer bills.
Because ESFITs do not rely on energy companies, they would provide incentives for innovation in project delivery in a much wider range of actors including householders, community groups, local authorities and small businesses.
The concept of ESFITs is simple, but there are policy design issues that still need to be addressed.
Author(s): Strachan, N., Kannan, R. and Pye, S.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
This is the UKERC working paper.
This is the final report for the DTI and DEFRA on the development of a new UK MARKAL & MARKAL-Macro (M-M) energy systems model. The focus of this final report is on the extensive range of UK 60% CO2 abatement scenarios and sensitivity analysis run for analytical insights to underpin the 2007 Energy White Paper. This analysis was commissioned by the DTI to underpin the development of the 2007 UK Energy White Paper, and this technical report is a companion publication to the policy focused discussion of the modelling work (DTI, 2007).
Author(s): Strachan, N., Kannan, R. and Pye, S.
Published: 2007
Publisher: PSI and UKERC
This is the final report for the DTI and DEFRA on the development of a new UK MARKAL & MARKAL-Macro (M-M) energy systems model. The focus of this final report is on the extensive range of UK 60% CO2 abatement scenarios and sensitivity analysis run for analytical insights to underpin the 2007 Energy White Paper. This analysis was commissioned by the DTI to underpin the development of the 2007 UK Energy White Paper, and this technical report is a companion publication to the policy focused discussion of the modelling work (DTI, 2007).
Author(s): Cairns, I., Hannon, M., Braunholtz-Speight, T., Hardy, J., McLachan, C., Mander, S., Manderson, E. and Sharmina, M.
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
Commencing in 2016, the Financing Community Energy project provides a comprehensive quantitative and qualitative analysis of the role of finance in the evolution of the UK community energy sector. This report presents the final of our four case studies of UK community energy organisations, exploring how these organisations have sought to finance their projects against a backdrop of diminishing government support for grassroots sustainable development.
Established in 2013, Brighton and Hove Energy Services (BHESCo) primary focus was to develop both renewable energy and energy efficiency projects, whilst also ensuring people have equal access to energy. BHESCo is rather unlike our other community energy case studies in that it operates very much like an Energy Services Company (ESCo), where they accept some degree of responsibility to provide the energy service that its customers ultimately desire (e.g. lighting, ambient temperature), rather than the straightforward supply of heat or electricity.
Author(s): Cairns, I., Hannon, M., Braunholtz-Speight, T., Hardy, J., McLachan, C., Mander, S., Manderson, E. and Sharmina, M.
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
This report presents a case study of Edinburgh Community Solar Cooperative, exploring how it financed the project against a backdrop of diminishing government support for grassroots sustainable development.
This report presents the first of four case studies of UK community energy organisations, exploring how these organisations have sought to finance their projects against a backdrop of diminishing government support for grassroots sustainable development.
Edinburgh Community Solar Cooperative (ECSC) is a Community Benefit Society (BenCom). Its objectives are a combination of environmental and social, with an explicit focus on reducing emissions, alleviating fuel poverty, improving energy security and promoting sustainable development education.
ECSC quickly settled on renewable power generation as a means of delivering this combination of environmental andsocial value. Today it operates 1.4 MW of solar PV panels on the roofs of 24 council-owned properties in Edinburgh, including schools, leisure centres and community halls.
Author(s): Cairns, I., Hannon, M., Braunholtz-Speight, T., Hardy, J., McLachan, C., Mander, S., Manderson, E., Sharmina, M.
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
Commencing in 2016, the Financing Community Energy project provides a comprehensive quantitative and qualitative analysis of the role of finance in the evolution of the UK community energy sector. This report presents the second of four case studies of UK community energy organisations, exploring how these organisations have sought to finance their projects against a backdrop of diminishing government support for grassroots sustainable development.
Green Energy Mull (GEM) is a Community Benefit Company (BenCom) that owns and operates Garmony Hydro; a 400 kW run-of-the-river hydro scheme on the island of Mull, off the west coast of Scotland.
Author(s): Cairns, I., Hannon, M., Braunholtz-Speight, Tim., Hardy, J., Mclachan, C., Mander, S., Manderson, E., Sharmina, M.
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
Commencing in 2016, the Financing Community Energy project provides a comprehensive quantitative and qualitative analysis of the role of finance in the evolution of the UK community energy sector. This report presents the third of four case studies of UK community energy organisations, exploring how these organisations have sought to finance their projects against a backdrop of diminishing government support for grassroots sustainable development.
Gwent Energy (Wales) was formed in 2009 to deliver environmental benefit and cost savings to its local community. It aims to help local consumers save money on their energy bills through a combination of renewable energy, efficiency, storage and electric vehicle charging interventions, whilst simultaneously generating a surplus to fund local community initiatives.
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives of this project were:
Typical and potential boiler tube alloys have been exposed to simulated furnace wall and superheater/reheater environments in the 1MWTh Combustion Test Facility (CTF) at Power Technology.
A total of four nominally 50 hour duration exposures have been completed. Specimens were exposed to a range of metal temperatures, heat fluxes and gaseous environments, representative of pulverised coal combustion under low NOx conditions with biomass additions. Biomass was co-fired with Daw Mill coal on 20% and 10% thermal or heat input basis (approx 35% and 17% by mass). Specimens were exposed to the combustion environment on air-cooled, precision metrology, corrosion probes.
This summary provides information on:Author(s): Energy Systems Catapult
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Systems Catapult
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Watkins, J. and Farrington, J.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Watkins, J. and Farrington, J.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Systems Catapult
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Wilson, G. and Rowley, P.
Published: 2019
Publisher: UKERC
This briefing note describes the amount of gas contained within Great Britain’s gas transmission and distribution networks, and how this changes over a day to support variations in demand. The hourly data covers the 63-month period from 2013-01-01 to 2018-03-07.
The amount of gas contained within the higher-pressure tiers of Britain’s gas transmission and distribution network is termed ‘linepack’; literally, it is the amount of gas packed into the pipelines.
Linepack is proportional to the pressure of the gas in the pipelines, increasing the pressure increases the amount of gas, and thus the energy contained therein. The amount of linepack changes throughout the day due to the varying levels of pipeline pressure. This flexing of pressure provides a method to help match the supply and demand for gas within a day.
The scale of energy that can be stored and released by varying linepack highlights its importance as a means of operational flexibility, helping to balance the changes in national primary energy demand.
The scale of the within-day flexibility currently provided by the natural gas transmission and distribution networks points to a formidable energy systems challenge; how to provide low-carbon within-day flexibility to future energy systems at a reasonable cost.
Author(s): Qadrdan, M., Hawker, G. and Heptonstall, P.
Published: 2025
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Shove, E.
Published: 2018
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Quayle, S.
Published: 2007
Publisher: Joule Centre
This document is a summary for the project titled 'Flume modernisation and refurbishment'.
In order for the UK to meet its ambitious targets for energy production from renewable sources (10% of electricity by 2010, 15% by 2020) it needs to expand its capacity to generate all forms of renewable energy and marine energy is a big part of this. The development and production of new solutions for generating renewable energy, as well as contributing to meeting the UK's energy targets, provides business opportunities internationally.
This project is concerned with marine energy in the form of tidal streams and it is reasonably straightforward to generate power from moving water, the difficult bit is doing it efficiently and at lowest cost. In order to assess whether potential devices will be economically viable to produce and run, as well as to maximise their performance, it is crucial to rigorously test physical prototypes. Model testing in the field can be difficult, expensive and time consuming with variables such as weather affecting results considerably on a daily basis. For this reason it is much easier to recreate controlled conditions within a laboratory where repeatable experiments can be set up. Similar to a wind tunnel for air flow and study of aeroplanes, a water flume can be used to study tidal flows and how devices will interact to generate electricity. To do this the conditions created in the various near shore locations the devices would operate have to be replicated in a laboratory environment. The aim of this project is provide a wave/current facility in which tidal power devices can be properly tested.
The flume was opened on the 10th August 2009 and can produce currents simultaneously with any type of wave condition. The first project to make use of the facility was the nationally renowned Manchester Bobber which is a floatation device which generates electricity through a grid of floats which 'bob' up and down with the motion of the sea. There are also several other projects using the facility such as one being carried out by a group of MEng students which is sponsored by Yorkshire water.
Author(s): Haf, S., Hirmer, S.A., Khalid, R., Roddis, P., Stabler, L., Warren, G., Foulds, C. ,Robison, R. and Rohse, M.
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): FRPERC
Published: 2010
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
This document is the final report for the project titled 'Fostering the Development of Technologies and Practices to Reduce the Energy Inputs into the Refrigeration of Food'.
The project has used all the data that is currently available to map energy use in the refrigeration from primary chilling through to catering and retailing together with estimates of potential for improvement. This has provided a ranked order of the top 10 application areas where the largest gains can be made. The top 10 and the data used to calculate the top ten has been widely disseminated and discussed. It has stood up to intense scrutiny and is accepted by the industry as a true reflection of the current cold chain.
It is notable that retail and catering are top of the list, followed by transport with food processing and storage applications coming much lower down. The energy saving potential of the top three sectors being almost 10 times that of the next 7 combined. There are however error bars in the estimates of current use and thus savings potential. This is mainly due to a lack of detailed metering in the industry and mechanisms for collating such information. The lack of detailed data also means that it has not been possible to benchmark actual versus theoretically needed energy in the various application areas. This is especially true in refrigeration operations such as primary and secondary chilling and freezing where there is little data relating the energy consumed to the throughput of the food being processed. In the few cases such as the primary chilling of meat carcases it is clear that the energy required to maintain an empty chill room is of the same magnitude as that required when the system is doing its job of chilling meat.
The objectives for this project are:
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives of this project are:
Type IV cracking in the weld Heat-Affected Zone (HAZ) is likely to be the critical problem which will limit design conditions for satisfactory operation of advanced PF plant. The FOURCRACK project carried out high temperature creep testing of welds in advanced high alloy steels with a range of specifications, supplemented by specialised testing, optical and electron metallography, weld simulation and data assessment. Further work outside FOURCRACK will extend testing to longer durations.
E.ON UK led the project and undertook metallurgical investigation and assessment. Mitsui Babcock carried out weld manufacture and creep rupture testing. RWE npower investigated and characterised a special weak material. In parallel work, Loughborough University carried out electron metallography and weld simulation. Five external organisations also provided test materials and/or weldments.
This summary provides information on:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2001
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The recently completed project 'Practical Improvements in Power Plant Engineering (PIPPE)' - part of the DTI Cleaner Coal Programme - has highlighted weld heat-affected zone "Type IV" cracking as a principal concern in advanced high temperature plant. Current creep test data, inevitably obtained on a much shorter timescale than the projected life of plant, suggest that weld performance could substantially deteriorate in the longer term. Better data and extrapolation techniques are needed to assess the extent of this threat to plant reliability and thus develop effective countermeasures that will gain the confidence of prospective plant purchasers and operators.
This project will help manufacturers gain a fundamental understanding of why the weld heat-affected zone is susceptible to "Type IV" cracking in high temperature service, how its susceptibility is related to steel composition and heat treatment, and, consequently, how advanced steels can best be selected and developed to minimise these risks. The main objectives are:
The FOURCRACK project will produce and assess cross-weld creep rupture test data on welds in advanced high temperature steels. The leading competitor materials will be critically compared. New welds will also be compared with simulated service aged and repair welds. Weld thermal simulation and microstructural assessment will be employed to gain a better understanding of the causes of "Type IV" cracking
This profile contains information on the project's:Author(s): Stephanides, P., Chilvers, J., Honeybun-Arnolda, E., Hargreaves, T., Pallett, H., Groves, C., Pidgeon, N., Henwood, K. and Gross, R.
Published: 2025
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Dept of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy
Published: 2003
Publisher: Dept of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy
Author(s): DfT
Published: 2003
Publisher: Department for Transport
This document is a guide created by the Department for Transport on Fuel Saving Devices.
Fleet managers are frequently bombarded by sales literature for products that offer fuel savings that often seem too good to be true. Under pressure to cut costs, a busy manager might be strongly tempted by a 'fit and forget' device that 'allegedly pays for itself in months'. Indeed, given the size of the savings, how could you justify turning down such an offer? On the other hand, what if the product doesn't work? Installing it would waste money; worse still, it might damage your vehicles. Even if it does no harm, it would be better to spend your money, and time, on other more effective fuel saving measures.
This guide is designed to help. It is crammed full with practical tips to help you separate the spurious from the genuine in fuel saving claims. It also gives plenty of advice on how to conduct proper tests, should you get to the stage where you want to test a product.
This guide is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Barrett, J., Owen, A. and Taylor, P
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
To recover the cost of energy policies which support the transition towards a low carbon energy system, levies are applied to household and business energy bills. This briefing note focuses on the levies applied to households.
Household energy policy costs
Energy policy costs are applied to household electricity and gas bills, equating to 132, or 13% of the average energy bill in 2016. This research highlights how low-income households are hit hardest by the current arrangements as the poorest households spend 10% of their income on heat and power in their homes, whereas the richest households only spend 3%, so any increase in prices hits the poor disproportionately.
Energy service demands in the UK
Household electricity and gas use represents only 12% of total final UK energy use. Total energy use includes all the energy used to provide househ
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives for this project are:
Improved efficiency in coal-fired power plant can be achieved by increasing steam temperatures and pressures, and this has been made practically possible over a number of years by the development of steels with improved creep strength enabling operation up to 600-620°C at present. In Europe a new initiative (COST 536) has been launched, entitled 'Alloy Development for Critical Components of Environmentally Friendly Power Plant (ACCEPT)', and encompasses all stages in the development and validation of advanced steels capable of operation at temperatures up to 650°C. The primary route of achieving this is through the development of new alloying and coating concepts.
This project focuses on the validation testing of the capabilities of a new class of steels and their weldments at temperatures up to 650°C and the longer term qualification of advanced steels developed under COST 522. The project has been accepted for inclusion in the COST 536 initiative.
This profile contains information on the project's:Author(s): UKERC
Published: 2011
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Bradshaw, M.
Published: 2018
Publisher: Warwick Business School and UKERC
Natural gas plays a critical role in the UK’s energy system, providing twice as much energy as electricity, thus the secure and affordable supply of natural gas is an essential element of UK energy security and a key objective of Government policy. The starting proposition for this report is that Brexit is coming at a time when there are already major challenges to the UK’s future gas security.
This report deploys two aspects of previous UKERC research on UK gas security: first, a supply chain approach to assessing UK gas security; and second, a whole systems approach that places current and future gas demand within the context of the decarbonisation of the UK’s energy system. This is because there are key uncertainties in the wider system that have important implications for future gas demand. It is in this context that the Brexit decision has created additional uncertainty at a time when the UK energy sector needs to make critical investment decisions. In the current situation we can conceive of a ‘Brexit Interregnum’ whereby important decisions and policies are delayed because of the demands of the Brexit negotiations.
This report has three objectives:
Author(s): Bradshaw, M.
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
The Midstream Infrastructure briefing considers the critical infrastructures - both hard and soft - that are necessary to link gas suppliers to end users. In many ways this is the most complex, least studied and most important part of the UK's gas supply chain. This briefing describes the various elements of the Midstream, assesses their current status, considers the potential impact on Brexit, and the challenges they pose in relation to future UK gas security.
The key challenge that the Midstream has to manage is the strong seasonality of UK gas demand, which is driven largely by winter demand for domestic heating. However, in recent years the growth of low-carbon generation (wind and solar) has introduced the additional complexity of intermittency, which is resulting in swings in gas demand on a much shorter time-frame. This is a challenge that is only going to increase in the future as coal-fired generation closes (by 2025) and intermittent low-carbon generation continues to grow.
Author(s): Bradshaw, M,
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
The majority of studies of energy security focus on upstream security of supply. More recently, as the low-carbon transition has gathered momentum, there has been increasing interest in security of future demand as a challenge to the integrity of the gas supply chain.
This briefing is divided into five sections. The first section examines the current role of natural gas in the UK energy mix, as well as recent trends in power generation. The second section reports on recent research by UKERC on the future role of gas in the UK. The third section examines what National Grid’s (2017a) most recent Future Energy Scenarios have to say about the future role of gas. The fourth section reviews other industry analyses about the future role of gas. The fifth, and final section, examines the ways in which Brexit complicates the situation. The briefing concludes by highlighting the policy challenges in relation to future
Author(s): Bradshaw, M.
Published: 2017
Publisher: UKERC
This briefing reports the findings of the first UK Gas Security Forum, which brings together a range of stakeholders
from government, business, think-tanks and academia to consider the impact of Brexit on the UK gas industry. The aim of the Forum is to inform the Brexit negotiations and the formulation of a Post-Brexit UK Gas Security Strategy.
The Forum builds on previous research funded by UKERC on:The UKs Global Gas Challenge(Bradshaw et al. 2014) andThe Future Role of Natural Gas in the UK(McGlade et al. 2016). The approach adopted combines a supply chain analysis of energy security with a whole system approach, that places gas security within the wider context of the decarbonisation of the UK energy system. In keeping with the wider framing of UK energy policy within the energy trilemma, it is assumed that a future UK gas strategy must de
Author(s): Morris, L.
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cairns, S.
Published: 2020
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Lowe, R.
Published: 2020
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): DfT
Published: 2002
Publisher: Department for Transport
In the UK the BOC Group operates some 2,000 large delivery vehicles Its Bulk Gas Delivery Vehicle section alone operates over 200 vehicles with an annual fuel spend of £5 5 million A fleet of over 700 vehicles, delivering gas cylinders, consumes fuel worth a similar annual sum.
With 'state-of-the-art' vehicles and expert drivers, BOC might have thought that its fleet's efficiency could not be improved However, with the rising price of DERV and its influence on the fleet total running costs, BOC Senior Managers decided to set fuel saving targets for the Bulk Gas Delivery Fleet The BOC Board set the fleet a target of fuel savings worth £340,000, which represented about 3% of the previous year's fuel costs Group Fleet Engineer, Mr Jon Ostle, and Operations Support Manager, Mr Mark Badkin, considered the task to be very challenging.
BOC Gases has demonstrated how it significantly reduced both its fleet energy costs produced, and the amount of exhaust emissions by applying a truly professional approach
Their recipe for success included:
Author(s): Fackrell, J.E., Tabberer, R.J., Young, J.B. & Wu, Z
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is the final report for the project titled 'Gas Turbines Fired on Coal Derived Gases - Modelling of Particulate and Vapour Deposition'. This report is titled 'Alkali Salt Vapour Deposition on Gas Turbine Blades.'
The following report describes the development of a computer program for calculating deposition rates of alkali salts from two-dimensional turbulent boundary layer flows on turbine blades. The description of the program was originally submitted as the Milestone 1 Report of the project. This description is included here, but with additional sections summarising the background and theoretical approach of the work and the application of the code to an example cleaner-coal turbine.
The development and testing of the new code involved:
There is considerable potential for exploitation of the existing computer code. As it stands, the code should be of interest to those companies involved in the design and manufacture of the type of heavy-duty industrial gas turbine which will be required in the future for coal-fired operation. The main companies operating worldwide are General Electric in the United States, Alstom in the United Kingdom, Siemens in Europe, and Mitsubishi and Hitachi in Japan. The Whittle Laboratory at Cambridge University has close contact with most of these (and other) companies and it is proposed to investigate the possibilities for marketing of the code and establishing other consulting arrangements.
There is also potential for further scientific development of the thermochemical modelling. Although attention has been confined in the present project to the salts of sodium and potassium and their behaviour in high temperature gas flows, the method of analysis is fairly general and could be extended to encompass other situations. For example, two problems of current interest which might respond to similar modelling techniques are the transport of corrosive vanadium salts to gas turbine blades in conventional gas turbines and corrosion of steam turbine blades by sodium salts present in the feedwater. In the United Kingdom, companies such as Rolls-Royce, Alstom and Siemens will be approached for discussion on the possibility of extending the modelling to deal with these and other technical problems.
This report is divided into the following sections:The remainder of the report consists of a user manual for VAPOURDEP written by J.B. Young, and Appendices:
Author(s): Hydrogen Solar Ltd
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
Realising a sustainable hydrogen economy requires a breakthrough in the production of hydrogen. Photoelectrochemical conversion of solar energy to energy in hydrogen at viable efficiency isa long term goal needed to usher in the Hydrogen economy worldwide. The twin cell technology based Tandem CellTM tackles a number of challenges faced by single photoelectrochemical cell based water splitting and offers a novel way of utilising complimentary parts of the solar spectrum in two cells. The overall process results in a complete system driven by solar energy that splits water into hydrogen and oxygen.
This program included 12 technical tasks:
The main conclusions resulting from this DTI-assisted project were:
Author(s): Sorrell, S., Speirs, J., Bentley, R., Brandt, A. and Miller, R..
Published: 2009
Publisher: UKERC
The report also focuses on the broadly ‘physical’ factors that may restrict the rate at which conventional oil can be produced, including the production profile of individual fields and the distribution of resources between different sizes of field. While these are invariably mediated by economic, technical and political factors, the extent to which increased investment can overcome these physical constraints is contested. Global oil supply is also influenced by a much wider range of economic, political and geopolitical factors (e.g. resource nationalism) and several of these may pose a significant challenge to energy security, even in the absence of ‘below-ground’ constraints. What is disputed, however, is whether physical depletion is also likely to constrain global production in the near-term, even if economic and political conditions prove more favourable. In practice, these ‘above ground’ and ‘below ground’ risks are interdependent and difficult to separate. Nevertheless, this report focuses primarily on the latter since they are the focus of the peak oil debate.
The report does not investigate the potential consequences of supply shortages or the feasibility of different approaches to mitigating such shortages, although both are priorities for future research.
Author(s): Blair, N., Schiek, A., Burrell, A., Keyser, M., Deadman, A., Ellerington, I., Govaerts, L., Mulder, G., Hendrick, P., Polfliet, T., Hannam, P., and Song, C.
Published: 2021
Publisher: National Renewable Energy Laboratory
Author(s): Cooper, T., James, R. and Gardner, S.
Published: 2012
Publisher: UKERC
The meeting brought together around 100 energy professionals from academia, business, the public sector, and nongovernmental organisations to discuss governance challenges and solutions for achieving a sustainable, secure, and affordable British energy system. The organisers approached this from a wide range of expertise including policy, law, regulation, energy provision, energy efficiency and behavioural change. The day began with a plenary in which four speakers introduced the topic. This was followed by breakout sessions to cover six themes:
During a closing plenary five speakers reflected on the key messages fromthe meeting.
Author(s): Webb, J., Hawkey, D. and Tingey, M.
Published: 2016
Publisher: Cities, 54: 28-35
Author(s): Stabler, L. and Foulds, C.
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
At present, Governments commitment stands in sharp contrast with its inaction on heat decarbonisation to date. Under pressure to progress this agenda, Government has charged the Clean Heat Directorate with the task of outlining the process for determining the UK’s long-term heat policy framework, to be published in the Roadmap for policy on heat decarbonisation in the summer of 2020 (BEIS, 2017). This report, resulting from one of six EPSRC-funded secondments, is designed to support early thinking on the roadmap by answering the research question: How can Transitions research informs the roadmap for governing the UKs heating transition?
Delivered as part of the Energy-PIECES project, this report was developed during a secondment with BEIS.
Author(s): Greenacre, P., Gross, R. and Heptonstall, P.
Published: 2010
Publisher: UKERC
This report was produced by the UK Energy Research Centre’s (UKERC) Technology and Policy Assessment (TPA) function.
The primary objective of the TPA, reflected in this report, is to provide a thorough review of the current state of knowledge. New research, such as modelling or primary data gathering may be carried out when essential. It also aims to explain its findings in a way that is accessible to non-technical readers and is useful to policymakers.
Author(s): Fullonton, A., Lea-Langton, A., Madugu, F. and Larkin, A.
Published: 2024
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Hanna, R., Heptonstall, P. and Gross, R.
Published: 2022
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Department for Communities and Local Government
Published: 2007
Publisher: Department for Communities and Local Government
This baseline methodology report covers the strategies used to establish the baseline for home buying and selling activity in England and Wales. The research investigates the processes involved in buying and selling a home with the express purpose of providing a benchmark against which the impact of the national rollout of Home Information Packs (HIPs) across England and Wales can be measured.
A two-stage sampling methodology was used. The first stage was a random selection of 600 Post Towns (later increased to 646) from across England and Wales. Within each Post Town, up to five estate agents were selected as a second selection level. The highest ranking estate agency (earliest randomly selected) who responded positively to participating in the study was included in the sample to represent their Post Town.
This provided a wide distribution of 361 estate agents from the whole of England and Wales. Of these 361 estate agents 61.2% made some form of response (transaction data, withdrawal data or both) within the data collection phase of the study.
With the benefit of hindsight, the methodology could be improved in certain areas. The Conclusions section of this report discusses measures which could be considered if the methodology is to be repeated.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Department for Communitites and Local Government
Published: 2007
Publisher: Department for Communities and Local Government
Author(s): Department for Communties and Local Government
Published: 2007
Publisher: Department for Communities and Local Government
This document is a continuation of the items from 'Appendix I - Telephone survey for buyers' from part 2, and includes items from: 'Appendix J - Telephone survey for sellers', 'Appendix K - Telephone survey for Solicitors/Conveyancers', and 'Appendix L - Summary forms' from the document titled 'HIP Baseline Methodology part 1'.
Author(s): Department for Communities and Local Government
Published: 2007
Publisher: Department for Communities and Local Government
In March 2006, ODPM (now Department for Communities and Local Government) commissioned a research project to establish the baseline for home buying and selling activity in England and Wales.
The research was explicitly designed to address the Department's Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) set for the introduction of the Home Information Packs. A critical requirement was that the new research is capable of replication post implementation of the HIP.
The method used has obtained a more accurate baseline, faster, more efficiently and at lower cost than would have been possible by repeating the '1998 method'.
Data relating to a good cross-section of the different types of dwellings across England and Wales was collected from estate agents, buyers, sellers and solicitors. Estate agents routinely gather information on transaction dates and other aspects of individual house sales, and therefore this group was central to the study methodology. A sample of 361 estate agents was recruited, resulting in data on a total of 1,059 housing completions from 221 agents over a one-month period. A total of 490 telephone interviews were conducted with buyers and sellers, and 487 with solicitors.
21% of buyers and sellers were dissatisfied with the overall buying/selling process. More than 35% of buyers and sellers were dissatisfied with the length of time it took. However, 82% of solicitors were satisfied with the efficiency of the current system.
In conclusion, a robust, representative and easily repeatable baseline has been established for the year 2006. It has been set in the context of the current housing market, and specific reference has been made to its role in monitoring DCLG's KPIs for the Home Information Pack.
This report contains and executive summary, and is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Cairns, S. and Buchs, M.
Published: 2021
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Poulson, M.
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is a report for the project titled 'Harvester Development for New High Yielding SRC Crops and Markets'.
The objectives of this work are:
The project has consisted of a number of engineering and field trials. Key amongst these has been development of robust harvester drive mechanisms that are able to withstand the larger crops that the UK now produces and the modification of the chipping system to allow different fuels specifications to be produced. Throughout a method of research into the specific area has been followed by engineering adaptations that have then been field tested and reviewed. Clearly with cost objectives, trials involving the assessment of cost of production through workrate and expense have been necessary and these have been incorporated. Finally consolidation of the knowledge and results gained has been made and incorporated in guidance notes and recommendations for further work.
The conclusions of this project are:
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives of this project are:
The conclusions of this project are:
Author(s): Colechin, K. and Colechin, M.
Published: 2024
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): AECOM Ltd
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Ross, D.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): AECOM Ltd
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): AECOM Ltd
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): AECOM Ltd
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Buro Happold
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Dickinson, J.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Buro Happold
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Clarke, D.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Tucker, G.
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
This document is a report for the project titled 'Heat exchanger design hots up'.
This project was a 12-month Development LINK project that built on the findings from a previous project (AFM126) on innovations in heat recovery systems for tubular heat exchangers. In the previous project, laminar flow and heat transfer in the shell were of interest, whereas in this project, shell and tube flow with heat transfer under both laminar and turbulent conditions were considered. Commercial considerations dictated that any modifications to heat exchanger equipment required to promote heat transfer in heat recovery mode should also, ideally, result in enhanced performance in the conventional mode of operation.
This project, and its predecessor, concentrated on one particular type of shell and tube heat exchanger, namely a multi-tube heat exchanger with 7 tubes of external diameter 16mm and a shell of internal diameter 70mm (a Tetra Spiraflo MT 70/7x16C-6, as shown in Fig. 1). A number of design changes, aimed at improving the performance of the heat exchanger, were considered. Attention was first focussed on changes that improved the uniformity of flow distribution within the tubes of a tube bundle and in the shell around the tube bundle. Of primary interest were wall corrugation pattern, tube wall thickness, centre tube diameter and shell-side baffles.
By using CFD to experiment numerically with novel exchanger designs, it was possible to highlight the most promising features and thus reduce the quantity of real experimental testing. Computational work, carried out at the University of Plymouth, used the CFX code. The well-known k-ε turbulence model was used, as well as a 'shear-stress-transport' (SST) model incorporating more realistic flow physics near the tube and shell walls.
Commercial exploitation will initially be achieved with the ongoing improvement programme for Tetra Spiraflo tubes. Availability of CFD models for flow behaviour prediction will enable new exchanger designs to be evaluated prior to building prototypes. For example, changes in heat transfer performance were demonstrated computationally as a result of altering the depth of tube corrugations. However, it was questionable whether current manufacturing tolerances could allow these to be consistently reproduced in practice, which is an area that will be addressed in the future.
This report contains additional illustrations and cross-section figures.Author(s): Brown, Z. and Colechin, M.
Published: 2025
Publisher: Cultivate Innovation
As the UK intensifies efforts to decarbonise heating, Gas Distribution Networks (GDNs) are grappling with growing uncertainty about how rapidly low-carbon technologies - particularly heat pumps - will be adopted and how this will influence future gas demand. Recently, the Welsh Government has adopted Local Area Energy Plans (LAEPs) to help Local Authorities (LAs) navigate such uncertainties and coordinate local energy transitions using a whole-systems approach.
Designed to support net zero objectives and guide infrastructure investment, LAEPs align national and local ambitions while reflecting the specific characteristics and constraints of each area. They outline energy supply, demand, and storage needs, along with renewable deployment targets that illustrate how local energy systems might evolve.
This report, produced following a six-month placement with Wales and West Utilities, examines the implications of LAEPs from a GDN's perspective. It first assesses the scale of heat pump deployment required to meet LAEP targets, then considers the challenges that gas networks will encounter as heating becomes increasingly electrified, with a focus on the visions for the future of heat delivery outlined across the LAEPs.
The analysis indicates that, without an immediate acceleration in deployment, heat pump roll-out will need to surpass the current rate of gas boiler replacements in many regions, if LAEP heat pump deployment targets are to be met. Furthermore, delays in progress will widen the gap between natural boiler replacement cycles and the rate required to meet LAEP goals - making the transition more difficult to manage sustainably.
By estimating the associated reductions in gas demand, the study also identifies when heat pump uptake is likely to begin significantly affecting the gas network. Results suggest that the 2031-2036 price control period will be a pivotal phase, as heat pump installation peaks. Without sufficient flexibility from the regulator (Ofgem) to address resulting system inefficiencies, GDNs could face substantial financial strain.
The report discusses all of the outlined implications in detail and concludes with recommendations for how energy planning processes could be refined to better achieve their desired outcomes.
Author(s): Brown, Z. and Colechin, M.
Published: 2025
Publisher: Cultivate Innovation
The decarbonisation of heat remains one of the most complex and uncertain challenges in achieving the UK's net zero targets. For Gas Distribution Networks (GDNs), the future of heat delivery is unclear, leaving limited indicators to guide long-term investment and operational planning. Among the few available signals are the heat pump deployment targets established through Local Area Energy Plans (LAEPs).
In Wales, the Government has formally adopted LAEPs to support a whole-systems approach to net zero, aligning local decision-making with national objectives. This executive summary condenses a report which was produced following a six-month placement at Wales & West Utilities, to assess the implications of LAEPs from a GDN's perspective. It explores the deployment rates required to meet LAEP targets and examines how these trajectories are likely to influence future gas demand.
The analysis shows that meeting LAEP targets will require a sharp and immediate increase in heat pump installations, with annual deployment rates often surpassing current gas boiler replacement levels. If similar trends are seen across the UK, overall deployment would be higher than what is targeted in the Seventh Carbon Budget. What's more, the longer substantial progress is delayed, the more difficult deployment will be to manage sustainably, as roll-out rates will have to exceed natural replacement cycles.
The findings also highlight the 2031-2036 price control period as a critical turning point when heat pump deployment is expected to peak and begin to significantly reduce gas throughput. These shifts are likely to create new operational and financial challenges for GDNs. Without sufficient flexibility from the regulator (Ofgem) to manage transitional inefficiencies and cost recovery, networks may face increased risk and reduced utilisation.
The report concludes with recommendations for how energy planning processes could be refined to better achieve their desired outcomes.
Author(s): Barnes, J.
Published: 2023
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Eyre, N.
Published: 2024
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Barrett, M. and Gallo Cassarino, T.
Published: 2021
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Patterson, J., Story, J. and White, B.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Thorne, C.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Moodie, K.
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Hampp, F., Goh, K.H.H., Michels, H.J. and Lindstedt, R.P.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Rattigan, W.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Rattigan, W. and Moodie, K.
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Rattigan, W.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Ewan, B.C.R., Moodie, K., Michels, H.J., Rattigan, W., Allen, J.T., Hawksworth, S., Christodolou, M.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Michels, H.J.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Moodie, K.. Michels, H.J., Ewan, B.C.R., Rattigan, W., O’Sullivan, L., Hawksworth, S.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Michels, H.J., Lindstedt, P., Moodie, K., Santon, R.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The project aims to provide boiler operators with greater confidence in using higher levels of biofuel replacement (50% thermal or more). The specific objectives of the project are:
The increased use of biomass, a fuel that is seen as largely CO2 neutral, in power generation is one of the few ways in which the power industry could make a significant step to reducing CO2 emissions. Co-fired boiler trials have been encouraging and have shown that small amounts of coal can be replaced by biofuels without undue impact on boiler performance. However, in order to make a real impact towards reaching Government targets, the amount of biomass for co-combustion would have to be greatly increased.
This profile provides information on:Author(s): QinetiQ Ltd.
Published: 2020
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): DNV GL
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): DNV GL
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Anable, J.
Published: 2021
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Bradshaw. M. and Watson. J.
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
This response is largely based on research carried out within the UKERC project: The Geopolitical Economy of Global Gas Security and Governance: Implications for the UK. It also draws on UKERC’s energy system modeling research which has explored the changes that are necessary to meet the UK’s climate change targets.
Author(s): Cox, E., Bell, K. and Gross, R.
Published: 2021
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Haf, S. and Robison, R.
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
Local Authorities role in the energy transition and working with their citizens in doing so, has been recognised as crucial to paving transition paths. Material collated within this report is intended to better inform Energy Cities and its partners, Local Authorities and Municipalities, civil society groups and others interested in how citizens can be supported and encouraged to participate in energy system developments as a part of the energy transition. The findings in this report are therefore intended to directly help Local Authorities across Europe in implementing more participative approaches to their governance practices in energy systems.
Delivered as part of the Energy-PIECES project, this report was developed during a secondment with Energy Cities.
Author(s): Holland, R., Ketsopoulou, I., Beaumont, N., Austen, M., Hooper.,T., Gross, R., Heptonstall, P., Watson, J. and Taylor., G.
Published: 2016
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Department for International Trade
Published: 2022
Publisher: Department for International Trade
Author(s): US Department of Energy (DoE)
Published: 2005
Publisher: US Department of Energy
Author(s): Ferguson, S., Skinner, G. and Abbott, T.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Ray, R., Abbott, T. and Phillipson, M.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Price, A. and Phillipson, M.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Ray, R.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Abbott, T.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Davison, J.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Davison, J.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Baringa Partners LLP
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Baringa Partners LLP
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Baringa Partners LLP
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Davison, J.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Murray, E., Kopan, Y., Yfantis, G., McInroy, D. and Leister, N.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Atkins
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Murray, E., Kopan, Y., Yfantis, G., McInroy, D. and Leister, N.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Baringa Partners LLP
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Baringa Partners LLP
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Baringa Partners LLP
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Foster Wheeler
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Crawley, J., Ogunrin, S., Taneja, S., Vorushlyo, I. and Wang, X.
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Gkogka, A. and Cooke, H.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Romero, P. and Cooke, H.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Gkogka, A. and Cooke, H.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Romero, P. and Cooke, H.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Gross, R., Bradshaw, M., Blyth, W., Bell, K., Webb, J., Taylor, P., Gailani, A., Rattle, I., Cooper, S., Allen, S., Brand, C., Strachan, N., Wu, J., Qadrdan, M., Britton, J., Dodds, P., Bays, J., Jones, C., Halliday, J., Armstrong, A., Chilvers, J. and Pallet, H.
Published: 2024
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Department for Communities and Local Government: London
Published: 2007
Publisher: Department for Communities and Local Government
The Sustainable & Secure Buildings Act 2004 extends the purposes of the Building Act 1984 so as to improve the sustainability of the building stock in England & Wales in respect of energy efficiency, preventing waste, furthering the protection of the environment, facilitating sustainable development and furthering the prevention and detection of crime. Section 6(2)(a) to (d) of the Act requires DCLG to submit a biennial report to Parliament on the effects (or likely effects) of building regulation measures that are planned under the SSBA as well as those which have already been introduced in the two-year reporting period. Further, Section 6(2)(e) requires changes in the energy used by the building stock as well as the extent construction waste is reused and recycled to be determined and reported upon.
This report focuses on the reporting requirements under Section 6(2)(a) to (d). As a first step it discusses the sources of information consulted to fulfil these reporting requirements, and then reviews the text of the SSBA so as to clarify the exact scope of the biennial report. One of the key conclusions is that because many of the Building Regulations are made for the purposes of health and safety, many of the effects fall outside the biennial report's scope. However, most Building Regulations do have wider environmental impacts and these can be reported upon. All Building Regulation changes in the two-year reporting period are therefore covered in this respect.
The key amendment covered in this report, however, is the changes to Part L Conservation of fuel and power. This and the supporting Approved Document have undergone substantial revisions in order to improve the energy efficiency of both new and existing buildings. These changes are reported on in terms of the number of affected buildings, the overall energy, cash and carbon savings and the specific energy efficiency targets that have been set.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Hedges, N., Luscombe, D., Lewney, R., McCalman, S.,and Junankar, S.
Published: 2003
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
This document is the final report for the project titled 'Impact of the Climate Change Programme on Industrial Carbon Dioxide Emissions'.
The UK has a legally binding target under the Kyoto Protocol to reduce its greenhouse gas emissions to 12.5% below 1990 levels by 2008-2012. The UK government has also set a domestic goal of a 20% reduction in carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions below 1990 levels by 2010. A key requirement of the Kyoto Protocol is that countries show demonstrable progress in meeting their commitments. The work presented in this report contributes to meeting this requirement by providing estimates of the likely impact of selected policies and measures aimed at reducing the direct and indirect emission of CO2 resulting from industrial energy consumption. The report also extends the availability of industrial sectors for which technologically disaggregated carbon abatement cost curves exist. Entec UK Ltd and Cambridge Econometrics have worked together to undertake this study.
In order to estimate the likely impact of the policies and measures to be analysed, a combination of 'bottom-up' and 'top-down' modelling was employed. ENUSIM (Industrial Energy End-Use Simulation Model), a technology-based, 'bottom up' industrial energy end-use simulation model, was used to partially evaluate the effect of the Climate Change Levy (CCL) on selected industrial sectors. ENUSIM is designed to model the uptake or retrofit of energy saving and/or fuel switching technologies in selected industrial sectors, taking into account both economic factors and assumptions about investment in new technology. The industry-specific abatement cost curves contained in ENUSIM do not, however, include combined heat and power (CHP) stations. The estimated impact of the selected policies and measures on CHP, and the resulting emissions savings, thus had to be estimated using the MDM-E3 (Multi-sectoral Dynamic Model Energy-Environment-Economy) model, which is a 'top-down' model of the UK economy, with fully integrated energy-environment sub-models. Likewise, the impact of the Climate Change Agreements (CCAs) on carbon emissions was calculated 'off-model' using ENUSIM data. Every effort was made to ensure consistency between the different modelling approaches, but care should still be exercised when aggregating the estimates from the different policy measures.
The overall effect of the policies and measures modelled to date is anticipated to be about a 4.5 MtC reduction in 2010 from a baseline (with none of these policies in place). CHP contributes approximately 1.7 MtC to this figure. To put these estimates in context, the estimated impact of a similar set of policies and measures targeted at reducing carbon emissions from business, as presented in the Climate Change Programme (CCP) and Third National Communication (3NC), were 7.0 MtC and 5.8 MtC, respectively.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Banks, N.
Published: 2008
Publisher: UKERC
Energy Performance Certificates (EPCs) have been a requirement on sale of all domestic property since December 2007 as part of the introduction of Home Information Packs (HIPs). This report examines how this requirement has been implemented by those on the receiving end of the legislation – the software designers, the domestic energy assessors, the estate agents, the conveyancing solicitors and the householder. Bearing in mind the stated objectives of the EPC, the report then makes a number of recommendations for improving the operation of the scheme.
Author(s): Darkin, B. with Neuhoff, K, Krey, M. and Gassan Zade, O
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
UKERC hosted an international workshop in Oxford on 30-31 March to discuss the implementation of the Kyoto Protocol. The objective of the workshop was to determine whether and how Kyoto countries intend to deliver their Kyoto targets.
40 participants from Government, business, academia, think-tanks and nongovernmental organisations attended the workshop from 16 countries including several European Member States, Russia, Japan, Canada and Ukraine.
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2001
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The overall aim of the project is to ensure the continued participation of major UK power generation organisations in the European Co-operation on Science and Technology COST 522 initiative. The project covers two distinct areas of the COST 522 initiative, steam power plant and plant integration & ancillary components. The specific objectives of these two groups within COST 522 are to demonstrate advanced components for the supercritical boiler and steam turbine that will permit thermal efficiencies of 50% to be achieved and to develop technology (gasification, heat exchanger, hot gas clean-up) for alternative cycles and fuels that will play a major part in future high efficiency low emission power plant. Specific objectives for the participants within the project are the
development of:
Strategies and business opportunities for UK companies in the power generation sector will also be identified.
This profile contains information on the project's:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2004
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives for this project are:
The overall aim of the project was to develop new tools for the reliable and rapid prediction of combustion efficiency of coals in pf-fired utility boilers. This would give the ability to improve fuel selection and chose the most appropriate burner and boiler design for a given fuel.
The conclusions of this project are:
Author(s): Wang, J.
Published: 2007
Publisher: Joule Centre
This document is a summary for the project titled 'Improvement of Energy Efficiency of pneumatic systems by recycling exhaust compressed air'.
Pneumatic systems are commonly used in industries as varied as automotive, aerospace, biotechnology, pharmaceuticals and food processing. They are so commonly utilized in industry because they have a number of distinct advantages: they are environmentally friendly; have a high load-carrying capacity-to-size ratio; they are mechanically simple; low cost; and easy to maintain. In the UK over 10% of National Grid output is used to generate compressed air, in addition around 20% of electricity supplied to manufacturers/factories is used for this purpose.
Research on improving the energy efficiency of pneumatic actuator systems has been carried out for over seven years at the University of Liverpool. Early research has shown that around 3% energy could be saved by connecting a by-pass valve to partly recycle exhaust air. An improved control strategy has also been developed for some pneumatic systems, which is based on an idea of saving energy through better controls and can save between 1.5 to 2% of compressed air. Dr Wang and her research team are also working on using the highly efficient scroll type air motor in pneumatic systems to help recycle the exhaust air in order to generate electricity. This motor is currently widely used in air conditioners and refrigerators because of its efficiency and compact nature but has only recently been converted for air motors. They have created a test system to simulate the use of this motor as an air-electricity transformer to recycle the pneumatic systems exhaust air and experiments have shown that around 20~50% of exhaust air can be recovered using this system.
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The aims of this project were:
This project is concerned with the design and demonstration of a high efficiency cyclone grit arrester which could potentially achieve a particulate collection efficiency of in excess of 98%, making it suitable for reducing the emissions from boilers of this size and type.
The successful particulate and emission reductions would enable coal to be a viable fuel for heating and process applications in the smaller range of boilers in terms of environmental acceptability.
The conclusions from this project are:
Author(s): Colechin, M. and Quigley, C.
Published: 2023
Publisher: UKERC
This workshop was a joint event organised by CREDS and UKERC Sarah Higginson, Catherine Jones, Kate Kwok, Marina Topouzi, Mike Fell, Gesche Huebner and facilitated by Mike Colechin
Author(s): Proctor, A.
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
There are thousands of coal-fired boilers in the commercial and industrial sector throughout the world with the biggest impact on the environment being particulate emissions. The market area in terms of boiler output is from 0.6MWth - 6.5MWth output and the number of boilers when aggregated, results in a large potential source of pollutants. The types of combustion equipment commonly used in this sector in China, India, and the CIS are chain grate or travelling grate stokers.
The results of the trials conducted in this project exceeded expectations in terms of measured particulate emissions with low rates being achieved in both high and medium fire tests, significantly below the 150mg/m3 proposed in the Small combustion Plant Directive. If further work was carried out then it could be possible to achieve further reductions in emissions as some of the test results showed emissions levels at around 50-60mg/m3.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2001
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This proposal is concerned with improving the design, efficiency and environmental performance of low-grade coal burning appliances - commonly used in China, India and the former Soviet Union (FSU) - which produce unacceptable environmental pollution mainly in the form of particulate emissions. In the initial draft of the small combustion plant directive limits for particulates are set at 150 mg/m3 for boilers less than 10 MW, and 50 mg/m3 for those between 10-50 MW. These suggested figures raise considerable challenges for industry. Our objectives are therefore:
For new boiler plant the successful particulate and emission reductions would enable coal to be a viable fuel for heating and process applications in the smaller range of boilers. In countries such as India, China and the FSU that currently burn low-grade coal as their primary energy source, the impacts of this work could be essential to its future use.
This profile contains information on the project's:Author(s): Novikova, A., Keay-Bright, S. and Palmer, J.
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
The workshop aimed to explore how the flexible mechanisms of the Kyoto Protocol could better capture the large energy efficiency potential in the CEE region. While implementation of the mechanisms in the region is desired, in practice it is likely to be a challenging task. The workshop has made it possible for two interested groups to meet and learn from each other: one group being participants from the CEE region seeking knowledge transfer and capacity building, and the other group being carbon trading specialists.
Author(s): Christensen, P., Mrozik, W. and Weaving, J.
Published: 2023
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): Lowes, R. and Woodman, B.
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
This briefing paper summarises the key policy implications from the last of three working papers published by the Heat Incumbency Transitions Team. This research has investigated the role and behaviour of heat market incumbents in relation to the decarbonisation of heat.
Key messages
Author(s): Lowes, R., Woodman, B. and Clark, M.
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
The project investigated issues surrounding the decarbonisation of heating, which is increasingly seen as a priority by energy policy makers. It considers the move towards low carbon heating from the perspective of incumbency, a topic which has received only limited focus.
Prior research has suggested that incumbent businesses can have both positive and negative influences on decarbonisation. There are examples of large companies investing in low carbon energy and driving change but there are also examples of incumbents trying to resist change therefore slowing or blocking decarbonisation.
This paper focuses on what the policy implications of incumbency in the UK heat sector are for the decarbonisation of UK heat. The paper reports on a large number of interviews with experts working across the UK heat sector. This evidence is further built on using grey sources of literature and data.
Author(s): Rattle, I., Taylor, P., Shah, M., Adesina, P. and Wu, J.
Published: 2025
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Bridges, G. and Watt, C.
Published: 2024
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Department for Business and Trade
Published: 2025
Publisher: UK Parliament
The Industrial Strategy is underpinned by an extensive analytical programme. Given the complexity of the decisions involved, no single methodology or information source can encompass all the relevant issues; instead, we analysed quantitative and qualitative evidence from a range of sources using a variety of methodologies and tools. We will continue our programme following the publication of the Industrial Strategy, expanding our analysis as the evidence and the economy itself evolve over the next decade.
The analytical programme was based on literature reviews, data analysis, and engagement. We used engagement to gather feedback on the Industrial Strategy, including on sectors, places, growth barriers and opportunities, and policies; to incorporate evidence and analysis from a range of experts and stakeholders; and to independently validate our analytical programme. Activities included:
As part of Invest 2035 we issued a public consultation asking for feedback on 36 questions to inform the Industrial Strategy. The consultation ran for six weeks over October and November 2024. Responses were submitted online or by email and reviewed by the Department for Business and Trade (DBT) and the research agency Ipsos. Responses supported the analysis identifying frontier industries and places, identifying key economy-wide growth barriers and opportunities, and selecting policy interventions.
The consultation received over 27,000 online answers to individual questions from a wide range of businesses, individuals, academics, think tanks, and trade unions, as well as more than 250 business associations representing hundreds of thousands of businesses across the UK.
Author(s): Garvey, A. and Taylor, P.
Published: 2020
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Mahmood, S., Hutton, G. and Pickett, L.
Published: 2025
Publisher: UK Parliament
Industrial strategies provide an overarching plan for the economy (or key parts of it) that aims to help the government achieve economic, social and/or environmental goals. However, there are many definitions and a spectrum of approaches to the degree and types of government interventions used.
This briefing summarises the government’s 2025 industrial strategy and explains key concepts in industrial strategy theory. It also sketches the international context and includes a brief overview of industrial policy in the UK over the last few decades.
Author(s): Energy Systems Catapult
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Buro Happold
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Dockerty, T., Lovett, A., Beaumont, N., Webb, J. and Britton, J.
Published: 2024
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Foxon, T.J., Kohler, J. and Neuhoff, K.
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
The two workshops aim to:
The full presentations are available on the UKERC Meeting Place website. This report provides a summary of the presentations and discussions at the first workshop.
Author(s): Liu, X.
Published: 2009
Publisher: Joule Centre
The North West of England is blessed with wind as a resource which could be used to generate electricity for small discrete locations. A significant number of isolated communities exist off the normal supply grid, in Cumbria and the Pennines for example, where customised small wind turbines would sit well. A number of small companies exist in the region for the design, manufacture and installation of small wind turbines (up to 20kW generating capacity). In April 2010 Government Feed In Tariffs, whereby people who install small scale renewable devices receive payment for any electricity they generate, will come into force making small wind schemes more attractive and economically viable. By doing this the government hopes to meet its ambitious target of generating 2% of UK electricity consumption by 2020 from small scale renewable devices. This should increase the size of the market for small wind turbines and present significant commercial opportunities for any businesses operating in the field.
This project contributed towards the further development of the University of Central Lancashire's Wind Energy Engineering Research Group (Winergy) and was aimed at stimulating growth for small wind turbine research and commerce in the North West region. The project removed some outstanding technical barriers for the take-off of innovative small wind turbine technologies and its most notable contribution is the concept and methodology of site specific design and integration of small wind turbine systems for low wind speed onshore sites. With this innovative technology it is possible to double the energy production achieved by small wind turbines.
As a direct result of this project two new short industrial training courses, in small wind energy systems and small wind turbine applications, will start in 2010 at UCLan, and an SME wind turbine spin-off company is planned within the next three years. It also helped Dr Liu and his team to obtain further funding (£96550) from UCLan for facilities and research which will be of great use to industrial partners.
Author(s): Merrick, P.
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This project had two primary goals; the first to develop the next generation of multicrystalline silicon ingot growth system capable of producing ingots up to 90cm square and weighing up to 500kg. The second goal was to develop equipment which could be used to automate the ingot-to-block processes and to minimise the levels of manual handling required, especially for the heavier blocks of sizes 150mm and above.
The crystal growth system operated successfully during growth trials and the quality of silicon produced met photovoltaic standard requirements. The testing of the growth system was undertaken through a series of growth trials, each designed to progressively test the system's capabilities. The first trials tested the functionality of the graphite furnace, power supply and coil arrangements; only minor optimisation was required to obtain efficient coupling. Heating trials were the undertaken to prove the operation and robustness of the furnace design. The susceptors and insulation showed no damage or problems at the completion of the tests. Work was undertaken in parallel to assess the effectiveness of a pyrometer for both temperature control and monitoring but the repeatability between runs in the existing set-up was inadequate to allow it be used in production and thermocouples were retained.
The project has successfully develop the crystal growth system and block process line as set out in the initial proposal. The use of 3D CAD and finite element analysis (FEA) has been successfully implemented on this project and has greatly reduced the time and costs associated with the development of operation systems by identifying and resolving potential problems before components were put into manufacture.
This report contains and executive summary, and is divided into the following sections:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives for this project are:
The project has undertaken the design and development of the next generation of multicrystalline silicon ingot growth system, capable of producing ingots up to 90cm square and weighing up to 500kg. This project has also covered automation of downstream ingot processing equipment. The developed processes include block chamfering, inspection and packaging.
The project has successfully developed the larger crystal growth system and automated block process line as set out in the proposal.
This summary provides information on:Author(s): Britton, J. and Webb, J.
Published: 2022
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Watson, W.
Published: 2007
Publisher: Economic and Social Research Council
Microgeneration in individual homes has been the subject of increasing policy and industry attention in recent years. Although there are only around 100,000 microgeneration installations in the UK, the Energy Saving Trust believes that microgeneration could supply 30-40% of UK electricity demand by 2050 (Energy Saving Trust, 2005b). If adopted by large numbers of households in this way, microgeneration could bring about fundamental change to our energy system. Many consumers would become energy producers, leading to a breakdown of the traditional distinction between energy supply and demand. Established regulatory frameworks and energy infrastructures could need to change radically to deal with a fundamental decentralisation of power and control.
This project investigated how microgeneration might be deployed in the UK and its possible implications for domestic consumers, energy companies and the energy system as a whole. Working closely with industry and government it identified technical, regulatory and institutional changes that might stimulate the market uptake of microgeneration technologies. The aims of the project were set out in the original proposal. The main objective of the research is: to work with industry and government to help tackle the main challenges associated with microgeneration. Its more specific aims were:
These aims and objectives have largely been fulfilled by the project. A number of challenges affected the fulfilment of the objectives. Section 7 of the End of Award Report Form provides further details of these and their impact on the project.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Watson, W.
Published: 2007
Publisher: Economic and Social Research Council
The aim of this project was to understand how microgeneration might be deployed, and to explore policies to support investment by consumers and energy companies. The research was undertaken by an interdisciplinary team drawn from three universities: University of Sussex, University of Southampton and Imperial College. It was carried out in parallel with significant policy developments, notably the government Microgeneration Strategy, the Climate Change and Sustainable Energy Act and the wider Energy Review.
The research found that it was important for policy makers support a diversity of routes to microgeneration deployment, with incentives for both householders and energy companies. The project analysed three different models of microgeneration deployment to explore the possibilities and implications. This included 'Plug & Play' deployment by individual consumers wishing to assert their independence from established suppliers; 'Company Driven' deployment by incumbent energy companies that shift their focus towards the delivery of energy services rather than energy supply; and 'Community Microgrid' deployment as part of decentralised microgrids.
There are significant opportunities to build microgeneration into new construction developments. The Climate Change and Sustainable Energy Act is important since it encourages local authorities to set targets for this. In addition, the research found that it will be desirable to include flexible service areas and space (e.g. as cellars) in new buildings so that future developments in micro-generation and home energy automation can be accommodated. If sustainable visions for larger developments such as Thames Gateway are to be realised, strong intervention is likely to be required by government. This is because such developments are substantially different from the UK's current energy system. In the absence of strong intervention, an opportunity for the implementation of more pervasive local energy systems based on Community Microgrid models linked to new district heating networks could be lost. Energy regulation has a role to play here too. The Registered Power Zone scheme developed by the regulator, Ofgem allows electricity network companies to experiment with new network concepts and recover costs from consumers. So far, the rules governing this scheme have proved to be too restrictive to rebuild capacity for innovation with the electricity network companies.
Overall, the research showed that microgeneration can make a potentially powerful contribution to a sustainable energy future - in terms of carbon reductions and wider social impacts. Microgeneration can be both a result of ongoing changes in existing energy systems and the cause of potentially radical change. Our research has also underlined the interdependence of technical, institutional and social factors that inhibit or enable the diffusion of sustainable technologies. Technically, energy networks will have to be able to cope with two-way flows. Policies, regulations and institutions will need to change and to acknowledge that the distinction between energy supply and demand is not as sharp for micro-generators. Finally, consumers could have a new position in the energy system - whether as hosts of microgeneration installed by company or as 'co-providers' of their own energy services.
Author(s): Liddiard, R., Azhari, R., Ruyssevelt, P.A. and Janda, K.
Published: 2021
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Gross, R., Heptonstall, P. and Blyth, W.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
This report provides an analysis of the link between investment risks in electricity generation and policy design. The issues it discusses are relevant to a wide range of policy developments in the UK and elsewhere. These include banding the Renewables Obligation, bringing forward the development of power stations with carbon capture, financial support for nuclear power and the future of emissions trading.
Author(s): Hamilton, K.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
This working paper sets out to provide a short introduction to risk and return in making financing and investment decisions in the energy sector, focusing on renewable energy. It will specifically draw on the outcomes of consultation roundtables with financiers on renewable energy policy to illustrate what financiers need from policy to reduce risk and increase returns; what types of issues arise in different policy frameworks; and how policy can affect the attractiveness of different investments. The review of the UK’s Renewables Obligation policy provides a useful focal point for illustrating the latter.
Author(s): Ward, J.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Roberts, E.
Published: 2008
Publisher: Joule Centre
Project Objectives:
Key Outcomes benefiting the North West Region:
Author(s): Cox, E., Bell, K.. and Brush, S.
Published: 2022
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Bell, K.
Published: 2019
Publisher: UKERC
The gas and electricity sectors feature many different actors that interact in different ways, through commercial arrangements and physical transfers of energy. The activities of the larger actors – generators, suppliers, gas shippers, and network owners and operators – are regulated through various licences.
There is then a raft of standards and codes that govern the interfaces between the actors and many of the characteristics of equipment that is connected to the networks. Most of these documents were established when the gas and electricity sectors were first liberalised in the late 1980s and early 1990s. Although a number have seen various revisions since then, many industry observers have argued that they are out of step with technological and market developments and difficult to change.
This document contains the UKERC response to the 2019 consulation by BEIS/Ofgem about how and why the codes might be revised.
Author(s): Stevenson, L. and Royston, S.
Published: 2024
Publisher: UKERC
The brief discusses the contextual nuances of staff travel choices and the potential of policy interventions to encourage sustainable travel modes. Through a detailed review of NHS parking policies and broader academic literature on transport practices. It underscores the need to develop comprehensive trave
Author(s): Pidgeon, N., Gross, R., Bell, K., Bradshaw, M., Chaudry, M., Hanna, R., Qadrdan, M., Lockwood, M., Webb, J. and Wu, J.
Published: 2023
Publisher: UKERC
It was submitted to in response to the Welsh Government call for evidence to inform the development of Wales decarbonisation pathway to Net Zero, whilst also providing an initial step towards potentially developing a Just Transition Framework for Wales.
Author(s): Snell, C. and Bevan, M.
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
Despite disabled people and low-income families with children being defined in policy as vulnerable to fuel poverty, there is very little evidence about how the needs of these groups are recognised or incorporated into policy decisions. There is alsono clear evidence on how energy efficiency policies actually affect these groups, and whether policy outcomes are consistent across the UK.
This policy briefingauthored by University of Yorks Department of Social Policy and Social Work (SPSW) and ACE Research, explores some of the key gaps in knowledge regarding justice in energy efficiency policy in the UK. The focus was on the impact of energy efficiency policies on disabled people, those with long-term illnesses and low-income households with children.
The delivery of energy efciency policy is variable and patchy, with vulnerable groups ingreatest need not always eligible for support, or receiving support which fails to reflect their additional needs. To improve access for vulnerable groups and to meet their needs more effectively, the authors recommenda greater recognition of the needs of vulnerable groups, more consistent approaches across the UK and better cooperation with non-energy sectors.
The researchidentifies five key barriers to accessing vital fuel poverty support mechanisms and suggests ways in which access and outcomes can be improved for all.
Author(s): DfT
Published: 2007
Publisher: Department for Transport
This document is a Benchmarking Guide written by the Department for Transport on 'Key Performance Indicators for Food and Drink Supply Chains'.
As far back as 1992 the Department of the Environment supported a project on improving vehicle aerodynamics through the Energy Efficiency Best Practice programme. This was followed by the establishment of a discrete transport efficiency programme in 1994, which by 2005 had evolved into the Freight Best Practice Programme.
The 2007 Survey is a natural progression in a line of similar work all aimed at providing operators with accurate, reliable measures by which their own performance can be compared with the results achieved by others. For the first time the remit has been extended to include the drinks sector, and there is a commitment to carry out a further survey in 2009.
The overall aim of this Survey, and previous ones, was to:
For the 2007 Survey the activities of almost 9,000 vehicles - tractors units, trailers, and rigids - were closely monitored and recorded. These vehicles were operating in the food and drinks sectors, and covered the movement of product from producers to the ultimate point of sale. The data gathered enabled the operational efficiency of those vehicles to be analysed, and measures of that efficiency, i.e. Key Performance Indicators were established.
Comparisons with previous surveys will show general trends and highlight the way that the supply process for food has changed in the last decade or so. However, there were differences in the fleet mix between 1998, 2002 and 2007, both at sector and sub-sector level, and so it is impossible to be sure that the results represent an absolute 'like for like' comparison.
This guide is divided into the following sections:Author(s): DfT
Published: 2003
Publisher: Department for Transport
Over the last few years, the Department for Transport, through the TransportEnergy Best Practice programme, has supported a series of benchmarking surveys that have developed a range of Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) in a variety of industry sectors.
This Benchmarking Guide aims to help operators identify real opportunities to maximise transport efficiency, reducing both running costs and environmental impact.
The aims of this pilot survey in the non-food retail distribution sector were:
The five KPIs measured during the study were:
These KPIs were chosen because they fulfil a number of key requirements, namely:
A range of additional data was collected in order to correlate actual energy consumption with other factors, including use of delivery windows and use of airflow management equipment.
This guide is divided into the following sections:Author(s): McKinnon, A.C.
Published: 2004
Publisher: Department for Transport
This document is a Benchmarking Guide written by the Department for Transport on 'Key Performance Indicators for the Next-day Parcel Delivery Sector'.
This benchmarking survey considers the parcel sector, focusing on next-day deliveries for both home and business-to-business consignments. This guide reports on the survey work and further develops the programme's portfolio of benchmarking surveys. These surveys have delivered KPI comparisons between the participating fleets and produced recommendations for the operators. The survey aimed to:
Operators in the next-day parcel delivery sector can use this benchmarking guide to identify real opportunities to maximise transport efficiency, reducing both running costs and environmental impact.
This guide is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Dft
Published: 2007
Publisher: Department for Transport
This document is a Benchmarking Guide written by the Department for Transport on 'Key Performance Indicators for the Pallet Sector'.
The pallet network sector has, in part, grown in response to operator pressures, allowing members to benefit from a degree of consolidation and pooling of resources around the UK. Network operation mirrors that of express parcel networks based around a central hub. As many as ten networks currently operate, with nightly throughputs of over 5,000 pallets through a single network now being achieved. The networks offer a range of service levels to customers that must be met by member companies, taking precedence over absolute efficiency and vehicle utilisation where necessary. However, belonging to a network opens up many ways to improve utilisation to members.
The main feature of the network is the hub through which all pallets are moved and transhipped. Each network comprises a number of individual freight transport companies, who belong to it through various contractual arrangements as members, licensees or shareholders.
Companies tend to join and participate in a network to get extra throughput, and thereby improve their vehicle utilisation and efficiency. Vehicle utilisation is a key driver. By belonging to a network, companies benefit because:
The survey was carried out over a continuous 48-hour period starting at 18:00 on 24th February 2004. A total of 17 fleets submitted data for analysis and comparison, although not all fleets provided data for all aspects. The results presented in this guide preserve the anonymity of the participating companies. Each company is given an individual survey report which highlights the data collected from their particular fleet on each KPI. This allows companies to benchmark their performance against others.
This guide is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Coleman, J.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Anable, J., Brown, L., Docherty, I. and Marsden, G.
Published: 2022
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Rowe, R., Whitaker, J., Chapman, J., Howard, D. and Taylor, G.
Published: 2008
Publisher: UKERC
The study has used a systematic selection and analysis procedure to assess each LCA, collating data on the energy and GHG balances of liquid transport fuels and biomass for heat and power. This consistent approach will produce a dataset which can be used to uniquely compare the energy and GHG balances of these two uses of biomass. The representation of collated LCAs as straightforward visual summaries highlights variations within methodology, system boundaries and reporting.
Although this study is ongoing, several issues relating to the lack of transparency of LCA reporting have already become apparent. Common obstacles to reviewing this subject have been in successfully identifying system boundaries, co-product allocation methods and conversion efficiencies used in the LCAs being analysed. Therefore, a set of recommendations for LCA reporting are listed at the end of this report.
Author(s): BLC Leather Technology Centre
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The research carried out was designed to test the efficacy of enzyme induced tallodiesel production as a potential for the next generation of transport fuel use. The aim was primarily to test the technical innovation, then to assess the economic potential and explore opportunities for application to market within the next 25 years.
Biodiesel is an alternative to petroleum-based diesel fuel made from renewable resources such as vegetable oils or animal fats. Chemically, it comprises a mix of mono-alkyl esters of long chain fatty acids. A lipid transesterification production process is normally used to convert the base oil to the desired esters and remove free fatty acids. The biggest source of feedstock for biodiesel production is oil from crops or other similar cultivatable material. Plants utilize photosynthesis to convert solar energy into chemical energy. It is this chemical energy that biodiesel stores and is released when it is burned. Therefore plants can offer a sustainable oil source for biodiesel production.
This project aimed to provide technological proof for the biochemical conversion of low-grade tallow into tallodiesel by enzyme mediated alcoholytic transesterification of fats and free fatty acids to alkyl esters. It also intended to support the potential roll out of this technology via a techno-economic study (and initial LCA) to determine an economically beneficial conversion.
The project research indicated that enzyme mediated alcoholysis of tallow is a potentially viable route for the production of biodiesel, however efficient scale up has not been achieved. There is a good indication that the method would provide an ideal route for the disposal of animal by-product and that the added value would result in a no-cost option that has every potential for resulting in profit, provided that correct economies of scale apply.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Gifford, S.
Published: 2022
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): Faraday Institution
Published: 2020
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): Brook Lyndhurst
Published: 2004
Publisher: Department for Communities and Local Government
The New Horizons programme aims to introduce new research ideas, develop innovative, cross-cutting approaches to research and offer a forward-thinking perspective on medium- to long-term policy issues pertaining to the ODPM.
The purpose of the research was as follows:
The research has been approached from the perspective of liveability; specifically, in terms of how it can be developed as a concept to improve both its own outcomes and contribution towards the pursuit of sustainable development. This decision has been taken to ensure the study highlights the policy implications for the ODPM in their pursuit of the 'liveability', 'Living Places' and 'Sustainable Communities' agendas.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Brook Lyndhurst
Published: 2004
Publisher: Department for Communities and Local Government
This report summarises the results of a research study conducted as part of the Office of the Deputy Prime Minister's New Horizons 2004 Programme.
The overall purpose of the research was to consider the relationship between liveability and sustainable development. The intention was to explore the extent to which these policy perspectives conflict with or complement one another, and to suggest policy interventions that would maximise synergies and minimise conflicts.
The research involved desk research, interviews with experts and other stakeholders, and a concluding discussion seminar among the interviewees to further develop ideas further in a collaborative and deliberative environment.
The research finds that liveability does not necessarily contribute towards sustainable development or sustainable communities. The range of measures that could be deployed in order for liveability to develop a stronger role are outlined in section VI of this report - under the headings strengthening, deepening and broadening.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Tingey, M., Webb, J. and Hawkey, D.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Tingey, M., Webb, J., and Hawkey, D.
Published: 2017
Publisher: UK Energy Research Centre, the Energy Technologies Institute and the University of Edinburgh
Author(s): Hawkey, D., Tingey, M. and Webb, J.
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Working with the Energy Technologies Institute, Mags Tingey, Dave Hawkey and Jan Webb completed a pilot study exploring local engagement with energy systems. The work, an extension of the Heat and the City project, examined levels of local engagement across all 434 of the UK's local authority areas, and drew together a wide array of datasets with original collation of data.
Findings show that almost one third (30%) of the UKs 434 local authorities are actively planning, and investing in, energy productivity and provision. Most of this activity is on a limited scale with only 9% of UK authorities showing evidence of significant numbers of energy project investments. We characterised this 9% as 'Energy Leaders' and found they displayed multiple routes into engagement, including economic regeneration, housing upgrades and affordable warmth, energy productivity, avoided costs of alternatives and environmental protection. Particular regions of the show considerably higher levels of local authority engagement, notably London, Scotland, and Yorkshire and Humber, and energy leaders tend to be metropolitan and larger authorities.
Preliminary exploration of the relationship between local authority engagement and levels of low carbon technology deployment (not restricted to local authorities own deployment) shows strong association with non-industrial Combined Heat and Power (CHP). Relationships between engagement and small (under 10MW) renewable electricity generation appears marginally significant. Levelling up deployment of non-industrial CHP across all areas to the levels of the most engaged authorities would imply significant acceleration in deployment rates. The limited pilot research modelling suggests that the impact of this is small (under 10%) in terms of the UK energy production.
This work will continue under the Local energy infrastructure operation & governance projectwith support from the Energy Technologies Institute. This work will use qualitative data gathering to explore some of the quantitative relations our pilot work uncovered, in order to build a better picture of the factors supporting and constraining local engagement with energy. We will also engage with UK energy system modelling to help form a clearer picture of the contribution and impact local energy could realistically have in future.
Author(s): Prime, K.
Published: 2024
Publisher: UKERC
The brief highlights innovative practices in prevention, repair, and recycling that can transform waste management systems, while acknowledging their interconnected complexities across practices. It underscores the need for local authorities to take a whole-system and cross-sectoral approach, empowering them with resources and policy fr
Author(s): Brown, D., Jaccarini, C., Foxon, T., Mininni, G., Copeland, C., Brisbois, M.C., Stack- Maddox, S., Aguirre Martinez, B. and Lacey-Barnacle, M.
Published: 2023
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Blyth, W., Gross, R., Speirs, J., Sorrell, S., Nicholls, J., Dorgan, A. and Hughes, N.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Ruyssevelt, P. and Burton, S.
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department for Communities and Local Government
Low or zero carbon energy sources are increasingly being installed in buildings, e.g. small scale and micro CHP units, photovoltaic panels and building mounted wind generators. The development of performance standards and suitable guidance on satisfactory provisions, on e.g. structural measures, weatherproofing and location is needed, also compliance with ADL and any relevant provisions of the forthcoming Electrical AD. This desk study will also take account of the Energy White Paper and the EU Energy Performance of Buildings Directive (EPBD).
The overall aim of this project is to develop suitable performance standards and guidance for the installation of low or zero carbon energy sources in buildings.
It is proposed to include a specified list of low or zero carbon energy sources as alternatives to energy conservation and energy efficiency measures in order to achieve target carbon emissions for different building types. The extent to which LZC energy sources can contribute to achieving the carbon emissions target should be limited to a given level or percentage.
Since the proposal is to include LZC energy sources as an alternative to further energy conservation or energy efficiency measures there is no strict requirement to calculate the cost effectiveness of each for the purposes of regulatory impact assessment. However, an assessment of cost effectiveness has been undertaken to provide ODPM with:
The assessment of cost effectiveness shows that few LZC technology/application cases achieve a positive NPV and hence none are recommended to be considered for mandatory inclusion.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Ekins. P., Keppo. I., Skea. J., Strachan. N., Usher. W. and Anandarajah. G.
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
This briefing draws out the key messages from the UKERC report The UK Energy System in 2050: comparing low-carbon resilient scenarios, – which describes and compares a series of model runs, implemented through the UK MARKAL modelling system, which was developed through UKERC with funding from the Research Councils’ Energy Programme. This has revealed some consistent patterns showing how the UK energy system might develop in future, which are discussed in detail in the full report.
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2009
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Jones, D.G., Chadwick, R.A., Pearce, J.M., Vincent, C.J., Hannis, S., Long, D., Rowley, W.J., Holloway, S., Bentham, M.S., Kingdon, A., Arts, R., Neele, F., Nepveu, M., Vandeweijer, V., Metcalfe, R., Bond, A.E. and Robinson P.C.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Turton, A. and Woods,P.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Oluleye, G. and Jobson, M.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Jobson, M. and Vasquez, L.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Neeson, C.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): McKoen, K., Koch, A., Murshed, S.M., Meidl, P., Nichersu, A., Jumel, S. and Limani, B.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Mooney Kelly NIRAS Ltd
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Meidl, P., Sipowicz, M., Murshed, S.M., Jumel, S., Jobson, M., Oluleye, G., OHanlon, I., McKeon, K., Griessbaum, N., Nichersu, A.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Turton, A. and Woods,P.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Caterpillar
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Woods, P.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Barton, M., Kirton, A., Silletti, B., Smith, R., Gautier, L., Neeson, S., McKoen, K., McWilliam, L. and Jobson, M
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Lok, K., Adler, D., Cripps, A and Woods, P.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Dicks, J., McGovern, M., Pollitt, H., Downing, C. and Eyre,N.
Published: 2021
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Skea, J, and Ekins. P
Published: 2009
Publisher: UKERC
This report takes a whole systems approach to the development of the UK energy system over the next 40 years.
Achieving a resilient low-carbon energy system is technically and economically feasible at an affordable cost.
There are multiple potential pathways to a low-carbon economy. A key trade-off across the energy system is the speed of reduction in energy demand versus decarbonisation of energy supply. There is also a number of more specific trade-offs and uncertainties, such as the degree to which biomass, as opposed to electricity and perhaps hydrogen, is used in transport and other sectors.
Deploying new and improved technologies on the supply side will require substantially increased commitment to RD&D, the strengthening of financial incentives and the dismantling of regulatory and market barriers. A major increase in efforts to acceleratethedevelopment of
Author(s): Colechin, M.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Darby, S. and Rowlands, I.
Published: 2008
Publisher: UKERC
This workshop brought together 36 experts including policy makers and advisors, scientists and residential electricity management stakeholders to provide a neutral forum, under Chatham House rules, for full and frank dialogue relating to sharing lessons learned and developing strategies and policy recommendations emerging from managing residential electricity demand in the UK and Ontario, Canada. This was an opportunity to reflect upon our various roles within the broader context of residential electricity demand management. The aim of the workshop was to draw out recommendations and actions for demand reduction, load management and carbon reduction. The workshop outputs will provide a base for continued collaboration and identification of new research initiatives.
The workshop explored three objectives: 1. Share lessons learned from the UK and Ontario, Canada regarding demand response and demand reduction initiatives
2. Examine possible strategies; and
3. Develop policy recommendations and actions for demand reduction, load management and carbon reduction.
Author(s): Pallett, H., Chilvers, J. and Hargreaves, T.
Published: 2017
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Sorrell, S.
Published: 2010
Publisher: SPRU, University of Sussex
Author(s): Smith, W., Pidgeon, N., Demski, C. and Becker, S.
Published: 2024
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Jeffrey, H.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
This Marine Energy Technology Roadmap, jointly developed by the Energy Technologies Institute (ETI) and the UK Energy Research Centre (UKERC) represents a major update to the ETI/UKERC 2010 Marine Energy Technology Roadmap, a document created to identify and prioritise the key technology and deployment issues faced by the marine renewable energy sector in the UK. This update has primarily been created to reflect the changes and advancements within the marine energy sector that have taken place since 2010, but it also recognises the engineering challenges that remain and that must be overcome to enable the industry to progress rapidly to early array deployments.
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Rho Motion
Published: 2023
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): Speirs, J., Gross, R., Candelise, C. and Gross, B.
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
The Paper considers first demand for indium and tellurium from the PV industry, now and in future. Whilst a range of scenarios exist for the role of PV in the global energy mix there is considerable agreement that the share of PV per se and thin film devices in particular is expected to expand considerably in the light of carbon abatement goals.
The paper then considers the supply of indium and tellurium. It provides a detailed review of the processes used to extract and refine them, and discusses the issues associated with producing these secondary metals which are extracted as trace elements during the production of primary metals such as zinc and copper. The Paper finds that there are considerable complexities associated with reported reserves and an absence of meaningful data on resources. Again, existing estimates of availability for the PV market are reviewed. This alsoreveals considerable variation within the literature and the use of a wide a range of assumptions upon which to base resource availability.
The paper concludes that there is no immediate cause for concern about availability of either indium or tellurium. PV occupies a small fraction of current markets and there is evidence of considerable potential to increase the extraction of both metals because a sizeable proportion of the material potentially available from primary metal extraction is not currently utilised. Moreover, there is potential to increase recycling of products containing indium or tellurium, for example from flat screens. However, the scale of the roll out of PV ~ vi ~ envisaged in some scenarios could imply a large expansion in the demand for indium and tellurium. There is no reason to believe that this is not feasible, however adequate data on reserves and resources do not exist. Resource estimates are not available and simplistic assumptions such as using current production or crustal abundance to estimate potential supply cannot provide any meaningful insight into future production. A scenario approach that links production to primary metals is appropriate. We conclude that considerable further research is needed to characterise indium and tellurium resources and the economic feasibility of expanding production.
Author(s): Speirs, J., Houari, Y., Contestabile, M., Gross, R. and Gross, B.
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
The paper examines demand for lithium and neodymium from the EV industry. Lithium is used in Li-Ion EV batteries and neodymium is used in permanent magnets in electric motors and wind turbine generators. Global demand scenarios for EVs vary widely, though all anticipate a considerable growth in the EV market over the coming decades, driven largely by decarbonisation goals.
The paper then examines wind turbines, another low carbon use of neodymium. Again global demand for wind turbines and estimates of future material intensity are key to understanding future demand. It is also important to estimate the number of turbines using permanent magnet designs, since generators without permanent magnets are in common use. Decarbonisation goals are predicted to drive demand for wind turbines in the future, with several studies agreeing that future manufacturing of turbines will increase significantly. Based on this analysis, demand for neodymium from wind turbines could be between 600 and 6,000 tonnes per year by 2050.
Author(s): Speirs, J., Houari, Y. and Gross, R.
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
Policy makers and industry are increasingly concerned over the availability of certain materials key to the manufacture of low carbon technologies. The literature addressing this topic includes reports termed criticality assessment that aim to quantify the relative criticality of a range of materials. In this study we examine the methodologies underpinning these criticality assessments, and attempt to normalise and compare their results. This process identified a list of 10 metals or metal groups for which average normalised scores are presented, along with maximum and minimum scores to indicate the range of uncertainty. We find that criticality assessment methodologies diverge significantly, making comparison difficult. This leads to apparently wide uncertainty in results. We also find that in order to achieve comparability within studies, authors typically rely on simple metrics for which data is available for all metals considered. This leads to some compromises which affect results. Finally we suggest that, given these uncertainties and methodological difficulties, criticality assessments are best used to highlight materials or technologies of particular interest, which should then be further examined in isolation, to improve insight and accuracy.
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2003
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives of this project are:
A wide variety of gasification systems are continuing to be developed around the world, including Integrated Gasification Combined Cycle (IGCC) and the UK developed Air Blown Gasification Cycle (ABGC) systems. Originally, these systems were developed to be fired on various grades of coal, but there is now interest in using a more diverse range of solid fuels (e.g. co-firing coal with waste or biomass, using low grade coals and heavy fuel oils) in order to reduce environmental impact and fuel costs.
All gasification technologies require a heat exchanger (often called either a syngas cooler or fuel gas cooler) between the gasifier and the gas cleaning system. The duty required from this heat exchanger varies depending on the type of gasifier, gas-cleaning requirements (e.g. hot dry cleaning or wet scrubbing) and steam cycle needs.
The data generated has been used to identify safe operating windows where factors do not combine to produce rapid heat exchanger failures. Aspects such as candidate heat exchanger materials, gasifier type, fuel and fuel gas compositions, deposit compositions and heat exchanger operating conditions have been investigated.
This summary provides information on:Author(s): Speirs, J., Gross, R., Contestabile, M., Candelise, C., Houari, Y. and Gross, B.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
There is increasing concern that future supply of some lesser known critical metals will not be sufficient to meet rising demand in the low-carbon technology sector. A rising global population, significant economic growth in the developing world, and increasing technological sophistication have all contributed to a surge in demand for a broad range of metal resources. In the future, this trend is expected to continue as the growth in low-carbon technologies compounds these other drivers of demand. This report examines the issues surrounding future supply and demand for critical metals - including Cobalt, Gallium, Germanium, Indium, Lithium, Platinum, Selenium, Silver, Tellurium, and Rare earth Metals.
Author(s): Rhodes, A., Heptonstall, P. and Speirs, J.
Published: 2022
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Kilgallon, P., Simms, N.J. and Oakey, J.E.
Published: 2004
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
A wide variety of gasification systems are continuing to be developed around the world, including Integrated Gasification Combined Cycle (IGCC) and the UK developed Air Blown Gasification Cycle (ABGC) systems. Originally, these systems were developed to be fired on various grades of coal, but there is now interest in using a more diverse range of solid fuels (e.g. co-firing coal with waste or biomass, using low grade coals and heavy fuel oils) in order to reduce environmental impact and fuel costs.
All gasification technologies require a heat exchanger (often called either a syngas cooler or fuel gas cooler) between the gasifier and the gas cleaning system. The duty required from this heat exchanger varies depending on the type of gasifier, gas-cleaning requirements (e.g. hot dry cleaning or wet scrubbing) and steam cycle needs. However, gasifier hot gas path environments are potentially very aggressive for materials both during plant operation and off-line periods. This has the effect of imposing a temperature window for the safe operation of these heat exchangers (with current materials restricting their use to modest steam conditions and preventing their use as superheaters with commercially viable lives) and dictates that downtime corrosion control precautions are required during off-line periods. There are significant differences in the hot gas path environments between the various gasification systems and with different fuels, but unfortunately these just have the effect of changing the balance between different potential degradation modes arising from the gasification environments.
The project has assessed the potential corrosive effects of deposits formed on coal-fired and coal/waste co-fired gasifier fuel-gas/syngas heat exchangers in ABGC and IGCC systems. This has included determining the ranges of deposit compositions formed on heat exchangers with different fuels and quantitatively assessing the effects of such deposits on downtime corrosion (including the effects of potential preventative measures) and synergistic interactions. These activities have lead to the identification of combinations of fuels, operating conditions and materials that could produce rapid heat exchanger failures due to interactions with the deposits formed during the heat exchanger operation.
The following candidate gasifier heat exchanger alloys were investigated; AISI 316L, AISI 310, AISI 347H, Alloy 800, Sanicro 28, Haynes 160, Esshete 1250, Haynes 556, IN625 and T23. In terms of cost and performance Sanicro 28 appears to be the best choice for evaporative heat exchangers in the range of test conditions investigated.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Sharick, A. and Webb, J.
Published: 2016
Publisher: UKERC
UKERC co-hosted a meeting last month with DECC and ETI to seek input and feedback on plans for the 300 million in heat network capital expenditures announced in the government's Spending Review. Amber Sharick, UKERC Business Engagement Manager, and Jan Webb, UKERC Researcher & Professor of Sociology of Organisations, University of Edinburgh, report on the discussions.
Author(s): RCUK, NERC, ESRC and UKERC
Published: 2010
Publisher: UKERC
The west of Shetland region is physically a very different environment to the Gulf of Mexico, so environmental impact of a deep water spill in this area would be different, in many aspects.
A regulatory system could be enacted to compel companies to develop a shareddeep-water rapid response system to cap wells, and the levels of insurance cover companies are obliged to have could be increased.
The UKs regulatory system is robust but could be improved, though there is a limit to which increased regulation can be implemented and effective.
Scenarios which may reduce the need to exploit deepwater reserves during the transition to a low carbon economy are discussed. However, given our current reliance on oil and gas, such exploitation may be necessary.
Under free market regulations the contribution of deepwater reserves to security of supply may be limited, though there may be some economic benefits of exploitation
Author(s): Bland, T.
Published: 2004
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The Merlin Wind Turbine Installation System has been designed and patented by The Engineering Business Ltd (EB). This project, phase 1 of the development, comprises a feasibility study carried out by EB, and part funded by the DTI with the key objective of 'Investigating the technical and economical viability of the Merlin system as an alternative technique for installing offshore wind turbines'.
This is the final report of the project, encompassing all project activities completed by EB to determine the fundamental engineering principles and the economics to support the system design.
The feasibility study concludes overall that:
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2003
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives for this project are:
Advanced power generation systems, based on gasification, are being developed. Hot gas cleaning technologies for gasification systems offer the potential of a lower cost approach to pollutant control and gas turbine protection, leading to simpler cycle configurations with associated efficiency advantages. The unreliability of the ceramic filter elements used in demonstration trials and the high capital cost of these systems have hindered their application and are factors restricting the uptake of gasification power plants in general. The successful development of a durable metallic filter system for the ABGC would be a major step towards its implementation.
Metallic filter media provide a number of significant advantages over ceramics. In order to realise fully the cost and environmental advantages, it is essential that the systems provide not only efficient contaminant removal but also have the reliability and availability required of the overall system. It is now apparent that reliable, lower cost filter systems can be operated using metallic filter media, provided improved materials selection and advanced fabrication methods are developed.
This project has successfully investigated the performance of a range of candidate materials for the manufacture of filters for use in gasifier (IGCC and ABGC) hot gas paths.
This summary provides information on:Author(s): Kilgallon, P., Simms, N.J., Oakey, J.E. & Boxall, I.
Published: 2004
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is the final report for the project titled 'Metallic Filters for Hot Gas Cleaning'.
Hot gas filtration has not only been adopted as an essential system component in hybrid technologies like the Air Blown Gasification Cycle, but is also being used to remove particulate prior to water scrubbing of fuel gases in first generation Integrated Gasification Combined Cycle (IGCC) plants. The unreliability of the ceramic filter elements in demonstration trials and the high capital cost of these particle removal systems have hindered their application and are factors restricting the uptake of gasification power plants in general. The successful development of a durable metallic filter system for the Air Blown Gasification Cycle (ABGC) would be a major step towards its implementation. Metallic filter elements have potential applications in all IGCC systems and in other industries requiring hot gas cleaning.
This project aimed to identify the optimum materials for the various component parts of metallic filter elements, evaluate candidate fabrication routes and determine likely service lives in gasifier hot gas path environments typical of IGCC and ABGC.
A screening test (Activity A) was carried out to aid the selection of candidate materials for exposure in the main materials test programme (Activity B). The materials chosen for inclusion in the second phase tests were: Haynes D205 EN2691, Fecralloy, Haynes HR160, IN690, Haynes 188, AISI 310, IN C276, Hastelloy X, IN Alloy 800HT, AISI 316L and Iron Aluminide. Activity B tests were carried out in two environments, simulating high sulphur content IGCC fuel gas and low sulphur content ABGC fuel gas. The materials were evaluated at temperatures of 450, 500 and 550°C for the high sulphur gas and at 550°C for the low sulphur gas, for periods up to 3000 hours.
Using the results of Activity B, existing corrosion life prediction models for gasification environments developed at Cranfield University, have been modified and used to predict the expected service lives under operational IGCC/ABGC filter conditions (Activity C). The design requirements for a prototype element for IGCC/ABGC applications have been identified and related to the data produced in this project (Activity D).
When compared to the ABGC gas environment, the IGCC gas environment has been shown to cause significantly greater damage. The damaging effect of deposit coatings has also been demonstrated. The materials tested in Activity B have been ranked in order of degree of oxidation and Haynes D205 EN 2691, Fecralloy and HR 160 have shown the best performance.
The project has provided the basis for new opportunities for the development of metallic filter media in gasification environments. To confirm this potential the manufacture of full sized elements is required together with their demonstration in pilot scale trials and in commercial installations. In addition to coal, biomass gasification can benefit from the improved reliability and filtration performance offered by metallic filters and it is recommended that further work is undertaken to evaluate materials suitable for operating in such environments.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Gross, R.
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
The reason for producing this note is that two distinct strands of thought can be found in the literature on how to conceptualise the costs associated with any additional capacity required to maintain reliability when intermittent generators are added to an electricity network. The first does not explicitly define a system reliability cost rather it assesses the overall change in system costs that arises from additional capacity (Dale et al 2003). This approach can be used to derive system reliability cost if combined with an assessment of the impact on load factors of incumbent stations when new generators are added (see footnote 2). The second includes an explicit system reliability cost. This approach requires that we make an assumption about the nature of the plant that provides back up(Ilex and Strbac 2002). Both approaches should arrive at the same change in total system costs.
Author(s): Lander, D., Patterson, M., Preston-Barnes, H. and Iles, P.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Preston-Barnes, H.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Gemmell, A.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Carter, E.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Bontemps, N., Esteve, A., McKoen, K. and Mermond, Y.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Raslan, R., Strachan, N. and Oreszczyn, T.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Oreszczyn, T., Hamilton, I., Mavrogianni, A., Oikonomou, E., Raslan, R., Smith, A., Spataru.C. and Stone, A
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Preston-Barnes, H. and Patterson, M.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Patterson, M., Preston-Barnes, H. and Oreszczyn. T,
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Oikonomou, E., Oreszczyn, T., Shipworth, D. and Stone, A.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Pride, R.D., Patterson, M. and Preston-Barnes, H.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Otoadese, J.
Published: 2008
Publisher: UKERC
To address the aim, each chapter author presented a 10-minute summary of his chapter. This was followed by a five-minute critique by an invited discussant. Comments were invited from the floor for a further 15-minute period. Professor Gary May provided an overview of research in this area at the end of the workshop. The workshop was opened by an invited chair, Professor A.P. Sakis Meliopoulos of the Georgia Institute of Technology. Professor Meliopoulos offered final concluding remarks.
Author(s): Department of the Environment, Transport and the Regions
Published: 1999
Publisher: Department for Communities and Local Government
The key findings of this report are:
Author(s): Styles, M.T., Lacinska, A.M., Bide, T., Evans, E.J., Naden, J. and Wrighton, C.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2009
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Sweeney, R.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Hillier, G., Styles, M., Zemskova, S. and Paulson, T.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Styles, M.T., Lacinska, A.M., Zemskova, S., Paulson, T., Sanna, T. and Hillier, G.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Jeffery, I., Humphries, G., Hillier, G., Li, Y. and Paulson, T.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Zimmermann, A., Styles, M.T., Lacinska, A.M., Zemskova, S., Sanna, A., Hall, M., Verduyn, M., Songok, J. and Zevenhoven, R.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2002
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
Close control of combustion conditions is a prerequisite of efficient operation of power generating plants and for meeting ever tightening emission compliance levels. Often conflicting requirements are placed on combustion systems in limiting individual species such as NOx and particulate. Recognising this, the project aims to address the following:
The three year project builds on and complements existing work to potentially provide a powerful comprehensive optimiser package to provide maximum collection rate for minimum inputs to the precipitator and assist in the optimisation of combustion. The project aims are met with the following programme:
Author(s): Hardt, L., Brockway, P., Taylor, P., Barrett, J., Gross, R. and Heptonstall, P.
Published: 2019
Publisher: UKERC
Under the UK Climate Change Act 2008, the government is legally bound to reduce greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions by 80% by 2050 relative to 1990 levels.
Historically, the focus of energy policy in the UK has been on supply-side policies, such as decarbonisation of electricity generation through greater use of low carbon technologies like wind and solar. Increasingly, however, demand-side energy policies are being recognised as having important contributions to make to achieving emission reduction targets, through reducing energy demand or by making energy demand more flexible and compatible with variable renewable energy sources. Such demand-side policies can seek to promote a wide range of technologies and behaviours, for example improved buildinginsulation, reduction in the use of energy intensive materials and increases in teleworking to reduce commuting.
To fully realise the potential of demand-side energy policies, it is important that they can be adequately represented in quantitative energy models, because such models play an important role in informing UK energy policy. However, we do not currently have a good understanding of how well the different energy models that inform UK government energy policy represent energy demand and demand-side energy policies.
Therefore we have undertaken a Rapid Evidence Assessment (a constrained form of systematic review) to examine the energy models that have informed energy policy documents published by the UK government between 2007 and 2017. The overarching question this review seeks to address is:
How suitableare the energy models used toinform UK government energy policy for exploring the full range of contributions that demand-side energy policies can make to climate change mitigation?
Our Rapid Evidence Assessment reveals that the core strength of current energy modelling is the detailed representation of technologies, with many models featuring information on hundreds of potential technological options for increasing energy efficiency. Although uncertainties exist around these technological options, these models allow us to gain a coherent and realistic understanding of how different combinations of technologies could satisfy our future energy service demands under different low-carbon scenarios.
However, the modelling landscape reveals two key limitations with regard to the representationof non-technological drivers of energy demand:
Author(s): Heaton, C.
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Buckman, A.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Welsby, D.
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC working paper reviews the literature on modelling natural gas demand and supply. This includes modelling natural gas markets in isolation, and as part of its role in the wider energy system.
This review is part of the work on a new, global gas model at the Institute for Sustainable Resources at University College London, through a UKERC PhD Studentship. The focus of the new model is on global gas production and trade, and its coupling with the TIMES Integrated Assessment model at University College London (TIAM-UCL) to represent gas demand.
The main section of this working paper provides a review of existing methods which model both supply chain and demand dynamics of natural gas (Part 1: recoverable volumes and corresponding costs of natural gas; Part 2: wider energy-system models; Part 3: natural gas market models). As with any modelling, it was found that there is always a trade-off between necessary simplifications, and the uncertainties and complexities which surround energy-economic-environmental systems.
In Part 1, this paper reviews a range of studies that have estimated recoverable volumes of natural gas. This includes both deterministic (e.g. a single point estimates of natural gas) and stochastic (e.g. probabilistic estimates including ranges of uncertainty) modelling methods, and the strengths and limitations of the approaches employed. The overall conclusion is that some level of probabilistic assessment is required when estimating recoverable volumes of natural gas and the cost range of extraction, particularly given the huge uncertainties inherent in the development of these resources (techno-economic, geological, environmental).
A key contribution of this review, in Part 2, is how natural gas is represented in energy system and integrated assessment models. This represents how gas supply and demand dynamics are also driven by wider developments in energy and environmental systems. Standalone natural gas models, described in Part 3, include gas market complexities. These have more disaggregated time-slices/temporal horizons in order to capture seasonality and the interaction between market agents. However, there is a trade-off between the temporal disaggregation, and the overall scope of the model. In short, the decision to take gas consumption from TIAM-UCL yields the benefit of a whole systems approach in the long-run, whilst limiting seasonal disaggregation in the short-term.
In section III, the paper introduces a new natural gas production and trade model, which is linked to TIAM-UCL. This linkage includes an aggregation of supply cost curves from a field-level gas volume and cost database, into the regions in TIAM-UCL. The gas model is able to account for aspects of gas markets which TIAM-UCL does not have in its architecture; e.g. fiscal regimes, take-or-pay contracts, price indexation.
Given the proprietary nature of cost data for natural gas extraction, a linear regression model was used to assign supply costs (the capital and operating expenditures required to get the gas out of the ground) to gas fields where no public information was available. This gas model aims to provide insights by quantifying various parameters which determine supply costs for individual natural gas fields, both developed and undeveloped; these include water depths, reservoir depths, the levels of hydrogen sulphide or carbon dioxide, and assumed risks to investment (e.g. due to location, political conditions, etc.).
The combination of the two models is intended to model scenarios, providing new insights into future natural gas price formation mechanics and longer-term policy developments which could alter/influence supply and demand.
Author(s): Chaudry M, Hawker G, Qadrdan M, Broad O, Webb J, Wade F, Britton J, Wu J.
Published: 2022
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Lowes, R. and Woodman, B.
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
The paper investigates the importance of governance for energy system change and specifically investigates some of the areas where the UKs net zero target implies significant infrastructure change or expansion, namely in industry and associated with buildings and transport.
Author(s): Rafa, N. and Khalid, R.
Published: 2024
Publisher: UKERC
Despite these benefits, barriers such as regulatory gaps, cultural inertia within the construction sector, and lack of consumer awareness hinder MMCs widespread adoption. In light of current challenges, the study underscores the imp
Author(s): Department for Communities and Local Government
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department for Communities and Local Government
This document consists of Progress reports to parliament on sustainability and measures to improve compliance with Part L of the Building Regulations'.
As the Stern Review highlighted, there is now an overwhelming body of scientific evidence showing that climate change is a serious and urgent issue. We are publishing today, under the provisions of the Sustainable and Secure Buildings Act 2004 and the Climate Change and Sustainable Energy Act 2006 action the Government has taken, and plans to take, to address these issues.
Buildings account for approximately half of UK total carbon emissions with homes accounting for more than a quarter of emissions.
Construction and use of buildings has a range of other environmental impacts, created for example through water use, waste generation and use of polluting materials, which can be significantly reduced through the integration of higher sustainability performance standards within the design.
To harness the opportunities presented by environmental improvements to buildings, Government has introduced tougher standards such as the revisions to Part L of the Building Regulations in April 2006, which raised overall energy efficiency standards. These new measures, taken together with earlier changes to strengthen Part L of the Building Regulations in 2002, will improve energy efficiency standards for new homes by around 40 per cent, compared to 2001 standards.
On 13 December 2006 the Government launched a challenging package of measures, designed to help to reduce carbon emissions and improve the environmental footprint of new homes. The package includes:
Author(s): Lane, M.
Published: 2021
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Lidstone, L.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Chaudry, M., Jenkins, N. and Strabc, G.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
A multi-time period combined gas and electricity network optimisation model was developed. The optimisation model takes into account the varying nature of gas flows, network support facilities such as gas storage and the power ramping characteristics of electricity generation units. The combined optimisation is performed from an economic viewpoint, minimising the costs associated with gas supplies, linepack management, gas storage operation, electricity generation and load shedding. It is demonstrated on two case studies, a simple example, and on the GB network.
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Redpoint
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Ross, D.K., Shabalin, I.L., Keens, S.G., Mileeva, Z.A., Paterson, T.M., Bull, D.J. and Moser, D.M.
Published: 2007
Publisher: Joule Centre
This document is a presentation given on the project titled 'Nano-Structured Hybrid Hydrogen Storage Materials for Small Scale Energy Supply Technologies'.
The project is based around 3 broad objectives:
Author(s): Ross, D.K.
Published: 2007
Publisher: Joule Centre
This document is a summary of the project titled 'Nano-Structured Hybrid Hydrogen Storage Materials for Small Scale Energy Supply Technologies'.
One of the solutions put forward for the demand for a clean, efficient form of energy production is the use of hydrogen, in particular hydrogen fuel cells, and the development of the 'hydrogen economy'. The 'hydrogen economy' is a term for a hypothetical future economy where hydrogen is the dominant form of stored energy, the manner in which the UK and other countries might adopt such an economy is currently the subject of much discussion. Hydrogen is seen as such a viable low-carbon energy solution because it can be stored with a high energy density and it can also be used with high efficiency in a fuel cell producing only water.
This project has involved working with a number of industrial partners who are based in the North West and are interested in developing products for hydrogen storage such as fuel cells etc. A collaboration was also formed with a company that manufacture road tankers and are developing a liquid hydrogen tanker. Prof. Ross's solution involves filling the tanker with the porous matrix that is being developed for this project, this should allow the tanker to be filled with hydrogen at a similar density to current tankers but at considerable cost savings. This main advantage of this solution is the considerable safety advantages it offers over currently available tankers due to the slower release of hydrogen in accident situations.
Author(s): Beaumont, N., Bell, K., Flower, J., Gross, R., Hanna, R., Qadrdan, M., Rhodes, A., Speirs, J., Taylor, P., Webb, J. and Wu. J.
Published: 2022
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Joss, M.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Electricité de France SA (EDF SA)
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Electricité de France SA (EDF SA)
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Electricité de France SA (EDF SA)
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Electricité de France SA (EDF SA)
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Electricité de France SA (EDF SA)
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Electricité de France SA (EDF SA)
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Ruffenach, A.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Electricité de France SA (EDF SA)
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Electricité de France SA (EDF SA)
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Electricité de France SA (EDF SA)
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Electricité de France SA (EDF SA)
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Electricité de France SA (EDF SA)
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Electricité de France SA (EDF SA)
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Electricité de France SA (EDF SA)
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Electricité de France SA (EDF SA)
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Electricité de France SA (EDF SA)
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Electricité de France SA (EDF SA)
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Sanderson, M. and Hull, A.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Electricité de France SA (EDF SA)
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Bernardara, P.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Bernardara, P. and Bairey, M.
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Petersen, I., Gode, P., Walker, A., Debrabander, F., Dubois, M., Neubauer, N., Melodia, B. and De Jager, S.
Published: 2024
Publisher: Global Battery Alliance
Author(s): Hanna, R., Rhodes, A. and Camacho-McCluskey, K.
Published: 2024
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Mott MacDonald
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Mott MacDonald
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): TransGrid Solutions Inc.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Mott MacDonald
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Mott MacDonald
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Mott MacDonald
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2009
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Mott MacDonald
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Adam, P.G., Finney, S.J., Willians, B.W. and Bell, K.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Mott MacDonald
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): PPA Energy
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2009
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Coleman, J.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Brook Lyndhurst Ltd
Published: 2003
Publisher: Department for Communities and Local Government
The Office of the Deputy Prime Minister ('the ODPM') has commissioned this research into Planning for Renewable Energy as part of its New Horizons research programme. The New Horizons programme aims to introduce new research ideas, develop innovative, cross-cutting approaches to research and offer a forward-thinking perspective on medium- to long-term policy issues pertaining to the ODPM.
The specific objectives of the Planning for Renewable Energy research have been:
The research programme was devised in May 2002 and the research was conducted over the course of eleven months, commencing in October 2002.
The research is especially timely because the results are able to inform the revision of Planning Policy Guidance 22 (renewable energy) and the accompanying documentation for the new Planning Policy Statement 22 (renewable energy). The research has also been able to take account of the Energy White Paper, Our Energy Future, Creating a Low Carbon Economy (2003) and The Sustainable communities Plan (2003), both of which were published during the course of the project.
Perhaps the single most important concluding remark for ODPM is to point out that its extensive responsibilities for the built environment mean that it cannot avoid a significant role in the development of policies on renewables over the course of the next five to ten years. Indeed, given the potentially vital role of the linkages between planning, regeneration and governance, and the ODPM's responsibilities across these areas, the Department could reasonably be considered to be the most important in helping the country to become a low carbon economy
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): ETI
Published: 2009
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2003
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The main aim of the project was to develop a nitrogen-stable isotope measurement technique for NOx and to ascertain whether it can be used to determine the relative contributions of fuel and thermal NOx during coal combustion. The specific objectives were to:
Suitable substrates for adsorbing sufficiently high concentrations of NOx from flue gas streams to facilitate the reliable measurement of the nitrogen stable isotope ratios were developed, the substrates encompassing both manganese oxide supported on zirconia (MnOy-ZrO2) and iron supported on active carbon (Fe/AC).
This project has established a simple and robust experimental protocol for collecting and determining the stable isotope ratios of NOx from flue gas. The protocol is much more convenient and rapid than that used in the only other reported study where flue gas NOx has been sampled for determining isotopic ratios.
This summary provides information on:Author(s): Grasa, G., Wellman, R.G., Kilgallon, P., Simms, N.J. and Oakey, J.E.
Published: 2004
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
Nearly all types of coal gasification based advanced power generation systems under development incorporate hot gas cleaning stages to remove particulates and gas phase contaminants prior to the gas turbine. These hot gas cleaning systems offer significant benefits over conventional wet scrubber clean-up systems. However the development of a continuous fully integrated process, in which gas cooling, sulphur/halide removal, using regenerable sorbents would give substantial benefits.
Systems of this type have a number of advantages: the use of regenerable sorbents produces less waste and reduces the operating cost associated with disposal of classified waste products; the fuel gas cooler is located in a benign environment and can therefore be used to generate superheated steam at supercritical conditions yielding a further improvement in cycle efficiency. In addition, the removal of gas contaminants early in the hot gas path will directly improve the environment for downstream components, e.g. hot gas filter parts. On the basis of the expected reduction in the corrosivity of the fuel gas, components' lives may be extended by up to ten times. This benefit would apply to all types of gasifier, including conventional oxygen blown IGCC's where the introduction of hot gas cleaning would otherwise happen downstream of the raw gas cooler and the hot gas filter, both of which would have to operate in a highly aggressive environment.
This project was targeted at developing such a novel integrated raw gas cooler and sulphur and halide removal process for gasification plant. The desulphurisation process is based on a twin fluidised bed system employing direct solids transfer between adjacent vessels. Halide removal is achieved by means of sorbent injection.
The first stage of the project developed a series of mathematical models for the twin-bed desulphurisation concept. Then a 2-D cold model was designed and manufactured to demonstrate the concepts and the validity of the mathematical models produced. After a series of modifications were carried out and their effects assessed, a twin bed unit was designed and manufactured that was capable of being used initially as a 3-D cold model and then being retrofitted to an existing atmospheric pressure gasifier. The 3-D unit functioned as anticipated as a cold model, demonstrating the expected particle flux between the twin beds, and also showed that there were low gas leakage rates between the two beds. After being retrofitted to an existing atmospheric pressure gasifier, the twin bed unit was used to demonstrate the effect of sulphur sorbent on real gasifier derived fuel gases. Limestone, a well known sulphur sorbent in oxidising atmospheres and reducing atmospheres, was selected to test the effectiveness of the twin bed unit in this project. The twin bed was operated with the outlet gases from the gasifier in one side (absorber side) and with air in the regeneration side of the system. Several operating conditions and variables have been studied in the system: gas velocity, bed temperature. The use of the limestone sorbent in the twin-bed reduced the H2S level in the fuel gas stream under all the conditions investigated.
The twin bed system seems to be a promising technology for a heat exchanger system, due to the good particle flows between the two fluidised beds, and for the reduction in contaminant emissions. However, further work is required to improve the understanding of the twin-bed hydrodynamics, as well as to develop sorbents with operating temperatures that are compatible with the twin-bed concept. Two options for the twin bed system have been suggested as worth pursuing as viable use of this technology in gasification plant design. The first involve a twin-bed gasification-heat exchange system where gas from a gasifier is fed to one vessel and heat is transferred to a second by means of re-circulating solids. The second option is a triple-bed adsorption-regeneration-heat exchange system, where the gas from the gasifier is fed to a vessel and the H2S is removed. Catalyst/sorbent is transferred to a second bed for regeneration, and solids are transferred to a third vessel where heat is removed.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2003
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The overall aim of the project was to develop a novel integrated fuel gas cooler and sulphur and halide removal process for coal gasification plants. Specific objectives were:
This project was targeted at developing a novel integrated raw gas cooler and sulphur/halide removal process for gasification plants. This desulphurisation process is based on a twin fluidised bed system employing direct solids transfer between adjacent reactor vessels, with halide removal being achieved by means of sorbent injection.
Within this project a series of mathematical models were developed for the twin-bed desulphurisation concept. Then a 2-D cold model was designed and manufactured to demonstrate the concepts and the validity of the mathematical models produced.
Following on from this, a twin-bed unit was developed from initial design through construction to operation in the hot gas path of an air blown fluidised bed gasification pilot plant. Initially the unit was used as a 3-D 'cold model' for further testing of the twin-bed concept and producing model validation data (particle and gas transfer rates between the twin-beds).
The twin-bed gas cleaning/heat exchanger system shows promise for use on gasification systems, as has been demonstrated by inter-bed heat flux and reduced H2S emissions in all the experiments carried out in the pilot scale hot test rig during this project. However, further work is necessary to understand the complex nature of this process.
This summary provides information on:Author(s): Hyde, K. & Smith, R.
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This report is the summation of the development programme conducted by ITM Power Plc, in conjunction with Cranfield University, to develop cheap novel materials and processes for alcohol based fuel cells. These devices are of commercial interest as they offer the prospect of power sources with a high efficiency, high energy density and rapid refuelling times for a range of electronic devices such as mobile phones , laptops and MP3 players. The market for such fuel cells is estimated to be worth $800 million by 2010.
During this project, ITM Power have sought to take a fresh approach to the problem by developing two new categories of cheaper ion exchange membranes; thus negating the requirement for Nafion (current market dominating product). The membranes developed at ITM are based on ionic hydrophilic polymers, made by bulk co-polymerisation from solution, (henceforth referred to as 'Type 1' conductive polymers), while Cranfield University have been contracted for their expertise in imparting polymers with ionic properties through radiation grafting (henceforth referred to as 'Type 2' conductive polymers). By approaching the problem through the development of two distinct novel ion permeable membranes, the company sought to increase the chance of project success, while expanding its suite of materials.
It was concluded that this project has been successful. The objectives were to produce cheap fuel cells using novel materials. The results demonstrate that this has been achieved using a combination of two alternative ion permeable membrane technologies.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives of this project are:
Cationic Exchange (CE) and Anionic Exchange (AE) membranes have been developed using novel technologies based around hydrophilic polymers (Type 1) and radiation grafted co-polymers (Type 2) These were assessed for conductivity and fuel crossover before the most promising membranes were tested in a direct methanol fuel cell, compared to Nafion 117, the current industry standard. A variety of fuel concentrations, oxidants and catalysts were tested at room temperature and low flow rates, with results quotes on a £/kW basis.
For CE materials, the Type 1 membranes and Type 2 membranes were calculated to cost £316/kW and £960/kW, respectively. These compare favourably with the cost of Nafion, at £1815/kW
For AE materials, the Type 1 membranes and Type 2 membranes were calculated to cost £1019/kW and £5641/kW, respectively. Again, these are both cheaper than Nafion, at £6923/kW
This profile contains information on the project's:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives for this project are:
Tidal energy is a largely untapped natural renewable energy resource and approximately 92% of available UK tidal energy resource exists in deep water.
SMD Hydrovision (SMDH) is a company with over 30 years experience designing subsea machinery and has developed the TidEl concept to exploit this resource.
TidEl consists of a pair of turbine/generators that are fixed together by a cross beam and secured to the seabed using a novel mooring system.
It is planned in this project to install a 1MW TidEl device at the EMEC facility off Eday in the Orkney Isles in 2006, where it will be subject to extensive testing over a prolonged period.
This profile contains information on the project's:Author(s): Dr PJA Howarth, Dalton Nuclear Institute
Published: 2008
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Bhinder, M.A., Mingham, C.G., Causon, D.M., Rahmati, M.T., Aggidis, G.A. and Chaplin, R.V.
Published: 2009
Publisher: Joule Centre
Numerical modelling of a WEC is presented in this paper along with some details of the experimental setup. Issues related to the numerical modelling of the single DOF (degree-of-freedom) motion of a surging point absorber WEC (wave energy converter) are outlined and a comparison with experimental data is presented. A commercial CFD code Flow-3D has been used for the numerical modelling and the ability of the code to simulate free surface linear waves and wavestructure interaction is evaluated in this paper.
The work is aimed at simulating a surging wave energy converter to achieve an optimized shape and to predict output power at a higher or full scale. The findings of this study may also serve as a reference point for the use of a commercial code such as Flow-3D for simulating such problems.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Bradley, S.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Brinker, L.
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
This response provides recommendations on the reform of the energy supply market, based on research on “energy retail market governance” undertaken within UKERC.
Author(s): Britton, J., Poulter, H. and Webb, J.
Published: 2023
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Bell, K., Gross, R. and Watson, J
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
The RIIO (Revenue=Incentives+Innovation+Outputs) model, introduced in 2013, is designed to ensure that payments to companies running the gas and electricity transmission and distribution networks are fair to network users and permit the recovery of reasonable costs in developing, maintaining and operating the networks.
The network licensees allowed revenue is linked to their performance and should therefore offer them incentives for securing investment, driving innovation and delivering the service that customers expect. However, some commentators have suggested that the licensees have been making unjustified profits. With network charges making up around a quarter of the average household energy bill, it is anticipated that the new price control framework will be tougher and provide lower expected returns for networklicensees.
The RIIO-2 frameworkconsultation is welcome. Ofgems final view on price control allowances will be published by the end of 2020 with the new network price controls ('RIIO-2') due to be implemented in 2021.
General commentsIn our submission we respondedto the individual points raised in the call. We also note the following:
We support the proposal to reduce the price control period from 8 to 5 years. The energy system is undergoing unprecedented change, not only with continued transformation of the generation background but also major changes to the way electricity is used, such as for transport and heating. However, the rate and precise locations of these changes is uncertain. A shorter price control period will provide the opportunity for incentives and cost recovery to be adapted to the changing circumstances.
Maintenance of acceptable levels of reliability while facilitating the energy system transformation at least cost requires substantial innovation in technologies, business processes and commercial arrangements. The development of new innovations and associated benefits to consumers often takes years to be realised, sometimes beyond a price control period in which network company shareholders would expect a return. We therefore support the proposal to retain dedicated innovation funding but encourage greater clarity on the scope of activities that can make use of such funding and on best practice in the generation and dissemination of evidence on proposed innovations.
We welcome moves to increase the accountability of the network companies and would urge Ofgem to concentrate on those measures that have a genuine and positive impact on the network companies activities in the context of the whole energy system. We note that thisis not restricted to the business plans submitted under RIIO-2 but extends to a whole raft of codes and interactions. These include the evolving responsibilities of the Electricity System Operator (ESO), the relationships between the ESO, the transmission owners and the Distribution Network Operators, and the processes for ensuring that the full set of codes, standards and market arrangements are coherent and fit for purpose. This is a challenging task that requires constant attention to the big picture and sufficient resources, commitment and expertise on the part of the network owners, system operators and Ofgem.
In applying tighter controls that avoid excessive returns to the network licensees owners, the upside and downside risks should be clearly assessed and incentives for managing risk placed on those parties best placed to do so.
Author(s): Gross, R. and Bell. K.
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
Pathways that are consistent with legislated net zero targets are likely to see highly significant changes to demand for electricity. When these changes will start to take place and how quickly is uncertain, which leads to challenges when setting price controls. Key elements to circumnavigate this will be flexibility and scenario planning.
The need for network reinforcement can be reduced by the appropriate use of flexibility, e.g. in the timing of EV charging. However, the means by which different sources of flexibility might be encouraged and then utilised are still immature and it is not yet clear which will actors prove to be the most significant and efficient in providing services.
Flexibility can only go so far in helping meet power supply needs; at some point, network capacity often proves the most cost-effective means, especially when considering its reliability and lifetime, and the opportunities provided by asset replacement. The triggering of investment in network assets presents an opportunity not just to meet the immediate need or that forecast for the next few years, but to provide for the maximum transfer that can be envisaged throughout the path to net zero. This is likely to be cheapest for consumers over the longer term as the incremental cost of additional electrical capacity is small relative to the total cost of aproject, it avoids the need for repeated interventions, andit saves on the long-term cost of network losses.
Ofgem has noted in the consultation document that some form of scenario planning of investment is likely to be needed. A number of scenarios should be developed that encompass key uncertainties but are consistent across Britain in respect of the whole, multi-vector system, and associated assumptions.
There should be engagement with Local Authorities and other stakeholders to develop regional plans of future energy needs, such as a Local Area Energy Plan. This engagement is important as local, regional, or devolved administration policies as well as different geographies and starting points can drive different actions.
Innovation is a long-term process and uncertainty is inherent to it there is always the potential for unforeseen things to arise. What this means for the energy system is that:
Where there is uncertainty about the effect or cost of new practices or technologies on an energy system and its users who ultimately pay but also benefit from innovations that are adopted it is reasonable for those users to share the risk by sharing the cost of resolution of the uncertainties. However, arguments might be made that costs should be shared not by energy system users, i.e. its customers, but by taxpayers, e.g. through funding by UKRI.
A less than perfect set of arrangements for the sharing of costs between different parties should be accepted if that is what is necessary to support R&D capacity, address risks, and drive innovation. Moreover, the amount of network customers money that is being proposed in RIIO-ED2 to support innovation is modest compared with the network companies total expenditure and the benefits that will accrue to customers and society as a whole in the energy system transition.
Good governance and good practice on the part of network licensees is essential to ensure that customers money is used effectively. In particular, we agree with Ofgem that data transparency associated with network innovation projectsneeds to be much improved.
In order that the scope of Network Innovation Allowance (NIA) funding is not set too narrowly, we think it important to have a clear understanding of what a successful energy system transition involves. We include in our response a first draft of a definition and include recommendations for the threshold that projects must meet to be funded.
Summary: The greatest challenges faced by Distribution Network Operators (DNOs) in forming investment plans relate to the gathering and use of information with suitable levels of spatial and temporal detail. Access to smart meter data should help, but innovation will be required to turn data into useful information.
A final observation is that it is important for the UKs economy as a whole that the UK has the capacity to undertake research and development, to innovate, and to generate evidence in order to drive the commercial viability of ideas
Author(s): Coleman, J.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2002
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
Increasingly, power plants are burning a diverse range of coals (indigenous and imported) under tighter economic and environmental constraints. On-line coal analysers have been investigated in the past, but these are expensive and do not provide a practical solution to the problem. To improve the efficiency of the process, utilities are turning to optimisation packages to assist operation staff. Experience has shown that these optimisation packages can help to optimise the process, but are limited by the wide variation imposed on the system by the constantly changing coal diet. It is therefore desirable to identify the coal being burnt on an on-line, continuous basis to improve the performance of the optimisation packages. Specific objectives are:
This project aims to develop a low-cost, fuel tracking system for the identification of coals being burnt at any one time. The approach is to extract the dynamic 'finger prints' of the flame and hence the fuel type by processing the output signal of an improved flame-eye using digital signal processing and soft-computing techniques. A prototype will be design, implemented and evaluated first on a combustion test rig under a laboratory environment and then on a 500kW coal fired combustion test facility at Innogy. Quantitative relationships between the dynamic characteristics of flames and their corresponding fuel types will be identified such that the on-line fuel-tracking system could be integrated into a power station control system. Full scale demonstration trials will be conducted on a coal fired power station.
This profile contains information on the project's:
Author(s): Smith, BW
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is a report for the project titled 'Once Through Benson Boiler - Vertical Tube Furnace'.
Situated in Henan Province, PRC, Yaomeng Power Plant consists of 4 × 300MWe coal-fired boilers, units 1 and 2 of which, entered service in the mid 1970's. They were of the high mass flux, once through, sub-critical universal pressure ( UP ) type, designed for base load operation to generate 935te/h main steam at 570°C.
From 1992 onwards, after overheating in some of the pressure parts, which led to a restriction of 545°C on the main steam temperature, the maximum output was reduced to 270MWe. The boiler's intrinsic intolerances to load changes, and operation below 230MWe were also problematic, and the prospect of more onerous emissions legislation was thought likely to impose even further restrictions on plant usage in the future, or even bring about its closure.
The scope of work for Mitsui Babcock was centred on the upgrade of the existing boiler, comprising refurbishment of the furnace pressure parts and improvement of the burners, start-up system and control philosophies.
The 168-hour full load reliability test was completed successfully during May, 2002. What made the occasion particularly significant for all concerned was that this was the first time Low Water Mass Flux Vertical Ribbed Tube Benson Boiler Technology had been used for commercial power generation anywhere in the world, a very significant achievement by Mitsui Babcock.
The Performance Guarantee Tests ( PGT's ) were performed by the Thermal Power Research Institute ( TPRI ) during the end of July / early August 2002, and these results and subsequent operation have confirmed the major improvements in the unit. Peak steam output is 1010.3t/hr and maximum continuous output is 954t/hr, both exceeding the guarantee requirements. Peak power output has increased from 270MWe to 327MWe, and in fact the boiler has now been formally up-rated to 310MWe.
The successful completion of this refurbishment is a major milestone in both the development of the technology of once through low mass flow vertical tube boilers and Mitsui Babcock's presence in the refurbishment market in the PRC. Wherever sub-critical once through boilers are suffering load restrictions, intolerances to load changes or high metal temperatures, this technology now offers a proven solution, which also extends to super-critical pressure conditions.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2001
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
Mitsui Babcock will provide a new furnace to the Benson 'once through' design as a retrofit to a Chinese power plant. The existing unit is based on Chinese technology and has reached the end of its useful life. The new boiler furnace from Mitsui Babcock will correct short falls and ensure the unit is able to match the best world practice. The new equipment will result in an 11% increase in station output and a reduction in nitrogen oxide emissions by over one third.
The principal aim of the project is to validate the performance of the Mitsui Babcock 'once through' vertical ribbed tube boiler technology. The specific objectives of the project are:
This project will validate the Mitsui Babcock designs for the vertical ribbed tube 'once through' Benson boiler. An assessment of the existing Chinese boiler will address the existing performance of the small bore tubes employed in the furnace walls of the boiler and of the existing corner fired combustion arrangement.
A detailed assessment of new boiler performance will be conducted. The new vertical ribbed boiler furnace tubes will be heavily instrumented and data recorded under different operating regimes (e.g. turndown) to establish the performance. Study tubes will be representative of the whole boiler geometry (e.g. corner, centre tubes etc). Data such as heat transfer, metal temperatures, water mass flux rates, water temperatures, location of boiling, steam temperature profile at the furnace wall outlet and individual tube flows etc will be established.
This profile contains information on the project's:Author(s): Spencer, J.
Published: 2009
Publisher: Joule Centre
This document is a summary for the project titled 'Optical Detection of the Degradation of Transformer Oil'.
Transformers are components in electrical networks which change voltages from one level to another. This allows for efficient transmission of the electricity from where it is generated to where it's needed (e.g. home, business, factory etc). However they fail from time to time resulting in a loss of power to the home and in rare cases have resulted in the death of those who maintain them. One of the main reasons these transformers fail is because the oil that serves to both cool and insulate them can lose its effectiveness over time.
This research will explore a cost effective optical technique to look for changes in the oil that might indicate it is losing its effectiveness with a view to scheduling its replacement during the next planned maintenance run. The traditional method for checking transformer oil is to draw a sample and have it chemically analysed, use of an optical technique would save both time and money compared to this method.
This project has led to a number of follow on projects for which further funding has been obtained, these include an extension to the original study for which ENW has provided a further £69,000 of funding. It has also led to a project investigating This project has led to follow on work, for which £167 k has been obtained, in partnership with ENW Ltd and Ashridge Engineering Ltd which will focus on using these prototypes to identify contaminants in oil.
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2002
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives of this project are:
Retrofit installations of low NOx systems are often constrained to some extent by the configuration of the existing plant. These practical constraints can be avoided in the design process for new plant. Factors such as the size, number and pitching of burners are selected to optimise furnace performance in terms of heat input, residence time, corrosion, pollutant formation and economics. The identification of optimum burner size and pitch with particular regard to NOx emissions and carbon burnout is of significant interest.
The typical burner size employed in existing front and opposed wall fired furnaces, of 300 and 500 MWe, is between 40 and 60 MWth. A non-dimensionalised horizontal, vertical and wall clearance pitch of 2.75d was deemed to be representative of all units studied. However, several units feature tighter pitches.
Comparison of physical model data with predictions from a CFD model of the physical model showed reasonable agreement. Mathematical modelling, for the prediction of the flow field within a multi-burner furnace, can therefore be applied with confidence.
For lower NOx emission, with no carbon burnout penalty, fewer larger burners are preferable to more burners of a lower thermal heat input. Employing larger burners is also economically advantageous.
Modelling predictions were found to be consistent with previous research by IFRF into the effect of burner scaling technique on NOx emission. When considering constant-velocity scaling, flame chemistry becomes dominant over mixing as scale is reduced and so a higher NOx emission results from rapid fuel and air mixing.
This profile contains information on the project's:Author(s): Pillai, A.C.,Chick, J., Johanning, L., Khorasanchi, M. and Pelissier, S.
Published: 2015
Publisher: Proceedings of the Twenty-fifth (2015) International Offshore and Polar Engineering Conference, Kona, Big Island, Hawaii, June 21-26 2015
Author(s): Methven, J.
Published: 2007
Publisher: Joule Centre
This document is a summary for the project titled 'Optimisation of power supply and heat management in LED-based luminaire designs for domestic and industrial lighting'.
Lighting is a very significant user of electricity in the UK, currently representing about 20% of its total UK energy usage. Currently commercial and domestic lighting is dominated by inefficient fluorescent and incandescent technologies but many of these are expected to be replaced by much more efficient Solid State Lighting (SSL) over the next 20 years. Solid-state lighting uses light-emitting diodes or "LEDs" for illumination. The term "solid-state" refers to the fact that the light in an LED is emitted from a solid object, a block of semiconductor, rather than from a vacuum or gas tube, as in the case of incandescent and fluorescent lighting. It has the potential to reduce energy demand in the UK by 13TWh/year which is approximately the same as total annual energy consumption in the North West. The typically small mass of solid-state electronic lighting device also provides greater resistance to shock and vibration compared to brittle glass tubes/bulbs and long, thin filament wires.
The objectives of this project are to optimise Robust Power Supply Units (PSUs) and to develop suitable heat sinks for use on SSL units. This project involved the creation of a room lit by SSL units in the ceiling and was the first such full-scale investigation of its kind. Using this facility, various designs of PSU were evaluated against light output (illumination and colour temperature), switching behaviour and power consumption. In addition to this a number of approaches to the issue of heat management were evaluated. The issue of heat management in SSL units is an important one because it impacts on the amount of light they can output and this is a crucial factor in making the lights commercially competitive. Since there is direct access to the luminaries in the light room, the more subtle but nonetheless critical aspects of heat sinks such as obtrusiveness, accommodation within the waveguides and potential for thermal distortion of the waveguides can be evaluated immediately.
Author(s): The Energy Zone Consortium
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Robson, D.
Published: 2009
Publisher: Joule Centre
This document is a summary for the project titled 'Optimising the location of bioenergy sources: where should we grow bioenergy crops?'.
In order for the UK to meet its ambitious targets for energy production from renewable sources (10% of electricity by 2010, 15% by 2020) it needs to expand its capacity to generate all forms of renewable energy and marine energy is a big part of this. These internationally agreed targets are born out of the need to reduce CO2 emissions, to minimize the impacts of climate change, and to come up with a renewable alternative to dwindling fossil fuel supplies. Generating energy from biomass, which is biological material derived from living or recently living organisms, is a solution which meets both these objectives. The term biomass can apply to both animal and vegetable derived materials but this project is focused on the growth of high yield crops. These crops can then be converted into energy using one of the numerous forms of either thermal or chemical conversion technologies. Biomass is low carbon, the crops take carbon out of the air as they grow, and can be re-grown relatively quickly.
This project has two main objectives: to gauge the willingness of land-owners to plant bioenergy / biomass crops and to develop a GIS (Geographical Information System) enabled 'land use potential and stakeholder analysis' for bioenergy in Cumbria. GIS is a computer system for capturing, storing, checking, integrating, manipulating, analysing and displaying data related to geographic position. The GIS enabled 'land use potential and stakeholder analysis' will take the form of a pilot study for this project and extended later on. The willingness of land owners to grow bioenergy / biomass crops will be gauged by conducting semi-structured interviews or group meetings with stakeholders and experts, looking at existing research and developing a best practice for biomass crop management in partnership with land owners.
Author(s): Coleman, J., Heaton, C., Day, G. and Milne, S.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Mallaburn, P.
Published: 2022
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): AEA Energy & Environment
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
This document is a report for the project titled 'Outline Feasibility of Centralised Anaerobic Digestion Plants linked to Dairy Supply Chain'.
Dairy UK and AEA Energy & Environment have undertaken a high level assessment of the feasibility of centralised anaerobic digestion (CAD) in the dairy processing sector. This was based on the identification of 10 potential sites that could host centralised anaerobic digestion plants. The work comprised technical, economic and environmental assessments.
This work has confirmed our previous findings that centralised anaerobic digestion plants, based at or close to industrial dairy sites, have the potential to be economically attractive, as several positive factors would combine in their favour, with payback periods as low as 3 years. This is because they can be designed to co-treat organic wastes from industrial dairy sites along with animal wastes from nearby livestock farms and other food manufacturing wastes. As the cost of landfilling will continue to rise due to the Landfill tax, producers of industrial food waste will increasingly need outlets such as AD plants. Inclusion of these will help to increase the viability of the CAD by providing a diverse feedstock and by providing an additional income stream to the plant operator.
The successful exploitation of CAD depends on gaining the full economic benefit of the outputs combined with full exploitation of ancillary benefits. Generation and utilisation of biogas is one of the key benefits of adopting anaerobic digestion process for treating biodegradable wastes. The Government already provides incentives that contribute to improving the economics of biogas utilisation, through the Renewable Obligation, Climate Change Levy (CCL) exemption and Enhanced Capital Allowance. There is potential for additional energy income from the sale of heat generated from the combined heat and power (CHP) scheme, but this would depend on the development of infrastructure to deliver the heat to where it is needed within a few hundred meters. Assessment of land use around the 10 identified potential CAD sites showed that there would be sufficient area to return digestate to land within a 7.5 km radius.
The CAD schemes can provide the industrial dairies with several environmental benefits that will also help them to consolidate or secure new market outlets. For instance, a significant proportion of their carbon footprint could be reduced -which will help those dairies to link up favourably with C-labelling schemes which are being planned by retail chains and the Carbon Trust.
This report contains and executive summary, and is divided into the following sections:Author(s): ETI, E4Tech, Imperial College Consultants (ICON),
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Roberts, E.
Published: 2007
Publisher: Joule Centre
This document is a summary for the project titled 'PEM fuel cell test stand for low carbon technologies'.
One of the solutions put forward for the demand for a clean, efficient form of energy production is the use of hydrogen, in particular hydrogen fuel cells, and the development of the 'hydrogen economy'. The 'hydrogen economy' is a term for a hypothetical future economy where hydrogen is the dominant form of stored energy, the manner in which the UK and other countries might adopt such an economy is currently the subject of much discussion. A key technology for the hydrogen economy is the hydrogen powered fuel cell, and it is widely believed that the Polymer Electrolyte Membrane (PEM) fuel cell will be used for automotive applications. The aim of this project was to establish a PEM fuel cell test system which will be used for a wide range of related research projects. Fuel cell tests are an essential step not only in the development of materials and components for fuel cells, but also in the evaluation of technologies that are intended to interact with the fuel cell, such as hydrogen carrier systems. Prior to this project a number of new fuel cell materials were being developed in Manchester but there were no facilities for evaluation of these new materials in a hydrogen PEM fuel cell.
In this project, a hydrogen fuel cell test stand has been established which allows researchers to evaluate new materials and hydrogen storage systems currently being developed. The test stand allows accurate control of operating conditions to give reproducible performance data and can be used for lifetime testing of components. It is available for industry in the North West and elsewhere in the UK with an interest in fuel cells to evaluate new technologies in collaboration with the fuel cells group in Manchester and several commercial partners have already used the facility. The system also provides an invaluable demonstration tool to showcase the capabilities of the University of Manchester in this fast moving and vital field of research
Author(s): Foster, DJ, Livingston, WR, Wells,J, Williamson, J, Gibb, WH & Bailey, D
Published: 2004
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is a report for the project titled 'Particle Impact Erosion and Abrasion Wear - Predictive Methods and Remedial Measures'.
The overall objectives of the project can be listed as follows;
This project involved a detailed investigation of the abrasion and erosion characteristics of a suite of pulverised coals, selected to represent the full range of coal quality encountered by boiler plant designers and operators worldwide, and of the relative erosion resistance of a range of materials. The principal objective of the abrasion and erosion work was to develop improved correlations between the abrasion and erosion behaviour of the coals and their basic characteristics, as measured using CCSEM techniques. The CCSEM techniques are relatively novel, and generate quantitative information about the chemical and microstructural characteristics of the pulverised coals, which is not available by any other technique.
The abrasion and erosion testwork and the CCSEM characterisation of the test coals have been very successful, and very good correlations have been developed between the measured abrasion and erosion rates and the volume percent of hard mineral particles above a certain size in the pulverised coals. These correlations are suitable for predictive purposes, and the work has resulted in the development of laboratory procedures suitable for the assessment of the abrasion and erosion behaviour of unfamiliar coals. This represents a very significant step forward in our understanding of the abrasion and erosion behaviour of coal particles.
The project also involved the measurement of the relative erosion resistance of a range of materials and coatings, relevant to the materials of construction of the components of coal milling and combustion equipment and of boiler plant.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2001
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
Fuel gas derived from coal can contain various impurities such as dust and alkali salts, which can deposit on the blades of gas turbines used in cleaner coal systems and lead to increased turbine degradation. It is important to be able to estimate these deposition rates in order to assess different systems.
This project is aimed at:
Many cleaner coal technologies, including the various IGCC and ABGC systems derive their inherently high efficiency by coupling a gasification process with a gas turbine combined cycle unit. The coal is converted into a fuel gas that is then used to fire the combined cycle unit. Gas turbines are designed to operate on clean gaseous fuels such as natural gas, whereas the fuel gas derived from coal will contain various impurities such as dust (ash) and also alkali salts. These can cause deposit build-up, erosion and/or corrosion of the gas turbine blades, leading in turn to increased operating costs, both in terms of replacement blades and the associated down times, and reduced efficiency. Conventional IGCC's can clean the fuel gas to very pure levels using low temperature processes. The ABGC, and second generation IGCC's will use hot gas clean up where the degree of alkali removal and dust capture may not be as efficient. This will improve the efficiency of the plant and lower capital costs, but may have deleterious effects on the gas turbine.
To predict the degree of deposition, erosion and corrosion in the gas turbine, it is first necessary to be able to model (i) the behaviour of small particles within the turbine passages, including their impact on the blades and (ii) the deposition rate of alkali salts on the turbine blades. Current models for deposition are difficult to apply and not always physically accurate. Improved models are needed to provide better estimates of the degradation and determine the degree of cleanliness required in coal-derived fuel gases fed to gas turbines.
A computer program will be developed to calculate the behaviour and deposition of small particles in the three dimensional flow fields typical of gas turbines. This program will incorporate the models for both inertial and turbulent effects, which current models can only consider separately
This profile contains information on the project's:Author(s): Williams, L.
Published: 2022
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Anandarajah, G., Strachan, N., Ekins, P., Kannan, R. and Hughes, N.
Published: 2009
Publisher: UKERC
This report is the first in the UKERC Energy 2050 project series. It focuses on a range of low carbon scenarios underpinned by energy systems analysis using the newly developed and updated UK MARKAL elastic demand (MED) model. Such modelling is designed to develop insights on a range of scenarios of future energy system evolution and the resultant technology pathways, sectoral trade-offs and economic implications. Long-term energy scenario-modelling analysis is characterised by deep uncertainty over a range of drivers including resources, technology development, behavioural change and policy mechanisms. Therefore, subsequent UKERC Energy 2050 reports focus on a broad scope of sensitivity analysis to investigate alternative scenarios of energy system evolution. In particularly, these alternative scenarios investigate different drivers of the UK’s energy supply and demand, and combine the twin goals of decarbonisation and energy system resilience. Future analysis includes the use of complementary macro-econometric and detailed sectoral energy models.
Author(s): Anandarajah, G., Strachan, N., Ekins, P., Kannan, R. and Hughes, N.
Published: 2008
Publisher: UKERC
This report is the first in the UKERC Energy 2050 project series. It focuses on a range of low carbon scenarios underpinned by energy systems analysis using the newly developed and updated UK MARKAL elastic demand (MED) model. Such modelling is designed to develop insights on a range of scenarios of future energy system evolution and the resultant technology pathways, sectoral trade-offs and economic implications. Long-term energy scenario-modelling analysis is characterised by deep uncertainty over a range of drivers including resources, technology development, and behavioural change and policy mechanisms. Therefore, subsequent UKERC Energy 2050 reports focus on a broad scope of sensitivity analysis to investigate alternative scenarios of energy system evolution. In particularly, these alternative scenarios investigate different drivers of the UKs energy supply and demand, and combine the twin goals of decarbonisation and energy system resilience. Future analysis includes the use of complementary macro-econometric and detailed sectoral energy models.
Author(s): Demski, C., Pidgeon, N., Evensen, D. and Becker, S.
Published: 2019
Publisher: UKERC
Under the UK Climate Change Act 2008, the government has committed to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 80% by 2050 relative to 1990 levels (Climate Change Act, 2008). This will require a large shift in the UK’s energy system, ranging from energy production, across transmission to consumption.
The public are implicated in the transition process as energy users, increasingly also as energy producers and as active members of society who might support or oppose energy projects and policies. Previous research (Demski et al., 2015; Parkhill et al., 2013) has shown that there is widespread public support for transitioning to a low-carbon, affordable and reliable energy system – however, this change is associated with costs and it remains to be seen how these costs will be covered.
This research explores the views of the British public on how the energy transition should be financed. Drawing on a survey of 3,150 respondents and focus groups in 4 locations across Great Britain, it investigates what responsibility members of the public assign to government, energy companies and the general public for financing energy system change.
The results highlight widespread support for an energy system that ensures affordability, reliability and low carbon energy sources. Energy companies and the government were assigned primary responsibility for contributing financially to energy transition, as they were seen to have the structural power and financial means to implement necessary changes. Respondents also indicated that the general public ought to contribute as well, although the public was perceived to be paying over the odds already (through bills to the energy companies and levies to the government). Nonetheless, research participants expressed willingness to accept between 9-13% of their energy bills going towards environmental and social levies.
Willingness to contribute financially towards the energy transition was also found to be dependent on the perception that energy companies and government are contributing financially and showing real commitment to energy system change. It was also notable that this condition was not currently thought to be met; distrust in this regard was particularly evident in focus group discussions.
Distrust in companies: People believe that the majority of energy companies are driven primarily by profit motives leading to inadequate commitments with regards to energy transition goals such as investing in low-carbon energy and ensuring energy affordability.
Distrust in government: The government, and politicians in particular, are seen as too closely connected to the energy industry, leading to inadequate and ineffective regulation of energy companies and their opaque practices.
Examining what underlies people’s distrust, it is evident that the public has a number of justice and fairness concerns that need to be addressed. In particular, beliefs concerning distributive justice (i.e. how costs are distributed across society) and procedural justice (i.e. respectful treatment, transparent practices and decision-making) are important for public acceptance of responsibility and costs.
Addressing the issues underlying the trust deficit will be challenging, but this is nonetheless important if we are to ensure that there is to be broad societal consent and engagement with the low-carbon energy transition. To begin this process, the briefing includes the following recommendations:
Author(s): Hurley, W.L. and Nortstrom, C.J.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The Pelamis Wave Energy Converter (WEC) is an innovative concept for extracting energy from ocean waves and converting it into a useful product such as electricity, direct hydraulic pressure or potable water. The system is a semi-submerged, articulated structure composed of cylindrical sections linked by hinged joints. The wave-induced motion of these joints is resisted by hydraulic rams that pump high-pressure oil through hydraulic motors via smoothing accumulators. The hydraulic motors drive electrical generators to product electricity. The complete machine is flexibly moored so as to swing head-on to the incoming waves and derives its 'reference' from spanning successive wave crests.
The Pelamis WEC development programme OPD identified a requirement for an intermediate scale 'systems' demonstrator with which to develop and prove the full-scale Pelamis hydraulic, control and data acquisition systems. A 7th scale model was conceived to satisfy the OPD ethos of systematically tackling each aspect of technical risk before committing to a full-scale prototype. It is seen as absolutely critical to the overall success of the technical programme that as little immature technology as possible is incorporated within the first full-scale prototype.
In addition, during the programme of work undertaken here it was felt that further control studies using and updated version of the 20th scale model also had considerable merit.
The overall objectives of the project were:
Author(s): Gretton, G.I.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Gretton, G.I.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Whelan, J. and Stallard, T.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Thomson, M.D., Collings, R. and Stallard, T.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Stallard, T. and Collings, R.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Adcock, T.A.A., Serhadlioglu, S., Houlsby, G.T. and Borthwick, A.G.L.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Andreewsky, M., Bozonnet, P. and Leonard, C.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Adcock, T.A.A., Serhadlioglu, S., Houlsby, G.T.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Bryden, I.G. and Finlay, L.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cruz, J., Mackay, E., Livingstone, M., McCowen, D. and Jorge, N
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Stallard, T. and Feng, T.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Stallard, T.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Way, S.P.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Stallard, T.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Fleming, C.F., McIntosh, S.C. and Willden, R.H.J.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Creech, A.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Gretton, G.I.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Gretton, G.I.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Buvat, C. and Stallard, T.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Fleming, C.F., McIntosh, S.C., Willden, R.H.J., Stallard, T. and Feng, T.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Knowling, P.
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Thomson, M.D. and McCowen, D.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Thomson, M.D. and Whelan, J.I.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Thomson, M.D., Gill, L. and Collings,R.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Thomson, M.D. and McCowen, D.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Thomson, M.D.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Buvat, C. and Martin, V.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Livingstone, M., Mackay, E., Child, B., McCowen, D. and Cruz, J.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Livingstone, M., Mackay, E., Child, B., Lucas, J. and Cruz, J.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Queen’s University Belfast
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Fleming, C.F. and Willden, R.H.J.
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Fleming, C.F. and Willden, R.H.J.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Queen’s University Belfast
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cruz, J., Mackay, E., Livingstone, M. and McCowen, D.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Queen’s University Belfast
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Taylor, P.H. and Eatock Taylor, R.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Ingram, D.M. and Olivieri, D.A.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
This report provides the reader with an introduction, methodology and guide to implementation of the work conducted to provide a suitable means of tidal stream modelling. The tidal stream modelling is seen as an important component to the whole project since it provides the necessary upstream boundary condition to a small array of marine current turbines at the meso-scale using EDF’s Computational Fluid Dynamic (CFD) solver ‘Code_Saturne’
Author(s): Ingram, D.M. and Olivieri, D.A.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Fleming, C.F., McIntosh, S.C. and Willden, R.H.J.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): McIntosh, S.C., Fleming, C.F. and Willden, R.H.J.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Gill, L. and Thomson, M.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Parkinson, S. and Thomson, M.D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Serhadlioglu, S., Adcock, T.A.A., Houlsby, G.T. and Borthwick, A.G.L.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Serhadlioglu, S., Adcock, T.A.A., Houlsby, G.T. and Borthwick, A.G.L.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Serhadlioglu, S., Adcock, T.A.A., Houlsby, G.T. and Borthwick, A.G.L.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Fitzgerald, C.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Fleming, C., McIntosh, S.C. and Willden, R.H.J.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): McIntosh, S.C., Fleming, C.F. and Willden, R.H.J.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Fitzgerald, C.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Fitzgerald, C.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Fitzgerald, C.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Serhadlioglu, S., Adcock, T.A.A., Houlsby, G.T. and Borthwick, A.G.L.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Queen’s University Belfast
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Queen’s University Belfast
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Adcock, T.A.A., Serhadlioglu, S., Houlsby, G.T. and Borthwick, A.G.L.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Queen’s University Belfast
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Bryden, I.G. and Finlay, L.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Ingram, D.M. and Olivieri, D.A.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Olivieri, D.A. and Ingram, D.M.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Ingram, D.M. and Olivieri, D.A.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Martin, V., Pham, C. and Saviot, S.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Joly, A., Andreewsky, M., Saviot, S, Pham, C.T.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Parkinson, S., Giles, J. and Thomson, M.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Parkinson, S.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Queen’s University Belfast
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Queen’s University Belfast
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Adcock, T.A.A., Serhadlioglu, S., Houlsby, G.T. and Borthwick, A.G.L.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Lucas, J.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Adcock, T.A.A., Serhadlioglu, S., Houlsby, G.T. and Borthwick, A.G.L.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Joly, A., Andeewsky, M., Martin, V., Saviot, S., Pham, C.T.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives for this project are:
This project is aimed at developing a complete fibre optic structural monitoring system for the wind turbine blades and hub structure.
The proposed system will enable active monitoring of operational loads and structural condition of these parts during operation. The proposed system will have significant operational benefits for the developers and users of utility scale wind turbines including;
Author(s): Parag, Y. and Strickland, D.
Published: 2009
Publisher: UKERC
This working paper explores what people may need to know, learn and have if aPersonal Carbon Allowances (PCA) scheme was implemented, and suggests ideas forpolicies, programmes and initiatives that could support them. A PCA scheme impliesthat individuals would have a personal budget of carbon credits, which they wouldneed to manage, to some extent, in order to stay within its limits, and in the bestcase scenario earn some money by selling not-needed carbon credits. Thus, thispaper looks at the budgeting process from the carbon account holders view pointand applies insights from how people budget under monetary and non-monetaryconstrains to the study of PCA. It also highlights related policy design issues.
The paper is composed of two sections. The first sets PCA in the policy contextalongside other existing and proposed emissions reduction policies. Next it explainsthe mechanisms through which PCA supposes to change energy demand behaviourand then describes the current discourse surrounding PCA in the UK. The secondsection lays out the rational for examining PCA through the lense of budgeting andpoints at questions arising from the concept of living within a carbon budget. It then discusses in detail the prerequisites for carbon budgeting, which include: setting the budgetary limits; knowing personalised carbon income and expenditure; having low carbon alternatives; having the opportunity to perform low carbon choices; receiving advice and support; and learning how to trade. This is followed by a short concluding section.
Author(s): Bottrill, C.
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
Personal carbon trading (PCT) is a proposed quantity-based policy instrument for reducing the carbon emissions emitted by individuals. The aim of the scheme would be to deliver guaranteed levels of carbon savings in successive years in an equitable way. A PCT scheme would set a total cap on all carbon emissions generated from the fossil fuel energy used by individuals within the home and for personal transport, including those emissions from air travel. In the UK these personal emissions account for approximately half of all carbon emissions. A PCT scheme would be part of an economy-wide emissions trading scheme.
Author(s): Keay-Bright, S., Fawcett, T. and Howell, R.
Published: 2008
Publisher: UKERC
A recent Government study into personal carbon trading1 (PCT) concluded that as a policy instrument PCT has potential to engage individuals in taking action to combat climate change, but is essentially ahead of its time and expected costs for implementation are high.2 . Yet, at the same time Defra has recognised that further research is being taken forward by academics and research institutions outside of Government, and Defra will keep a watching brief on their progress3 . PCT related research studies being undertaken in different universities and institutions across the UK, or overseas, have not yet been brought together in a coherent way and interaction between researchers has been limited. In addition, the Defra studies have highlighted some areas for further research. Thus, the key aims of the workshop were to:
These key aims have largely been met. In the Appendix of the main report is a document setting out the research interests of the workshop participants, giving a flavour of who is doing what where. The Climate Policy journal has expressed interest in publishing a special issue on PCT in early 2010. Papers for this special issue are now being coordinated by the Environmental Change Institute of the University of Oxford.
Author(s): White, G. and Parashar, U.
Published: 2007
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
This document is the final report for 'Phase 2 Exploring the relationship between environmental regulation and competitiveness'
SQW was commissioned in October 2006 to carry out a study to "gather and analyse evidence on the impact of the design of environmental regulation on competitiveness". Specifically, it was to consider:
There were three components to the review method:
Author(s): Prabhakar, M.
Published: 2007
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
SQW was commissioned by DEFRA in 2006 to conduct a literature review of the available evidence on the relationship between environmental regulation and competitiveness to establish the robustness of the conclusions from the available evidence and their relevance to the UK. This study highlighted the need to conduct further research on the impact of regulatory design & implementation and regulatory form on competitiveness
As a result, SQW were commissioned to conduct Phase Two of the research, which sought to 'gather and analyse evidence on the impact of the design of environmental regulation on competitiveness' through the undertaking of a set of case studies. The research examined the following policy issues:
This case study discusses 'Energy Labelling on particular household appliances; with a particular focus on the impact of the EU Energy Labelling Directive and the associated Minimum Efficiency Performance Standards on specific household appliances in the UK. Comparator evidence is also drawn from Labelling and MEPS schemes used in different countries, with a focus on the US experience'. This case study was selected, as it provides a cross-board comparison of the design and implementation of energy labels and also attempts to assess the competitiveness (and trade) impacts of the labels.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Prabhakar, M. and Hills, K.
Published: 2007
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
SQW was commissioned by DEFRA in 2006 to conduct a literature review of the available evidence on the relationship between environmental regulation and competitiveness to establish the robustness of the conclusions from the available evidence and their relevance to the UK. This study highlighted the need to conduct further research on the impact of regulatory design & implementation and regulatory form on competitiveness
As a result, SQW were commissioned to conduct Phase Two of the research, which sought to 'gather and analyse evidence on the impact of the design of environmental regulation on competitiveness' through the undertaking of a set of case studies. The research examined the following policy issues:
This case study discusses 'the relationship between the Renewables Obligation Order (RO) in the UK and the influence is has played on stimulating innovation and the competitiveness/productivity of the renewables energy sector. Comparison is also made to an alternative instrument used to reach similar environmental goals - The Renewable Energy Feed- in Tariff, with a particular focus on the German experience'. This case study was selected as the RO acts as one of the key instruments currently used by the UK to tackle climate change, with a particular focus on the commercialisation of renewable technology and energy policy, a topic which is of interest to a wide range of policy makers. The study also allowed us to compare two different instruments with similar environmental aims.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Bonsall, P., Cross, J., and Shepherd, J.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cross, J., Reid, R., Butcher, N., Bonsall, P. and Shepherd, S.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Guest, P., Anelli, D., Jakeman, N. and Ballardin, G.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cross, J., and Guri, N.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cross, J.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Reid, R., Bonsall, P. and Butcher, N.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Marvin, S., Palmer, J. and Plater, D.
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
This report presents the key outputs from the workshop on Place and Energy: Does scale matter? which took place on 21st August 2006 at Imperial College, London and was hosted and sponsored by the UK Energy Research Centre Meeting Place.
The aim of the workshop was to identify the research and policy issues in developing a multi-level energy policy that takes place and the relationships between scales seriously, which would be of value to both policy and practice
Author(s): Britton, J. and Webb, J.
Published: 2024
Publisher: UKERC
With these challenges in mind this report uses UKERC research findings on local and regional energy system development to make recommendations for effective local planning to accelerate net zero energy systems.
Author(s): Brook Lyndhurst Ltd
Published: 2003
Publisher: Department for Communities and Local Government
Against a policy background set principally by the Energy White Paper 2003 and the Sustainable Communities Plan 2003, Brook Lyndhurst's research work on "Planning for Renewable Energy" approached the issue of renewable energy from three perspectives:
The particular objectives of the research were:
Our research suggests that the issue(s) of renewable energy is, in general, restricted to a small but enthusiastic minority of players in regional and local government. For the mainstream practitioner in land-use planning and urban regeneration, energy issues generally, and renewable energy issues in particular, have a low priority.
Those practitioners with responsibility for renewables, while making some headway in forging links with regional planners, appear to operate discretely from regeneration practitioners at all levels and planners at the local level. As a result, no "critical mass" of concern has come about, so there has been no significant impetus for the development of a "community of interest" encompassing planning, regeneration and renewable energy personnel, at both regional and local levels.
In the longer term, however, it would seem that if the UK is to achieve truly dramatic reductions in its emissions of carbon dioxide (as envisaged, most obviously, by the Royal Commission on Environmental Pollution), then a more radical and far-reaching programme of change will be required.
This summary contains:Author(s): Snell, C., Bevan, M., Gillard, R., Wade, J. and Greer, K.
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
The Policy Pathways to Justice in Energy Efficiency working paper addresses two key gaps in knowledge regarding justice in energy efficiency policy in the UK. Despite disabled people and low-income families with children being defined in policy as vulnerable to fuel poverty, there is very little evidence about how the needs of these groups are recognised or incorporated into policy decisions. There is also no clear evidence on how energy efficiency policies actually affect these groups, and whether policy outcomes are consistent across the UK.
The research was undertaken by researchers at the University of York and ACE Research and was supported by Disability Rights UK and The Childrens Society. One hundred and twenty-five households and practitioners were interviewed as part of the research. In addition to this working paper, acondensed policy guide is also available, as well as separate guides for practitioners who focus on the needs of disabled people, and families on low incomes.
The research team found that disabled people and low-income families with children often had higher energy demands within the home compared to other households. These increased demands are often associated with keeping warm, additional laundry needs, and in some cases using energy intensive equipment such as dehumidifiers and nebulisers. These circumstances lead to both increased household energy costs and higher risks associated with disconnection and a drop in household temperature.
Despite these needs, and the intention of policy to support households in this position, interviewees described accessing information and advice about energy and energy efficiency as a minefield, high levels of mistrust in the energy sector, and finding it difficult to know where to go and which sources to trust.
The report reveals the delivery of energy efficiency policy is variable and patchy, with vulnerable groups in greatest need not always eligible for support or receiving support which fails to reflect their additional needs. To improve access for vulnerable groups and to meet their needs more effectively, the report recommends there be a greater recognition of the needs of vulnerable groups, more consistent approaches across the UK and better cooperation with non-energy sectors.
The report identifies five key barriers to accessing vital fuel poverty support mechanisms and suggests ways in which access and outcomes can be improved for all.
Author(s): Eyre, N and Fawcett, T.
Published: 2020
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Stevens, I., Garvey, A., Barrett, J. and Norman, J.
Published: 2022
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Hirmer, S.A. and Robison, R.
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
Energy is a crucial element for development in almost every aspect of community life such as education, health, food, and security, and it can contribute to farming productivity, income generation, and the creation of networks that enable youth to work from their villages. Despite this, around 1 billion people globally do not have access to sustainable energy sources, and 80% of those people live in rural areas across 20 countries in Asia and sub-Saharan Africa. To decrease this energy access gap, and to improve rural livelihoods and increase economic opportunities in rural areas, Productive Uses of Energy (PUE) offer an untapped opportunity: examples of PUE include irrigation and post-harvest processing.
Despite the benefits of PUE, they are often not considered in the planning off-grid rural electrification developments. This may be partially attributed to a lack of capital; riskyframework conditions; and a lack of clear policy guidelines available on the subject. The latter of which was the focus of this research project.
Delivered as part of the Energy-PIECES project, this report was developed during a secondment with Practical Action.
Author(s): Maximov, S.,Rickman, J., Gross, R. and Ameli, N.
Published: 2024
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Holmes, S. M. and Roberts, E.P.L.
Published: 2008
Publisher: Joule Centre
This presentation covers:
Author(s): Holmes, S.M.
Published: 2007
Publisher: Joule Centre
One of the solutions put forward for the demand for a clean, efficient form of energy production is the use of hydrogen, in particular hydrogen fuel cells, and the development of the 'hydrogen economy'. The 'hydrogen economy' is a term for a hypothetical future economy where hydrogen is the dominant form of stored energy, the manner in which the UK and other countries might adopt such an economy, is currently the subject of much discussion. A key technology for the hydrogen economy is the hydrogen powered fuel cell, and it is widely believed that the Polymer Electrolyte Membrane (PEM) fuel cell will be used for automotive applications.
This project will provide a facility to enable advances in PEM fuel cell materials as well as in their design and operation. The analytical equipment will enable the researchers and industry in the North West and elsewhere in the UK with an interest in fuel cells, to evaluate new catalysts and other materials which are constantly being developed for fuel cell applications. The aim of this proposal was to provide a vital analytical facility for materials research related to Polymer Electrolyte Membrane (PEM) Fuel Cells. The School of Chemical Engineering and Analytical Science, in collaboration with other Schools and Universities has carried out a significant amount of work into the development of these Fuel Cells to facilitate the production and commercialisation of this hugely important energy supply technology. In addition to its use for research, the system will provide an invaluable demonstration tool to showcase the capabilities of the University of Manchester in this fast moving and vital field of research. Several of the research proposals which will benefit from this equipment have links to North West Industry.
Author(s): Jenkinson, K., Eyre, N and Barrett, J.
Published: 2021
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Blyth, W., Gross, R. and MacIver, C.
Published: 2025
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Gammer, D.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2002
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives of this project were:
The project was set up as a potential first step towards a VPDM. It would review the current capability of power plant modelling; it would also look at the future needs and applications, consider how well current models can meet these needs and in particular what further developments are needed. Finally, it would consider the proposed VPDM initiative and consider whether it is the best framework for providing these further developments and if so, what is the best strategy that will enable the UK to produce this VPDM.
The conclusion from the review of existing capabilities is that the UK currently has a strong simulation capability in power generation. Difficulties begin to arise when the range of plant considered in a given study increases, when an equipment change is proposed within an existing study, where operators wish to simulate off-design performance within their own plant or where whole system studies such as economic analyses and cycle optimisation are required.
It is clear from this project that a major collaborative initiative similar to that proposed for a VPDM, is required for the fossil power plant industry. This project has identified the development needs that the collaborative project must meet and it has also detailed a particular integrated software framework that should achieve these needs. Most of the leading organisations in the UK involved in power plant modelling development or use, have indicated that they would like to participate in preparing such a collaborative project.
This summary provides information on:Author(s): Atkins
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Atkins
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Smith, J., Britton, J. and Cieszewska, B.
Published: 2019
Publisher: UKERC
The challenge of rapidly decarbonising our energy system can't be addressed if only half of the population is involved. Unfortunately it's old news that women are significantly underrepresented in Science, Technology, Engineering and Maths (STEM) subjects, with the UK having the lowest proportion of female engineers in the EU. Across all academic disciplines women account for 58% of Postgraduate students but only 25% of Professors.
Our research explores the current state of gender balance in UK energy research. We looked at the data and talked to female energy researchers about their experience of securing research funding and of academic life. They told us what needs to change.
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives of this project are:
Author(s): Anderson, D
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
The following analysis revisits the relationships between the reserve requirements, the capacity margins needed to maintain the reliability of supplies, the costs of intermittency, the capacity credit for intermittent generation, and several other quantities. It is not put forward as a substitute for full-blown modelling studies, but does provide a reminder of principles and an independent means of checking results. It rests on a few key parameters, principally the means, standard deviations and ranges of the frequency distributions of the various quantities. Whilst this is a simplification, it helps to make the underlying relationships more transparent and enables the analyst to explore the effects of changes in assumptions. It begins with a basic case and then relaxes the assumptions.
There are three questions which recur throughout the paper:
The paper does not answer questions as to what the optimum reserve margin should be or how it should be determined. There is a long debate on the role of markets and regulation for determining reserve margins which this paper does not get into. Suffice it to say that whatever policy position is taken: (a) in actuality there is at all times a reserve margin, which is the difference between available capacity and demand; (b) this quantity is of interest and needs to be monitored since when it declines the probability of losing load increases; (c) when for policy purposes estimates of the costs of introducing intermittent resources onto the system are being made it is necessary to compare like-with-like such that the costs of introducing them, including the costs of maintaining the reliability of supplies, can be compared with the costs of the alternatives.
Author(s): Gifford, S.
Published: 2024
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): Garbi. U.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): GridON Ltd
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cairns, S. and Newson, C.
Published: 2005
Publisher: UKERC
This paper argues that reducing the impacts of aviation should be treated as a priority by those interested in averting climate change, and that the scale of reduction needed can only be achieved through demand restraint i.e. discouraging people from flying. Economic policy potentially has a key role to play in this process. The UK Government has the power to introduce a number of economic measures to complement the EU Emissions Trading Scheme, and these measures probably offer the best hope of starting to restrain demand in the immediate future.
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2001
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
A number of the components of cleaner coal energy conversion plants are subject to damage by erosive and abrasive wear - particularly by coal or ash material. This is of concern to equipment suppliers who are required to provide commercial guarantees of the operating lifetimes of components, and to plant operators who need to plan maintenance schedules.
There is a requirement for reliable predictive methods for abrasive and erosive wear rates based on the characteristics of the coals being fired. Recent developments in the application of Computer Controlled Scanning Electron Microscopy (CCSEM) for the quantitative analysis of coals, coal minerals and ash materials provides a new means of obtaining the relevant data on the coal and ash characteristics. This project is intended to make use of these advanced coal characterisation techniques within a programme of experimental work to study the erosiveness and abrasivity of coals and ashes. It is intended that the programme will help:
In order to achieve the programme objectives a number of activities are planned including selecting and characterising a suite of coal and ash materials - including indigenous coals from India, Southern Africa and China, in addition to British coals and coals traded on the world market - using conventional techniques and advanced CCSEM analysis. The abrasion and erosion resistance of a range of materials will be studied. These will include materials employed for the manufacture of mill grinding elements, pf pipework, burner components and boiler tubes plus a number of specific erosion-resistant coatings.
This profile contains information on the project's:Author(s): Middleton, M.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Gross, R., Heptonstall, P., Greenacre, P., Candelise, C., Jones, F. and Castillo Castillo, A.
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
This report considers the role and importance of electricity cost estimates and the methodologies employed to forecast future costs. It examines the conceptual and empirical basis for the expectation that costs will reduce over time, explains the main cost forecasting methodologies, and analyses their strengths, limitations and difficulties. It considers six case study technologies in order to derive both technology specific and generic conclusions about the tools and techniques used to project future electricity generation costs.
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives of this project were:
The conclusions of this project were:
Author(s): Middleton, M.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Slade, R., Bauen, A. and Gross, R.
Published: 2010
Publisher: UKERC
Using biomass to provide energy services is one of the most versatile options for increasing the proportion of renewable energy in the existing system. This report reviews metrics used to compare alternative bio-energy pathways and identifies limitations inherent in the way that they are calculated and interpreted. It also looks at how companies and investors approach strategic decisions in the bio-energy area.
Author(s): DfT
Published: 2007
Publisher: Department for Transport
This document is a case study on Thorntons plc in Alfreton, Derbyshire for 'Proactive Driver Performance Management Keeps Fuel Efficiency on Track'.
Thorntons is a major UK manufacturer and retailer of premium confectionery, with more than 4,200 employees. Its 65-acre site, Thornton Park, links manufacturing, packing, warehousing and distribution operations in one location. The distribution operation delivers a product range of over 1,000 different stock items on a regular basis to its 389 stores and 198 franchised locations, including 26 sites with Thorntons' cafes.
A fuel management programme was originally implemented in 1995 as part of the company's commitment to:
The encouraging results achieved convinced Thorntons of the need to develop and refine the programme to maintain and increase savings, and to achieve further environmental benefits. They invested further in computerised fuel monitoring equipment and introduced a range of key driver performance indicators linked to financial bonuses. The success of this incentive scheme is due primarily to its careful management, which allows individual drivers to raise issues and explain any under-performance on a weekly basis.
"Distribution may be subsidiary to the main activity of our business, but it underpins our overall commercial success. As the business as a whole strives to increase its turnover, so we constantly endeavour to reduce both the financial and environmental costs of our distribution operation. Since 1999, Thorntons has increased turnover from £143 million to £167.1 million per year, but the percentage cost of distribution relative to turnover has fallen from 1.83% to 1.56%.
One of the key tools used to achieve this reduction in operating costs has been our fuel management programme - undoubtedly a cornerstone of our operation. It is a great example of drivers, operations staff and management working together to improve our operational efficiency and reduce our operating costs. The programme has been developed over a number of years and will continue to be refined in the future."
This case study details:Author(s): SGN
Published: 2016
Publisher: Ofgem
The objective of the 40mm Serviflex project is to prove the suitability of using a 40mm Serviflex pipe to renew 2" steel on Great Britain's (GB) gas network. The main application that this will be beneficial to is the replacement of the below ground approach mains for network risers.
SGN have almost 200 thousand network risers within multiple occupancy buildings throughout its Scotland and Southern networks. A common factor that results in risers being deemed unsuitable and subject to a full replacement is the deterioration of the below ground approach mains sections of risers, which are commonly found to be constructed from 2" steel. Serviflex is a corrugated dual wall liner manufactured by Radius Systems Ltd that when used with specialist installation equipment can negotiate tight bends without compromising its design life. SGN currently utilises the 20mm Serviflex pipe to renew gas mains services up to 1 ¼" back to the original meter position.
The use of 40mm Serviflex in riser repair applications will allow the partial repair and refurbishment of existing risers as opposed to the full replacement of them, resulting in reduced time required by SGN and minimising disruptions. It will also allow for these activities to be carried out with less disruption (excavations, lifting floor boards etc.) both within and out with consumers premises.
Project recommendations:
Author(s): SGN
Published: 2016
Publisher: Ofgem
During the life of a pipeline there are occasions when a Network Licensee is required to excavate in order to enable the following activities:
The only existing method is to insert remote video cameras at regular intervals along the pipeline being surveyed. Typically, for remote video surveys, holes must be dug approx every 50 metres(m). Surveying long lengths of pipeline (> 100m) using this method is impractical. Other than remote video cameras there is currently no method to identify the exact location of problems or features of interest. Current techniques are typically multiple excavations supported (if appropriate to the problem under investigation) by pressure testing in the locality until the obstruction or asset can be found. There is a significant opportunity to reduce excavation, costs and time if a method to rapidly identify the location of features and causes of network problems can be developed.
Researchers at the University of Manchester had developed an acoustic monitoring system that was capable of surveying short and long lengths of pipe. The system had recently been commercialised for use in offshore natural gas pipelines and for surveying the relatively small tubes within shell and tube heat exchangers.
The system works by fires a sound pulse using a gas safe pulse injection system, it then "listens" to the return pulse waveform with a microphone, recording the reflected signal. The system analyses the return signal using purpose designed software.
The purpose of this collaborative project was to extend the technique and develop a tool that is capable of surveying pipes with lengths of up to 300m, diameters ranging from 25-200mm and rated for pressures of up to 350mbar, such that it can be used to survey the pipelines used in domestic gas distribution networks. The developed tool could be used for both planned and emergency reactive work in gas networks, where it has the following possible applications.
This document details the processes and learning from the project along with a summary of the field trials conducted which guide the recommendations and next steps. Following approval from all participating GDNs, this project began in May 2014 and progressed to field trial status in 2015/16. This document marks the closure of this project.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): SGN
Published: 2016
Publisher: Ofgem
The Acoustic Communication in Gas Pipes project is concerned with developing an alternative communication method to interconnect pressure monitoring and control equipment.
This project aimed to potentially replace the rented telephone landlines and mobile communication links presently used, and also provide improved network pressure control to minimise gas leakage.
Currently many of the low pressure gas networks employ data logger and electronic control equipment to monitor pressures and profile control governors. These collect operational data for management and planning purposes and minimise network pressures to reduce gas leakage.
The technique to be investigated is the use of acoustic communications within low pressure gas networks. The acoustic technique, through laboratory simulation and field trials was anticipated to provide gain an understanding of typical pipe network acoustic characteristics under operational gas conditions to ascertain a suitable transmission signature signal for data transfer and to discover the potential restrictions of the technique.
Having discussed potential new solutions with existing suppliers, it was deemed more valuable to send invitations to partner to Universities that have relevant experience in this area of work. Various Universities were contacted throughout Great Britain (GB), from which SGN received one positive response from the University of Southampton's Institute of Sound and Vibration Research. Their extensive experience in the analysis of sound and vibration propagation in pipe work systems demonstrated their pertinence in working on this project. Additionally, the University of Southampton extensive specialist research facilities for laboratory testing provided reliable and available testing conditions. SGN would provide access to typical low pressure networks to gather acoustic data for analysis and information to allow network models to be built and assessed for acoustic propagation.
To achieve the project aims, the University of Southampton proposed to develop suitable measurement, testing and recoding techniques capable of gathering acoustic data based on their understanding of SGN's pipe networks' acoustic characteristics. Laboratory simulation to test this new method would then be carried out, followed by an acoustic study on a typical gas main network. The equipment and techniques used to receive suitable acoustic signals would also be assessed. The received signal transmission would then be analysed to establish the characteristics of a potential suitable signature acoustic signal for transmission.
Following the testing of the electroacoustic instrumentation on metallic and plastic pipes, the equipment demonstrated that sound can be transmitted and measured along distances of up to 750 metres. A suitable sound signal level was also established to be typically below 1800 Hz in a 100mm plastic pipe diameter. Acoustic communication is possible using the electroacoustic instrumentation. However, sound reflected along metallic pipes and against certain pipe layouts, makes it difficult to communicate information accurately. Therefore, since pipes cannot be adjusted for acoustic communication purposes, the next steps would be to develop more suitable frequency modulated signals.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Kershaw. S.
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
This document is a report for the project titled 'Emissions from Abandoned Coal Mines in the UK'.
This work to project methane emissions from abandoned coal mines to 2050 has been carried out as an extension to DEFRA Project EPG 1/1/149 "Development of a Methodology for Estimating Methane Emissions from Abandoned Coal Mines in the UK" . The projected emissions are calculated by adding the emissions from mines abandoned before 2004 (as in the full report) and emissions from collieries to be closed after that date.
The modelled closure of collieries has been matched to the losses to production to maintain consistency with Entec's work on the operating mines methane inventory. On average, a reduction of about 1 million tonnes (Mt) production is equivalent to the closure of one colliery. It has been assumed that deep coal mined production will fall by 5Mt in the next 5 years (2005 to 2010), with a final 5Mt production being lost between 2021 and 2025.
The emission of methane from collieries after closure has been derived primarily using a hyperbolic function, which calculates emission over time as a proportion of emission during production. An alternative methane emission calculation method (FPPROG) has been examined and found to correspond in general form with the hyperbolic function. The emission during production has been calculated from colliery production specific emission values calculated for individual collieries, with an allowance for gas utilised during production. Where the emission calculated from the hyperbolic function falls below the emission based on 0.74% of reserve, the latter value is used to bring it into line with the emission calculations for the rest of the coalfields. In addition, emissions from collieries closed in the near future have had allowance made for mitigation of the gas being released beyond the first year following closure.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Poortinga, W., Pidgeon, N.F., Capstick, S. and Aoyagi, M.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
This report describes the findings of a nationally representative British survey (n=961) conducted in March 2013. The main aim of the survey was to assess British attitudes to nuclear power and climate change two years after the Fukushima accident. The results are compared to a number of British surveys that were conducted at different stages before and after the Fukushima accident (2005, 2010, 2011, and 2012). This provides an overview of how public attitudes to nuclear and climate change have developed over the past decade and in particular after the Fukushima accident. In the longer term the data will be used for more detailed cross-national comparisons with Japan.
Author(s): Poortinga, W., Pidgeon, N.F., Capstick, S. and Aoyagi, M.
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
The work by Poortinga and colleagues (2013) has shown that British and Japanese publics have responded very differently to the Fukushima accident. However, the surveys included in the analyses were not specifically designed to examine the impacts of the Fukushima accident and contained different sets of questions. Comparisons could therefore only be made on a small number of items.
This new survey builds upon the previous work conducted by the authors of the study (Poortinga et al., 2006; Spence et al., 2010; Aoyagi et al., 2011; Demski et al., 2013) and examines British attitudes to nuclear power and climate change two years after the Fukushima accident. The British survey was coordinated with a similar survey in Japan allowing a detailed cross-national comparison of the long-term impacts of the Fukushima accident on public attitudes to nuclear power and climate change. The Japanese survey was conducted in February 2013 (Aoyagi, 2013).
This report describes the main findings of the British survey conducted in March 2013. The results are contrasted with previous British surveys where possible (i.e. Poortinga et al., 2006; Spence et al., 2010; Demski et al., 2013). Technical details of the previous surveys are provided in Box A. In the longer term, the data will be used for more detailed statistical analyses and cross-national comparisons with Japan.
Author(s): Evans, H.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Reser, J. P., Pidgeon, N., Spence, A., Bradley, G. A., Glendon, I. and Ellul, M.
Published: 2011
Publisher: Griffith University, Climate Change Response Program, Queensland, Australia, and Understanding Risk Centre, Cardiff University, Wales
This final report presents and discusses national survey findings from a collaborative and cross-national research project undertaken by Griffith University (Australia) and Cardiff University (UK) examining public risk perceptions, understandings and responses to the threat and unfolding impacts of climate change in Australia and Great Britain. The Australian national survey was undertaken between 6 June and 6 July, 2010 and involved a representative and geographically and demographically stratified national sample of 3096 respondents. The British survey was undertaken between 6 January and 26 March, 2010 and involved a representative quota sample of 1822 respondents residing in England, Scotland and Wales. These articulated surveys were distinctive in their cross-national comparative collaboration, in their psychological and social science nature, focus, and design, in their indepthnature, and in their focus on underlying public understandings and psychological responses to climate change.
This report addresses common findings from these two linked surveys, and expands discussion of issues and findings from the Australian survey. A report detailing the UK survey findings is available separately (Spence, Venables, Pidgeon, Poortinga, & Demski,2010). As well as shared questions and objectives, each survey had additional and differing objectives, with the Australian survey also examining in more detail public risk perceptions, direct exposure and experience, and psychological responses and impacts to natural disasters. The British survey examined in more detail respondents perceptions of energy policies and futures for the United Kingdom. The Australian survey also differed in that it was specifically designed and planned to establish a data base and research platform for documenting and monitoring climate-related changes and impacts in the human landscape over time, including changes in risk perceptions and understandings, psychological responses, and changes in psychological adaptations and impacts.
Author(s): Brook Lyndhurst Ltd
Published: 2007
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
Energy consumption in the home was recognised in the Sustainable Consumption Roundtable's (SCR) report "I will if you will" as one of five key areas of behaviour that has the greatest and potentially most negative impact on the environment (alongside food, leisure, finance & investments and transport).
The period since the early 1970s - when energy prices last prompted concerted effort to restrict consumption - have seen, on the supply side, the rise and peak of North Sea oil and gas, the near total deregulation of the energy market and, more recently, the emergence of renewable energy technologies, significant geo-political shifts in the distribution of energy supply, and - it would seem - the rehabilitation of nuclear. On the demand side, consumption has risen remorselessly, driven by ever-falling prices and ever-increasing numbers of electricity-dependent household goods (the demand for which, in turn, has been a function of steadily rising living standards, falling prices and "lifestyles"). Indeed, since 1990, domestic energy consumption has increased by 18% (and by 30% since 1970).
In short, powerful forces have contrived over a prolonged period of time to ensure that typical householders in Britain in the early twenty first century do not merely expect limitless cheap energy to support their lifestyles - many barely give the matter a thought. This "carbon-dependent" consumer world has been the subject of sustained criticism from a minority of voices for many years, but it is only in the recent past that mainstream political opinion has acknowledged that there may be a problem associated with national energy habits (rather than the problem merely being how to support such habits). Whilst the Renewables Obligation and the commitments made in the 2002 Energy White Paper began the process, it is policy developments in the past couple of years that seem to represent a break with the past, notably the Stern Review, the latest IPCC review as well as the recent Carbon Emissions Reduction Target (CERT) 2008-2011.
The project was divided into four main qualitative research phases:
It is clear that it has taken thirty years of subsidised insulation programmes across the country, for the public to become familiar with - and receptive to - the idea of insulation. Even then, the public do not associate insulation with energy consumption, 60% of homes with cavities in the UK still need cavity wall insulation and some people still feel unfamiliar with the technological "know how" involved. With this in mind, it would have been highly unlikely that the bulk of the British public would be installing photo voltaic cells on their own roofs or switching to green energy tariffs anytime soon. It appears that the day when solar panels become the "norm" and are accepted into British daily life is some way away.
The reality is that there is no "silver bullet". The most effective policies to combat global warming already exist (in terms of insulation etc) and this research merely advocates a continuation of some of these historical initiatives, albeit at a far more rapid rate than ever before. It may not be the most interesting answer to climate change, but it will certainly be the most effective.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Richardson, J., Harrison, G. and Parkhurst, G.
Published: 2007
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
Scott Wilson, The University of the West of England, Bristol and Hall and Partners were commissioned by Defra to undertake research on the Public Understanding of Sustainable Transport. The research involved a multiple method approach, combining 3 six-hour deliberative workshops, engaging 100 people and 12 individual mobility biographies with selected participants. The deliberative workshops were held in Birmingham, Winchester and York.
Recruitment to the workshops was carried out according to an equal representation of 6 segments: Greens, Consumers with a Conscience, Wastage Focussed, Currently Constrained, Basic Contributors and Long Term Restricted.
Environmental awareness and subsequent concern were found to be widespread across all groups. Some segments were more knowledgeable and opinionated than others were and this variety of engagement with the issues was expected. It is acknowledged by researchers and through the evidence from the exit questionnaires that involvement in the project itself may have altered participants, attitudes and future behaviour (possibly short term).
However, despite there being little obvious dissent to the concept of sustainable transport reported in the workshop or biographies, the actual change in behaviour in the past discussed in the Mobility Biographies as a result of this environmental awareness was largely in domains other than sustainable mobility; most obviously the recycling of household waste. Furthermore, a 'deep green' approach to environment generally appeared to be off putting.
The public's discourse around transport behaviour often emphasises or implies permanence: 'I can't give up my car', 'buses don't run where I need to go'. However, the Mobility Biography findings confirm that behaviour changes towards more sustainable mobility do occur, but may not be permanent. More consideration might be given in the future as to whether transport policy initiatives might be targeted at specific life stages. For example, the Energy Savings Trust's 'Commit to Save 20%' campaign targets short car journeys made by motorists in general. An initiative more targeted to life-stage groups such as university students, might suggest they delay car ownership until they are in a different life stage when the benefits are greater compared to the environmental costs, i.e., it may be more difficult in physical mobility terms and more expensive for a young family to access a public transport vehicle than it is a single adult, so the emissions and energy costs of car use are easier to justify.
This study suggests that the climate change debate is permeating wider society, but that much of the environment debate seems to be carried out in a fragmented and inconsistent manner, both by society and at the individual level. Despite this growing awareness amongst the participants and claims that environmental information is 'not new news', the dominant discourse from both the mobility biographies and the workshops still was that the environment alone is an insufficient motivator to change behaviour. In other words it is probably only going to be a supporting factor in encouraging behaviour change
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Cass, N., Brown, L., Nelson, T., Bhaduri, E., Anable, J. and Wadud, Z.
Published: 2025
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Chilvers, J., Pallett, H. and Hargreaves, T.
Published: 2017
Publisher: UKERC
This paper examines public engagement with energy in the UK.
Using mapping techniques, the paper investigates instances of engagement with energy between 2010-2015.
The paper concludes with a number of practical recommendations to assist the move towards a broader, whole systems approach to engaging society in low carbon transitions.
Read Jason Chilvers' blog about the projectAuthor(s): Philo, G.
Published: 2012
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2002
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives from this project are:
To improve the combustion efficiency of pulverised fuel (p.f.) fired furnaces in electrical power generation, it is desirable to measure, optimise and then, ideally, control the p.f. flow velocity and the solids distribution (split) between pneumatic conveyors leading to burners in the furnace.
On leaving the pulverising mill, the solids-air mixture is split into several different pipes each feeding an individual burner. One mill can feed as many as eight burners. Usually the fuel and air are metered before the mill where the ratio can be accurately set. Differences in routing of the lines injecting p.f. into the furnaces, and phase maldistribution at the splitting points, results in an uneven feed to the burners. Consequently, the combustion stoichiometry at the burners is disturbed. This leads to increased fuel costs, higher levels of carbon in the ash and excessive specific emissions in the flue gas. If the mass flow rate of the fuel can be measured, and the flow splitter controlled, then, in principle, the air-fuel ratio can be accurately set and the combustion stoichiometry optimised.
This experimental project has confirmed that the use of mass pf flowmeters combined with mechanical actuators can be used to control the solids split between two conveyors fed from a bifurcator. It is appreciated that this project was restricted to using 40mm diameter pipes and conditions in 375mm diameter pneumatic conveyors found on large boilers can be expected to be more challenging. However, as a first attempt, the exercise can be judged to have been very successful. Refinements to the flow test rig are planned so that the operation is aligned with industry practice.
This summary provides information on:Author(s): QinetiQ
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This document is an article titled 'QinetiQ's ZephIR to assess wind resource at world's deepest offshore wind farm'.
QinetiQ's highly accurate wind sensing tool, the ZephIR LiDAR, has been selected to assess the wind resource for the Beatrice wind farm demonstrator project in the North Sea off the coast of Scotland. ZephIR, which provides developers with a clear picture of wind flow and behaviour at a particular site, can help to ensure optimal siting of wind farms and assess operational turbine performance.
The Beatrice demonstrator project is being developed by Talisman Energy and its co-venturer Scottish and Southern Energy, and will install two 5 megawatt wind turbines in 45 metres of water in Talisman's Beatrice field, 23 kilometres off the east cost of Scotland. It is part of the European DOWNVInD research and technology development programme, sponsored by the European Commission, the DTI and the Scottish Executive.
The ZephIR system will first undergo a series of evaluation and certification tests to ensure the accuracy of its wind measurements. These tests will be conducted by the German company Windtest at two sites, the Brunsbüttel test facility in western Germany and the FINO-1 platform in the North Sea off the German coast.
Author(s): Lee, P., Walsh, B. and Smith, P.
Published: 2007
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
This report quantifies business resource efficiency opportunities in the UK economy. The report is the result of a study carried out by Oakdene Hollins Ltd and Grant Thornton UK LLP for the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (Defra) between March and September 2007.
This study focuses on resource efficiency savings that require low or no financial investment whilst reducing the quantity of waste produced or the consumption of energy or water.
The methodology used in this study comprised six main steps: Quantification of the overall consumption, Quantification of the savings, Conversion of physical savings into financial savings, The inclusion of any hidden or additional cost savings, Grossing up, and Regional Analysis.
This study estimated the total value of low-cost / no-cost resource efficiency savings to range between £5.6 billion to £7.4 billion (mean £6.4 billion annual savings opportunity), which equates to 0.6% of UK gross valued added and 1.9% of UK gross operating surplus (profit). Energy (52%) and waste (41%) are the two areas where the most opportunity was identified.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Palmer, J., LaJoie, K. and Strachan, NS.
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
The 2006 Annual Energy Modelling Conference (AEMC) of the UK Energy Research Centre (UKERC) was held in Oxford UK from 5-7 December 2006. The conference theme was Quantifying Scenarios of a Low Carbon Society. The conference structure consisted of an open symposium with UK energy policy stakeholders followed by a technical modelling workshop. A particular emphasis was on developing country participation. A key output of the workshop was to define comparative modelling runs which will be a direct research output to the UK-Japan research project Developing Visions for a LowCarbon Society (LCS) through Sustainable Development.
Open Symposium
Author(s): Ledbury, M.
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
The 2006 Energy Review stated that the Government intended to raise awareness of transport and climate change issues, and the approach would include, “developing initiatives on eco-safe driving”.1 This proposed Quick Hit would see energy-efficient driving, also known as eco-driving or eco-safe driving, incorporated into the practical driving test, to reinforce advice currently covered by the theory test. Furthermore, it would inform drivers about alternative fuels and efficient vehicle technology, and incorporate this new information into the theory test. While knowledge of issues such as alternative fuels would not affect the ability of a person to drive, driving lessons and the driving test present a suitable opportunity to raise awareness amongst drivers and positively influence their choices before habits are formed.
Author(s): Ledbury, M.
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
This Quick Hit outlines how limiting the speed limit on motorways and dual carriageways to 60 mph or even merely better enforcing the current 70 mph limit could be one of the most equitable, cost-effective and potentially popular routes to achieve reductions in carbon emissions. If implemented, it could also have the potential to slow traffic growth and influence the vehicle market with further carbon reduction benefits, in addition to optimising current road network capacity and bringing significant safety benefits.
Author(s): Ledbury, M.
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
The replacement of incandescent lamps with LED (light emitting diode) lights in traffic signals in the UK could reduce the demand for electricity by up to 70%. Additionally, the move could also offer substantial savings to highway authorities through less frequent replacement of lamps and, consequently, staff maintenance time.
The UK has an estimated 420,000 traffic and pedestrian signal heads, installed and managed by individual highway authorities. Each head contains two, three, or four 50W lamps, although for the majority of the time only one of these is lit up. These traffic signals currently use an estimated 101.7m kWh of electricity per year and cause the release of nearly 14,000 tonnes of carbon (around 50,000 tonnes of CO2). The number of traffic signals in the country continues to grow at around 3% a year – Transport for London estimated an increase of 17.5% in the capital alone between 2000 and 2005.
Author(s): Ledbury, M.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
Quick Hits are a series of proposed initiatives developed by the Demand Reduction theme of the UK Energy Research Centre (www.ukerc.ac.uk). They are intended to make a useful contribution towards reducing carbon emissions by 2010, and are designed to be relatively easy for the Government or local authorities to implement. Legislative changes or expenditure needed would be small in nature, hence the title Quick Hits.
Car-sharing using car clubs is a successful way of reducing vehicle usage and ownership amongst those who join, and has proven to be effective in several countries. This proposed Quick Hit would reduce carbon emissions from vehicle use through the creation of a coherent, national network of car clubs, ensuring that in the long term there is at least one in every large town and city in the UK. Data collected from existing car clubs suggests that me
Author(s): Stodolsky F, Gaines L
Published: 2002
Publisher: U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Scientific and Technical Information
Author(s): Gunn, K.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Fileman, T and Vance, T.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Afgan, I., Ahmed, U., Apsley, D.D., Stallard, T. and Stansby, P.K.
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Bittencourt, C.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Stallard, T., Stansby, P., Apsley, D., Afgan, I., Ahmed, U., Rolfo, S. and McNaughton, J.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Apsley, D.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Apsley, D.D., Stansby, P.K., Stallard, T., Afgan, I. and McNaughton, J.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Sinclair, R.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Parkinson, S.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): DNV GL - Garrad Hassan and Partners Limited
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): McNaughton, J.
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Sellar, B.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Tidal Generation Ltd
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cavaciuti, S.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Rolfo, S., McNaughton, J., Stallard, T., Apsley D. and Stansby P.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Afgan, I., Apsley, D.D., McNaughton, J., Rolfo, S., Stallard, T. and Stansby P.K.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Anthony, P. and Lewis, M
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Sellar, B
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Harrison, J.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Cavaciuti, S.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Vance, T. and Fileman, T.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Sellar, B. and Sutherland, D.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Rhymes, J.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Rhymes, J.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives of this project were;
This being achieved through;
A literature survey was undertaken on the application of measurements of PAH from power plants as an indicator of combustion performance. In the publications considered it is generally found that there is a correlation of PAH with Carbon rendered useless by the components of the flue gasses.
It was concluded that although the only equipment that is currently commercially available worked well enough at pilot scale, it was simply not robust enough for application at full scale.
The results from the pilot scale investigations showed links between CO emission and degree of burnout and between CO emission and the levels of PAH detected. From this it is concluded that the link between burnout and PAH emission has been established for the rig used.
This summary provides information on:Author(s): Lidstone, L.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2002
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
Pulverised coal-fired utility plant is under increasing pressure to operate at the highest possible efficiency, while remaining within the limits set by regulatory bodies on environmental pollutants. Because fuel costs are the single largest factor in power station operations, even small savings made here are highly desirable in real terms. It is for this reason that utility companies world-wide are investing in control strategies that maximise the efficiency of boiler operation through the control of important boiler variables in, or as near to, real-time as possible. In the UK, the recent introduction of Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control (IPPC) mandates plant operators to operate at the highest practicable efficiency, and this provides an additional impetus to achieve improvements to operating practice that result in efficiency gains.
Specific objectives are:
For the best control over boiler operation, it is necessary to utilise easily measured boiler parameters that respond quickly to the changes in the combustion environment. This is usually done by the continuous monitoring of excess oxygen and carbon monoxide concentrations. An additional and valuable measurement of boiler combustion efficiency is the carbon-in-fly-ash concentration. However, this requires an extractive sampling technique, and even the latest generation of carbon-in-ash analysers operates on a semi-batch basis, and so cannot give real-time data.
There is clearly a need for an on-line technique that is robust, relatively simple to operate and maintain, and that gives high-quality validated information on a combustion efficiency. Such a technique could be readily utilised in existing control systems and the development of a real-time combustion efficiency analyser is the focus of this proposal.
This summary provides information on:Author(s): Commentary by Professor David Infield, University of Strathclyde
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Infield, D.G.
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Chiu, L.F. and Lowe, R.
Published: 2020
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Mativenga, P.
Published: 2009
Publisher: Joule Centre
This document is a summary for the project titled 'Reducing energy and carbon footprints in manufacturing through sustainable machining (MANU-FOOT project)'.
The manufacturing industry is an essential part of the economy in the North West of England but it also contributes a large share of its carbon output and it is estimated that about 40% of global carbon footprints are attributable to industrial activity. A key part of manufacturing is machining which is used to shape materials into products for many applications such as aerospace, automotive and medical devices. This project focuses on reducing the emissions from work which involves machining therefore contributing to the development of a more sustainable manufacturing sector. Currently manufacturing processes are designed only from technical and economic point of view without energy considerations.
This project aims to get an accurate picture of the energy requirements and carbon footprint of the manufacturing sector in the region. A methodology manufacturer's can use to work out the energy and carbon footprint of products developed using machining will be developed as part of this project. The impacts of varying production times and levels of machine utilization on environmental footprints will also be examined. It is hoped that by enabling companies to easily workout the size of the carbon and energy footprint attributed to their products will make it easier for them to reduce their overall footprints. Another way in which carbon emissions can be reduced for machining is to try and address the problem of energy being lost due to friction. Friction occurs in machining because tools become worn and corroded and it is estimated that some 30% of all energy generated in industrialized countries is lost this way. One potential method of addressing this problem is through the use of extra hard nanostructure tool coatings and their effectiveness in addressing the problem of friction will be assessed as part of this project. It is intended this project will lead to the creation of an industrial guide on curbing the effect of machining on energy consumption and carbon footprints.
Author(s): DfT
Published: 2003
Publisher: Department for Transport
This document is a case study on Transco National Logistics in Birmingham made by the Department for Transport.
Transco's National Logistics team stores and delivers engineering materials and meters for National Grid Transco's gas supply business. Their National Distribution Centre in Birmingham operates 35 articulated vehicles. Every year the fleet delivers £120 million worth of goods to 14 smaller warehouses and over 200 customer locations across the UK. In order to achieve this, the vehicle fleet travels approximately 2.5 million miles, consuming around 1.4 million litres of diesel. This distribution costs approximately £3.5 million a year, a significant element of which is the cost of fuel.
Transco's National Logistics team is an excellent example of how improving the efficiency of a transport operation can realise significant environmental benefits that contribute to a company's overall EMS. Their experience highlights that these benefits can be achieved with relatively straightforward solutions. A collection of ideas from the workforce as a whole has delivered impressive environmental and cost benefits.
Transco has demonstrated that good environmental
practices will both enhance your reputation and save you
money. The implementation of three initiatives has had the
combined, annual environmental benefit of:
Author(s): Garvey, A., Norman, J. and Barrett, J.
Published: 2022
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Wynn, S., Alves, L. and Carter, R.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Wynn, S., Carter, R., Turner, C. and Huxley, C.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Wynn, S., Elliott, J., Wilson, L., Hockridge, B., Brunton, S., Taylor, R., Konopka, P., Slade, R., Lindegaard, K. and Richardson, W.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Wynn, S., Elliott, J., Wilson, L., Hockridge, B., Brunton, S., Taylor, R., Konopka, P., Slade, R., Lindegaard, K. and Richardson, W.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Wynn, S., Carter, R., Turner, C., and Huxley, C.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Wilson, L. and Hockridge, B.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Wynn, S., Alves, L. and Carter, R.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives of this project were:
The benefits to the operator, Yaomeng Power Generation Limited, (YPGL) from the project have included:
This brochure describes the principles used for the Yaomeng upgrade to a Mitsui Babcock Posiflow boiler and illustrates the clear benefits to boilers designed or converted to utilise this low water mass flux, optimised internally ribbed vertical tube boiler technology.
This summary provides information on:Author(s): Vance, T., Ellis, R. and Fileman, T.
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Lees, A., Whatmore, S., Steele, M., Tetchner, G., Anderson, R. & Manser, R.
Published: 2004
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The key objectives of the project and the research carried out were:
Three years ago the management of the Fairport Engineering Limited started to investigate the different ways of processing unsorted MSW. From the knowledge gained from this investigation they designed and built a small pilot processor to obtain data on operating parameters and product knowledge.
A key issue was to ensure the marketability of the principal output from the process: the biomass fuel fraction. Aware of the issues faced in the past in marketing RDF (Refuse Derived Fuel) Fairport took a pro-active route to addressing the problem. Instead of following the traditional route of producing an RDF and then finding outlets for the product Fairport instead started by developing an acceptable specification with potential customers for these biomass fuel products and only then set about developing the process which would provide products to meet this agreed specification.
The aim was to develop a process which could be flexible, cost effective and provide a proven and sustainable option for waste treatment whilst accommodating the following market dynamics:
Author(s): Skea, J. and Infield, D.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
The following submission is preceded by a tabled summary of the current state of energy research and development and deployment in the UK, technology by technology. This is used as the basis for commentary on the technology potential of:
UKERC offers its views on the research funding landscape. Recommendations are highlighted in bold.
Author(s): UKERC
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
The aim of the workshop was to strengthen UK/Italian collaboration as a basis for submitting joint projects under the EU’s 7th Framework Programme, and in general to further international cooperation on carbon capture and storage. Three specific work areas were identified:
Author(s): UKERC
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
The seminar was split into two parts, with the morning concentrating on future applications for hydrogen (the demand side) and the future economics of hydrogen infrastructure development (supply side). On the applications front, there were presentations from Dr Paul Harborne of the Cass Business School and Professor Paul Ekins of the Policy Studies Institute.
Author(s): Allan, G., Gilmartin, M., McGregor, P. and Swales, K.
Published: 2012
Publisher: UKERC
The aim of this paper is to describe three multi-sectoral modelling techniques, and to show how these modelling approaches have been used to quantify the economic impact of renewable energy and energy efficiency developments.
The three techniques are Input-Output (IO), Computable General Equilibrium (CGE) and Macroeconometric studies. Each is firstly detailed in a separate section. In each section we describe the nature and operation of the technique, and identify different types and sub-types (where appropriate). We then consider the data requirements of these modelling approaches and finally discuss what might be considered the strengths and weaknesses of each approach. For each modelling approach we pay particular attention to the ways in which the employment effects are estimated, as employment is arguably the most tangible economic variable.
After sections on each of the three modelling techniques, we address some general questions about their applicability and validity of each approach for understanding the quantitative impacts of renewable energy and energy efficiency improvements.
Author(s): Marsden, G., Anable, J., Docherty, I., Brown, L.
Published: 2021
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Norman, J., Barrett, J., Betts-Davies, S., Carr-Whitworth, R., Garvey, A., Giesekam, J., James, K. and Styles, R.
Published: 2021
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Eyre, N., Darb,. S. and Green, R.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
This Consultation Response to the Energy and Climate Change Committee's Inquiry on Electricity Demand Side Measures explores whether the Governments and Ofgems current proposals for incentivising the development of demand reduction measures are enough to ensure the potential energy savings outlined in the 2012 Energy Efficiency Strategy are achieved.
Author(s): Bell, K., Dodds, P., Chaudry, M., Eyre, N. and Aylott, M.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
This Consultation Response to the House of Lords Science and Technology Committee Inquiry into the resilience of electricity infrastructure.In this response we discuss whether theUKs electricity system is resilient to peaks in consumer demand and sudden shocks, andhow the costs and benefits of investing in electricity resilience are assessed and decisions made.
Author(s): Skea, J.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Hardy. J.
Published: 2011
Publisher: UKERC
The UK Energy Research Centre welcomes this opportunity to provide input to the HMT Carbon Floor Price Consultation. We have focused only on the questions where we believe we may have something to offer. The observations have benefited from discussions at an “Independent Experts Workshop on Electricity Market Reform” convened jointly by UKERC and the Imperial Collage Centre for Energy Policy and Technology on 31 January 2011.
Author(s): Haszeldine, S., Chalmers, H., Gibbins, J., Markusson, N. and Skea, J.
Published: 2008
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Mitchell, C., Baker, P. and Gross, R.
Published: 2010
Publisher: UKERC
The UK Energy Research Centre welcomes this opportunity to provide input to the Ofgem consultation Project Discovery: Options for delivering secure and sustainable energy supplies. The UKERC response addresses a number of the questions posed in the consultation document. The response has been prepared by Catherine Mitchell and Phil Baker from the University of Exeter and Robert Gross from ICEPT at Imperial College. It makes a number of high level and specific points but does not seek to be exhaustive. We refer the reader also to UKERCs submission to Ofgems previous consultation over Project Discovery, in which we make a number of observations about the various scenarios considered by Ofgem. These provide some important context for the comments provided below.
Substantive points are made on a chapter by chapter basis below, with higher level issues pulled out as app
Author(s): Haszeldine, S.
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
The Chancellor has stated (writing in the Independent 21 April 2006) that “The environmental challenge must be moved to the centre of policy”. The UK has domestic targets for CO2 reduction of 20% by 2010, and 60% by 2050. In contrast to these aspirations, CO2 emissions have fallen by 15%, but are now increasing (DEFRA 2006). Private car fuel costs, with CO2 emissions, have barely changed since 1985 (85p then to 95p/litre now), and air travel is rising.
If the UK is serious about reducing CO2 emissions in the short or medium term, then it is clear that existing policies are either not working or are too slow to act.
Electricity generation comprises about one third of UK CO2 emissions, and so must be seriously considered as a target for large scale emission reductions. The benefits of this are large single-site reductions, compared to wind generation or to efficiency savings. To illustrate the size of this opportunity for CO2 emissions reduction the BP-Peterhead proposition, for 350MW low carbon electricity with CCS, can be calculated to avoid as much CO2 as all wind generation active in the UK during 2005
The question could be framed as: “Is now a good enough time to deploy one or several full-scale pilots in the UK?” A full analysis, published 2006, is contained in the House of Commons Science and Technology Committee Report 578i, and the Government reply 1036.
Author(s): Marsden, G.
Published: 2023
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Foxon, T., Flynn, A. and Turner, K.
Published: 2007
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
This document is a summary review statement of the report for phase 2 of the project titled 'Exploring the relationship between environmental regulation and competitiveness'.
The role of external review is to provide an independent challenge to the science commissioned by Defra, to ensure that policy is informed by a high-quality, robust evidence base and to raise the perceived standard of Defra-funded science among stakeholders. The Advisory Group on SCP evidence has a role in quality assurance of research commissioned under the SCP evidence base research programme. This has been undertaken through expert sub-groups of the Advisory Group, including experts from beyond the Group's membership where appropriate.
Objective of the research project:
Author(s): Hughes, N., Mers, J. and Strachan, N.
Published: 2009
Publisher: UKERC
This paper is the second in a series which aims to provide insights into the use of scenarios for informing low carbon energy policy. Building on insights from a historical overview of strategic scenario planning in the first working paper of the series (Hughes, 2009), this paper reviews selected recent UK and international low carbon energy scenarios, analyses their strengths and weaknesses, and offers some suggestions for improving the strategic power of future UK low carbon energy scenarios.
This paper adopts the broad characterisation proposed in Hughes (2009), that scenario thinking is the use of the imagination to consider possible alternative future situations, as they may evolve from the present, with a view to improving immediate and near-term decision making. The three key objectives of scenario thinking identified in Hughes (2009), improving protective decision making, improving proactive decision making, and consensus building, are also highlighted.
The paper notes that from the approaches and methodologies outlined in Hughes (2009), two approaches in particular have been strongly drawn upon in the construction of low carbon energy scenarios. The first is the derivation of broadly consistent future scenarios from 'high level trends', sometimes represented within a '2x2 matrix'. The second is the concept of 'backcasting' from a normatively constructed future end point. This observation informs a three-fold typology for reviewing the low carbon energy scenarios in this paper:
Author(s): Watson, J., Ekins, P., Gross, R., Froggatt, A., Barrett, J., Bell, K., Darby, S., Webb, J., Bradshaw, M., Anable, J., Brand, C., Pidgeon, N., Demski, C. and Evensen, D.,
Published: 2017
Publisher: UKERC
UKERCs 2017 Review of Energy Policy, appraises energy policy change over the last 12 months, and makes a series of recommendations to help meet the objectives of the governments Clean Growth Plan.
Our main recommendations are:
Author(s): Watson, J., Bradshaw, M., Froggat, A., Kuzemko, C., Webb, J., Beaumont, N., Armstrong, A., Agnolucci, P., Hastings, A., Holland, R., Day, B., Delafield, G., Eigenbrod, F., Taylor, G., Lovett, A., Shepard, A., Hooper, T., Wu, J., Lowes, R., Qadrdan, M., Anable, J., Brand, C., Mullen, C., Bell, K., Taylor, P. and Allen, S.
Published: 2019
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Gross, R., Bell, K., Brand, C., Wade, F., Hanna, R., Heptonstall, P., Kuzemko, C., Froggatt, A., Bradshaw, M., Lowes, R., Webb, J., Dodds, P., Chilvers, J. and Hargreaves, T.
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
In this issue of UKERCs annual Review of Energy Policy, we discuss some of the effects of COVID-19 on the energy system and how the unprecedented events of 2020 might impact energy use and climate policy in the future.
Focusing on electricity demand, transport, green jobs and skills, Brexit, heat, and societal engagement, the Review reflects on the past year and looks forward, highlighting key priorities for the Government.
Key recommendations
Electricity
The scale of investment in the power system required over the coming decade is huge. A big challenge is market design. We need a market that can incentivise investment in low carbon power and networks at least cost whilst also providing incentives for flexibility. Output from wind and solar farms will sometimes exceed demand and other timesfallto low levels. The right mix of flexible resources must be established to deal with variable output from renewables, with the right market signals and interventions in place to do this at least cost.
Mobility
The end of the sale of fossil fuel cars and vans by 2030 must be greeted with enthusiasm. Yet if this is to play its part in a Paris-compliant pathway to zero emissions, it must be one of many policy changes to decarbonise UK transport. Earlier action is paramount, and we recommend a market transformation approach targeting the highest emitting vehicles now, not just from 2030. Phasing-in of the phase-out will save millions of tons of CO2 thus reducing the need for radical action later on. The forthcoming Transport Decarbonisation Plan has a lot to deliver.
Green jobs and skills
COVID-19 recoverypackages offer the potential to combine job creation with emissions reduction. A national housing retrofit programme would be a triple win, creating jobs, reducing carbon emissions and make our homes more comfortable and affordable to heat. However, UKERC research finds that there are significant skills gaps associated with energy efficient buildings and low carbon heat. UKERC calls for a national programme of retraining and reskilling that takes advantage of the COVID downturn to re-equip building service professions with the skills needed for net zero.
Brexit
As the UK leaves the EU on the 1st January it will lose many of the advantages of integration. With new regimes for carbon pricing, trading, and interconnection yet to be agreed, there will be a high degree of uncertainty in the near to medium term. Given upward pressure on energy costs,delays to policy, and this uncertainty surrounding new rules, the overall effects of Brexit are not positive for UK energy decarbonisation.
Heat
UKERC research calls for action on heat to deliver the net zero technologies that we know work - insulating buildings and rolling out proven options. We need to end delay or speculation about less-proven options. Analysis is consistent with recent advice from the CCC that heat policy should focus on electrification whilst exploring options for hydrogen. We need to break the pattern of ad hoc and disjointed policy measures for heat and buildings, and develop a coherent, long-term strategy. This would be best achieved as an integral part of local and regional energy plans, involving local governments as coordinating agents. The aspirations for heat cant be realised unless we also take actionon the skills gap.
Societal engagement with energy
Achieving net zero in 2050 will entail significant changes to the way we live, what we eat and how we heat our homes. The COVID-19 pandemic has shown that when faced with a threat, society can change rapidly. Engaging society with the net zero transition also needs to change, it needs to be to be more ambitious, diverse, joined-up and system-wide, and recognise the many different ways that citizens engage with these issues on an ongoing basis.
Author(s): Gross, R., Bradshaw, M., Bridge, G., Weszkalnys, G., Rattle, I., Taylor, P., Lowes, R., Qadrdan, M., Wu, J., Anable,J., Beaumont, N., Hastings, A., Holland, R., Lovett, A., Shepherd, A..
Published: 2021
Publisher: UKERC
With a focus on gas and the UK continental shelf, industrial decarbonisation, heat, mobility and the environment, we look at developments both at home and internationally and ask whether the UK is a leader in decarbonisation, and if the transition is being managed as well as it could be.
Author(s): Gross, R., Webb, J., Bradshaw, M., Bell, K., Taylor, P., Gailani, A., Rattle, I., Brand, C., Anable, J., Kuzemko, C. and Froggatt, A.
Published: 2022
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Taylor, P., Bays, J., Bradshaw, M., Webb, J., Britton, J., Bolton, R., Chaudry, M., Qadrdan, M., Wu, J., Anable, J., Brand, C., Rattle, I., Gailani, A., Bell K., Halliday, C., Shepherd, A., Watson, S., Lovett, A. and Hastings, A.
Published: 2023
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Gross, R., Bell, K., Taylor, P., Rattle, I., Britton, J., Webb, J., Bradshaw, M., Fletcher, L., Wu, J., Qadrdan, M., Pidgeon, N., Lovett, A., Dockerty, T., Watson, S. and Beaumont, N.
Published: 2024
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Taylor, P., Carmichael, R., Camacho-McCluskey, K., Blyth, W., Gross, R., Britton, J., Hoggett, R., Wu, J., MacIver, C., Colechin, M., Colechin, K., Fletcher, L., Bridge, G., Ralph, N., Chilvers, J., Hargreaves, T., Stephanides, P. and Pallett, H.
Published: 2026
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Watson, J., Ekins, P., Bradshaw, M., Wilson, G., Webb, J., Lowes, R., Bell, K., Demski, C., Snell, C., Bevan, M., Waddams, C., Anable, J. and Brand, C.
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
As we reach the end of 2018, the scorecard for UK energy policy is mixed. Optimists can point to rapid emissions reductions, cost falls in renewables and the centrality of clean energy within the Industrial Strategy. Ten years after the Climate Change Act was passed, UK greenhouse gas emissions have fallen by 43% from the level in 1990. The UK is on the way to meeting the first three carbon budgets, and a transformation of the power sector is well underway.
However, if we turn our attention from the rear view mirror, the outlook is more pessimistic. As the Committee on Climate Change pointed out in June, there are an increasing number of policy gaps and uncertainties. If not addressed promptly, meeting future carbon budgets will be much more challenging. For some of these gaps, there is a particularly clear and immediate economic case for action.
The government needs to take urgent action to ensure that the UK continues to meet statutory emissions reduction targets, and goes further to achieve net zero emissions. This not only requires new policies to fill looming gaps in the portfolio, it also requires much greater emphasis on sharing the benefits and costs of the low carbon transition more equitably. Our main recommendations are:
Author(s): Watson, J., Ekins, P., Wright, L., Eyre, N., Bell, K., Darby, S., Bradshaw, M., Webb, J., Gross, R., Anable, J., Brand, C., Chilvers, J., and Pidgeon, N.
Published: 2016
Publisher: UKERC
This review takes stock of UK energy policy ahead of the Autumn Statement, Industrial Strategy and new Emissions Reduction Plan. Its main recommendations are:
Author(s): Flett, G., Kelly, N. and McGhee, R.
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
Energy System Demonstrators are physical demonstrations testing new technologies for low-carbon energy infrastructure.
A review of energy systems demonstrator projects in the UK was undertaken for UKERC by the Energy Systems Research Unit (ESRU) at the University of Strathclyde. The review encompassed 119 demonstrators and consisted of two phases: 1) the identification of demonstrator projects and 2) an analysis of projects and their outcomes.
The review defined an energy system demonstrator as "the deployment and testing of more than one technology type that could underpin the operation of a low-carbon energy infrastructure in the future". Only demonstrators that post-date the 2008 Climate Change Act were included and that included a physical demonstration at one or more UK sites. 119 projects were identified that met the search criteria.
There were two phases of review activity. Phase 1 involved identification and documentation of demonstration projects, involving a systematic search to identify and record the details of projects. Phase 2 was a review of project outcomes and outputs, particularly end-of-project evaluations, covering technical, economic and social outcomes where available.
The review outputs (available here) are a final report summarising the findings, 119 demonstrator project summaries (the Phase 1 reports), 119 demonstrator output analyses (the Phase 2 reports) and a GIS (Geographic Information System) map and database showing the locations and project details of the demonstrators.
The final report, attendant project summaries and GIS data are intended to provide policy makers and funding bodies with an overview of the existing demonstrator "landscape", enabling decisions on future demonstrator calls and the focus of those calls to be made with a clearer knowledge of what has already been done.
Author(s): Jones, C., VanHaltren, K. and Zoldoske, T.
Published: 2025
Publisher: UKERC
The energy field for research, development and operation is very multi-disciplinary, it ranges over domains from psychology to heavy engineering, including materials development, economics, politics and agriculture. This spread of domains means that there is not a single community to develop agreed controlled vocabularies but many, each focussed on their needs.
Author(s): Blyth, W., Gross, R., Nash, S., Jansen, M., Rickman, J. and Bell, K.
Published: 2021
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Holliday, L.
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This project investigates ryegrass as a wet energy crop and is believed to be the first of its kind in the UK. It is hoped that this research will help towards the Government's target to produce 20% of our energy through renewable sources by 2020 in a move towards a carbon neutral economy. The growing of energy crops creates a diversification opportunity for UK farmers with the reform of the Common Agricultural Policy moving away from subsidised farming. Most energy crop development to date has been directed towards the production of low moisture content biomass which is transformed into useful energy by thermal processes. In contract this project examines the harvesting of rye-grass as a high moisture energy crop to be transformed into useful energy by anaerobic digestion.
The key features of such a concept are:
In summary, the process has the potential of creating a sustainable cycle, as summarised in the simple flow diagram in Figure 1, where the biogas plant includes a boiler or CHP unit, which produces energy and an exhaust gas.
This project has provided very firm grounding for Greenfinch's current research within Cropgen, A European consortium investigating the production of biogas using agri wastes and energy crops. In Germany, at the time of writing, there are 3000 farm biogas plants being run on crops and agri wastes proving that biogas technology is viable. The reform of the Common Agricultural Policy forcing farmers to grow crops that have real monitory value, combined with the continuing rise in the price of oil, will make anaerobic digestion a real option for energy production
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The overall aim of this project is to prove that rye-grass in the UK is a viable energy crop for conversion to biogas.
The trials have shown that ryegrass requires more fertiliser that it can provide itself through its own digestate. It is suggested that slurry would be an ideal organic fertiliser to provide the grass with the extra nutrients it requires; it could also become an additional feedstock to co-digest with the grass enhancing the digestion process. This is especially important on a commercial scale where maximising methane production is vital.
This summary provides information on:Author(s): DfT
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department for Transport
The aims of the guide are to:
SAFED for Vans has been designed as a single course aimed at improving the safe and fuel efficient driving techniques of LCV drivers.
Safer driving means:
SAFED training has been developed specifically to enable both fleet operators and training providers to implement driver training within the LCV industry. It provides training and development for existing LCV drivers through instruction relating to vehicle craft and road craft
The guide is for training providers, fleet operators, in-house driver trainers and LCV drivers. It outlines the principles of SAFED and provides a step-by-step guide through the one-day SAFED training course
This guide is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Decision Analysis Services Ltd
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
The schedule for UK FOAK deployment operations would depend upon the associated assumptions. Such options may include:
Author(s): Decision Analysis Services Ltd
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Decision Analysis Services Ltd
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Decision Analysis Services Ltd
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Middleton, M.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Slowe, J.
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Strachan, Neil and Kannan, Ramachandran
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
This report serves as a technical explanation of the MARKAL and MARKAL-Macro (M-M) model analysis, to be included in the 2007 Energy White Paper, of the long-term impacts and associated uncertainties of a 60% reduction in CO2 emissions by 2050. It is a companion report to the policy focused DTI report The MARKAL energy model in the 2007 Energy White Paper (DTI, 2007). Further policy focused MARKAL-Macro analysis, exploring alternate sensitivities and more stringent emission reduction targets is in Lockwood et al (2007) and DEFRA (2007).
Author(s): Ozkan, N., Watson, T., Connor, P., Axon, C., Whitmarsh, L., Davidson, R., Spence, A., Baker, P. and Xenias, D.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
‘Smart grid’ is a catch-all term for the smart options that could transform the ways society produces, delivers and consumes energy, and potentially the way we conceive of these services. Delivering energy more intelligently will be fundamental to decarbonising the UK electricity system at least possible cost, while maintaining security and reliability of supply.
Smarter energy delivery is expected to allow the integration of more low carbon technologies and to be much more cost effective than traditional methods, as well as contributing to economic growth by opening up new business and innovation opportunities. Innovating new options for energy system management could lead to cost savings of up to £10bn, even if low carbon technologies do not emerge1 . This saving will be much higher if UK renewable energy targets are achieved.
Building on extensive expert feedback and input, this report describes four smart grid scenarios which consider how the UK’s electricity system might develop to 2050. The scenarios outline how political decisions, as well as those made in regulation, finance, technology, consumer and social behaviour, market design or response, might affect the decisions of other actors and limit or allow the availability of future options. The project aims to explore the degree of uncertainty around the current direction of the electricity system and the complex interactions of a whole host of factors that may lead to any one of a wide range of outcomes. Our addition to this discussion will help decision makers to understand the implications of possible actions and better plan for the future, whilst recognising that it may take any one of a number of forms.
Author(s): Xenias, D., Axon, C., Balta-Ozkan, N., Cipcigan, L., Connor, P.M., Davidson, R., Spence, A., Taylor, G. and Whitmarsh, L.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
Smart grids are expected to play a central role in any transition to a low-carbon energy future, and much research is currently underway on practically every area of smart grids. However, it is evident that even basic aspects such as theoretical and operational definitions, are yet to be agreed upon and be clearly defined. Some aspects (efficient management of supply, including intermittent supply, two-way communication between the producer and user of electricity, use of IT technology to respond to and manage demand, and ensuring safe and secure electricity distribution) are more commonly accepted than others (such as smart meters) in defining what comprises a smart grid.
It is clear that smart grid developments enjoy political and financial support both at UK and EU levels, and from the majority of related industries. The reasons for this vary and include the hope that smart grids will facilitate the achievement of carbon reduction targets, create new employment opportunities, and reduce costs relevant to energy generation (fewer power stations) and distribution (fewer losses and better stability). However, smart grid development depends on additional factors, beyond the energy industry. These relate to issues of public acceptability of relevant technologies and associated risks (e.g. data safety, privacy, cyber security), pricing, competition, and regulation; implying the involvement of a wide range of players such as the industry, regulators and consumers.
The above constitute a complex set of variables and actors, and interactions between them. In order to best explore ways of possible deployment of smart grids, the use of scenarios is most adequate, as they can incorporate several parameters and variables into a coherent storyline. Scenarios have been previously used in the context of smart grids, but have traditionally focused on factors such as economic growth or policy evolution. Important additional socio-technical aspects of smart grids emerge from the literature review in this report and therefore need to be incorporated in our scenarios. These can be grouped into four (interlinked) main categories: supply side aspects, demand side aspects, policy and regulation, and technical aspects. A brief overview of each is provided.
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Hare, P. and Murray, S.
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Robinson, L.
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Bonser, E. and Lowe, R.
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Watson, J., Winskel, M., Bell, K., Hawker, G., Webb, J., Tingey, M., Dodds, P., Chilvers, J., Pallett, H., Pidgeon, N., Demski, C., Morton, C., Scott, K., Roelich, K., Sakai, M., Cotton, I., Sambrook, K., Giesekam, J. and Barrett, J.
Published: 2017
Publisher: UKERC
UKERC welcomes the Scottish Government's energy and climate policy ambition, and applaud the valuable lead it is taking on energy. This has the potential to bring economic and social advantages - for example, the development of low carbon industrial capability with export potential and jobs, and improved air quality with associated health benefits. However, it is also important to ensure that the scale and pace of the transition minimises the additional costs for consumers. This can be achieved by supporting technological innovaiton that further reduces the costs of low carbon technologies and by maximising investments in energy efficiency.
Author(s): Britton, J. and Webb. J.
Published: 2022
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Wade, F., Webb, J., Killip, G. and Jenkinson, K.
Published: 2021
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Bell, K., Bridge, G., Britton, J., Cooper, S., Gailani, A., Gross, R., Hanna, R., Munoz, C.C., Poulter, H., Rattle, I., Sugar, K., Turner, K., Webb, J. and Whitmee, S.
Published: 2023
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Winskel, M., Watson, J., Gross, R., Dodds, P. and Bell, K.
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
UKERC have submitted a reponse to the Scottish GovernmentFinance and Constitution Committee's call for evidence on the Financial Memorandum that accompanies the Climate Change Bill.
This bill was introduced in May 2018 andamends the Climate Change (Scotland) Act 2009 to make provision for setting targets for the reduction of greenhouse gases emissions and to make provision about advice, plans and reports in relation to those targets.
Author(s): CEFAS
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
Over the last decade, the development of Offshore Wind Farms (OWF) has received significant attention. In March 2002, a FEPA licence was granted for the development of the first UK OWF, within coastal waters, at Scroby Sands, Great Yarmouth, Norfolk. This site was regarded at the time as the worst-case scenario in terms of potential impacts on coastal processes, involving the emplacement of 30 turbines situated upon monopile foundations 4.2 m in diameter in an environment with fast tidal currents and mobile bed sediments. During this licensing process, two environmental issues arose of major potential importance to the development of the adjacent inshore region, namely:
A programme of research and monitoring was undertaken at the Scroby Sands OWF, to observe, measure and quantify potential impacts of OWFs on coastal processes. This was achieved by a series of seabed surveys (side-scan sonar, swathe bathymetry) and deployment of seabed landers (Cefas 'MiniLanders') before, during and after construction of the OWF. These have been used to provide evidence of changes in seabed bathymetry, bedforms, currents, waves and suspended sediment concentrations that may lead to disturbance of sedimentary environments or sediment transport pathways.
One of the main aims of this work was to assist in the creation of a generic framework for use by both regulators and developers in assessing coastal processes issues within the EIA process and relating to any consequent FEPA licence conditions, particularly those related to monitoring.
The recommendations of this report are:
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives for this project are:
This project is the first phase of work for the SeaGen project, which is a wet renewable tidal turbine system for extracting energy from the sea's currents.
Tidal turbine systems are possibly the only wet renewable project concept that can generate electricity on predictable basis, and therefore augments the variable power generation nature of other renewable technologies. With the UK government's objectives towards sustainable energy, the SeaGen concept could provide a proportion of the government's renewable energy targets.
The project also allows for further instrumentation and testing of the Seaflow system currently installed off Lynmouth in North Devon. This testing will include correlation of the turbine blade loads with the sea's current variations to verify the fatigue prediction techniques used for the SeaGen system.
This profile contains information on the project's:Author(s): Allan, G., Barkoumas, C., Ross, A. and Sinha, A.
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
In this working paper, we look at the economic, energy, and emissions consequences for the UK of non-energy or invisible energy policies (Cox et al, 2019). These are policies which, while not explicitly energy-focused, impact on energy use and emissions. We examine this from a sectoral perspective, looking at differences in consequences when policies are successful in raising exports for individual sectors of the UK economy.
The central purpose of this paper is to extend that previous work and reflect the detailed industrial focus of the UK Government's Sector Deals' by looking below the aggregate level. We wish to focus on the incremental changes in economic activity, territorial industrial emissions and energy use (as well as the indicators of emissions- and energy-intensity of GDP) that could arise from success in increasing exports in specific industrial sectors. The opportunities and challenges for the UK to benefit at a sectoral level from international activity in low carbon sectors is the focus of work by Carvalho and Fankhauser (2017). That work does not however examine the consequences of achieving export growth at the sectoral level, or the quantitative scale of such impacts, or any trade-off's between successes in different low carbon sectors.
By looking these factors we can identify whether it may be possible to target export policies at specific sectors to stimulate greener growth, i.e. positive impacts on economic indicators with (desirable) reductions in energy use and/or emissions. While we might expect that such sectors could include those with lower energy and emissions per unit of output, or smaller links to energy-using sectors, the full (economic and environmental) system-wide consequences of increasing exports at the sectoral level can be examined using an appropriately detailed CGE model of the UK. Specifically, we are interested in the following question: are there differences in the consequences for economic, energy and emissions indicators when policies are successful in raising exports for individual sectors of the UK economy?
Author(s): Bell, K. and Hawker, G.
Published: 2016
Publisher: UKERC
What mix of generation will provide the cheapest total system cost for the GB electricity system after the 30 minute balancing requirement is met, while still meeting carbon reduction targets? Keith Bell, Scottish Power Professor of Smart Grids, University of Strathclyde, and Graeme Hawker, Research Associate, University of Strathclyde, argue there is no simple answer given that calculating costs is next to impossible due to uncertainties around such factors as storage and demand-side management.
Author(s): QinetiQ
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
This documents is an article on 'Seeing the light - Development programme announced for SeaZephIR Laser Anemometer'.
QinetiQ, together with npower renewables, Trinity House Lighthouse Service, and with funding from the DTI, has announced a major new collaborative project to develop its buoy-mounted LIDAR anemometry system, known as SeaZephIR.
The project aims to turn an established technology - light detection and ranging (LIDAR) - into an exciting and viable new solution to measure wind for the optimal siting of offshore wind farms.
SeaZephIR is a derivation of QinetiQ's land-based ZephIR system which has been trialled successfully in the UK and in Denmark. Designed to be a floating laser anemometer, the SeaZephIR system will help to ensure the optimal siting of offshore wind farms and positioning of the wind turbines, both of which require a thorough understanding of local wind behaviour.
Mounted on a floating buoy, SeaZephIR reduces the requirement to install more expensive, fixed meteorology mast. The system can operate independently offshore for long periods, and can be swiftly redeployed. It is anticipated that the SeaZephIR system will bring both increased flexibility and cost-savings to the rapidly growing offshore renewables industry.
The project team will be led by QinetiQ, with Trinity House Lighthouse Service providing the buoy, supporting systems, and all communications and maintenance support. Further to its financial support, npower renewables will also provide expertise in offshore wind measurements, and data from its fixed offshore meteorology masts which will be used for validation purposes.
Author(s): Faraday Institution
Published: 2021
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): Gailani, A., Cooper, S., Allen, S., Taylor, P. and Simon, R.
Published: 2021
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Batterbee, J.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Eadson, W., Hampton, S., Sugar, K., Blundel, R. and Northall, P.
Published: 2024
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Marsden, G., Anable, J., Bray, J., Seagriff, E. and Spurling, N.
Published: 2019
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Eyre, N and Killip, G. (eds)
Published: 2019
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): CREDS
Published: 2019
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Haines, V., Lawton, C. and Spencer, J.
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Jones Lang LaSalle Ltd (JLL)
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Jones Lang LaSalle Ltd (JLL)
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Department for Transport
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department for Transport
This document is a case study of TNT Express in Atherstone, written by the Department for Transport.
Aerodynamic drag is created as air resists the movement of a vehicle. This drag can have a significant impact on the vehicle's fuel consumption. The greater the drag, the harder the vehicle engine has to work and, as a result, more fuel is consumed.
Aerodynamic drag is affected by a number of factors, including vehicle shape, size of the vehicle's frontal area and travelling speed. Well maintained aerodynamic styling and correctly adjusted aerodynamic equipment can help to reduce drag.
Many trucks are supplied with aerodynamic styling by the manufacturer. Aerodynamic equipment can also be retrofitted to vehicles to improve fuel efficiency
The case studies illustrate that significant fuel savings can be made by using aerodynamics on tractor units and semi-trailers. The level of savings will depend on the type and size of vehicle, the travelling speed, the distances covered and also the nature of the operation. Higher speed long-distance trunking operations are more likely to derive greater benefit from aerodynamic styling than short distance stop/start multi-drop urban delivery operations.
Fuel savings from aerodynamic styling on a tractor unit account for up to 85% of all aerodynamics-based fuel savings. So, even if you do not own any semi-trailers, it could be worth equipping your tractor unit with a cab roof deflector and cab extension panels. If you operate using a variety of different height semi-trailers, it is worth considering installing a variable height cab roof deflector.
This case study is divided into the following sections:
Author(s): Thompson, O., Rohse, M. and Barber, J.
Published: 2024
Publisher: UKERC
Emerging from a placement at the Office for Product Safety and Standards, UK, the study underscores the importance of reflexive, flexible, inclusive and interactive policymaking that integrates public engagement and considers the intricate relationships between social, technologic
Author(s): Lilley, S.
Published: 2021
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): Faraday Institution
Published: 2020
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): Middleton, M.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Froggatt, A., Wright, G. and Lockwood, M
Published: 2017
Publisher: Chatham House, the Royal Institute of International Affairs
• Negotiations over the terms of ‘Brexit’ are likely to be lengthy, complex and difficult. Energy is one policy area in which it may be easier for the UK and future EU27 to find common ground
• Energy cooperation over the past decades has helped European countries to enhance their geopolitical security, respond to growing climate threats, and create a competitive pan-European energy market. Maintaining close cooperation in this field, and the UK’s integration in the European internal energy market (IEM), will be important for the UK and the EU27 post-Brexit.
• Strong UK–EU27 energy cooperation could help ensure that existing and future interconnectors – physical pipes and cables that transfer energy across borders – between the UK, Ireland and the continent are used as efficiently as possible. As European economies, including the UK, look to decarbonize further, interconnectors will help minimize the costs of operating low-carbon electricity systems, and help lower electricity prices for UK consumers.
• The UK and the EU27 have identified the special relations between the UK and the Republic of Ireland as a priority for negotiations. Any future agreement needs to maintain the Single Electricity Market (SEM) across the island of Ireland, as failure to do so could result in an expensive duplication of infrastructure and governance.
• EU funds and European Investment Bank (EIB) loans account for around £2.5 billion of the UK’s energy-related infrastructure, climate change mitigation, and research and development (R&D) funding per year. Replacing these sources of finance will be necessary to ensure that the UK’s energy sector remains competitive and innovative.
• The UK intends to leave Euratom, the treaty which established the European Atomic Energy Community and which governs the EU’s nuclear industry. This process – dubbed ‘Brexatom’ – will have a significant impact on the functioning of the UK’s nuclear industry, particularly in respect to nuclear material safeguards, safety, supply, movement across borders and R&D. Achieving this within the two-year Brexit time frame will be extremely difficult. The UK will need to establish a framework that it can fall back on to ensure nuclear safety and security.
• Remaining fully integrated with the IEM would require the UK’s compliance with current and future EU energy market rules, as well with some EU environmental legislation. The UK government, British companies and other relevant stakeholders will need to maintain an active presence in Brussels and European energy forums, so that constructive and informed engagement can be sustained.
• Without a willingness to abide by the jurisdiction of the European Court of Justice (ECJ), and in the absence of a new joint UK–EU compliance mechanism, the UK may be required to leave the EU Emissions Trading System (ETS) – an instrument in the UK’s and EU’s fight against climate change. Leaving the ETS would be complicated, even more so if the UK leaves before the end of the ETS’s current phase (2013–20). To maintain carbon pricing in some form outside of the ETS, the UK would need to either establish its own emissions trading scheme, which would be complicated and time-consuming; or build on the carbon floor price and introduce a carbon tax. Either of these potential solutions would need political longevity to be effective.
• It is in both the UK’s and the EU27’s interests for the UK to continue to collaborate on energy policy with EU and non-EU member states. The best way to achieve this would be to establish a robust new pan-European energy partnership: an enlarged European Energy Union. In particular, such a partnership could offer a useful platform for aligning EU policies with those of third countries, including the UK, Norway and Switzerland, while allowing them to fully access the IEM and push forward common initiatives. Experience suggests that the EU27 would be more receptive to working within an existing framework or multilateral approach (as with the European Energy Community) than to adopting a bilateral approach (as the EU currently does in its energy relations with Switzerland).
Author(s): The Engineering Business Ltd
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
Since 1997, The Engineering Business Ltd (EB) has been developing tidal stream generation technology. In 2002 EB designed, built and installed the worlds first full-scale tidal stream generator, the 150kW Stingray demonstrator. The Stingray concept is that the energy within tidal currents can be harnessed through oscillating hydroplanes. A full description of the concept and technology is presented in the Phase 1 and Phase 2 reports. Stingray was reinstalled in Yell Sound in the Shetland Islands between July and September 2003 for Phase 3 of the project. This report presents an overview of this phase of the project, the results obtained and outlines the implications of those results on the potential for commercial electricity generation.
The fundamental objective of the project was to demonstrate that electricity could be generated at a potentially commercially viable unit energy cost utilising Stingray technology. In addition to this, a number of measurable targets for the Phase 3 operations were agreed with the DTI.
The aim of the marine operations was to undertake a series of tests, at slack water and on the flood tide, to reconfirm basic machine characteristics, develop the control strategy and demonstrate performance and power collection through periods of continuous operation.
A summary of the main test work findings is as follows:
Although compliance with the targets set by the DTI was at a lower level than would have been hoped, the broader aims were met in the majority of cases. There is evidence to suggest that the technology is capable of full compliance with all targets that remain relevant.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): UKSAP
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Mathias, S.A., González Martinez de Miguel, G.J., Thatcher, K.E. and Zimmerman, R.W.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Daniels, S.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Balbinski, E., Mackay, E., Masters, J. and Bijeljic, B.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Masters, J.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Goater, A., Bijeljic, B. and Blunt, M.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Masters, J.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Bentham, M., Williams, J., Harris, S., Jin, M. and Pickup, G.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Folorunso, F.O.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Olden, P.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Raistrick, M., Polson, D., Bentham, M., Daniels, S. Jenkins, S. and Wilkinson, M.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Orren. R.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): UKSAP Consortium
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2009
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): UKSAP Consortium
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Drewitt, C. and Riemersma, G.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Pershad, H.
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Balbinski, E. and Mackay, E.
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Buckman, A.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Humphry, L, and Greenleaf, J.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Humphry, L, and Greenleaf, J.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Greenleaf, J. and Humphry, L.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Humphry, L. and Greenleaf, J.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Humphry, L. and Greenleaf, J.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): James, A., Baines, S. and McCollough, S.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): James, A.T., Baines, S. and McCollough, S.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): James, A., Baines, S. and McCollough, S.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Pale Blue Dot Energy, Axis Well Technology
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): James, A., Baines, S. and McCollough, S.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): McCollough, S.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): James, A., Baines, S. and McCollough, S.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): James, A., Baines, S. and McCollough, S.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Green, A. and D Gammer, D.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Green, A. and D Gammer, D.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): James, A., Baines, S. and McCollough, S.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Gomersall, S.D.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Pale Blue Dot Energy, Axis Well Technology, Costain
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): James, A.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ERTRAC
Published: 2004
Publisher: ETRAC
Author(s): Crawley, J., Higginson, S., Moore, G. and Eyre, N.
Published: 2023
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Tosato, G., Keay-Bright, S., Taylor, P. and Strachan, N.
Published: 2005
Publisher: UKERC
This regular ETSAP workshop, held at St Annes College, Oxford, was preceded by a focused UKERC sponsored event which examined issues in modelling future energy technology costs and choice.
The ETSAP meeting was structured around the two main themes. The first was applications of the MARKAL / TIMES model variants in specific methodological and policy focused projects. The second was presentations detailing ongoing model development and improvement in this open-source collaboration in energy system analytical tools.
Two underlying developments were discussed throughout the two days. The first was the surge of interest in scenario quantification and modelling of the options for climate change mitigation policies arising from the G8 Gleneagles Summit. ETSAP is likely to be heavily involved in this process which includes the IEA preparing a new flagship publicationon Global Energy Technology Perspectives (GETP). The first annual GETP is to be published in March 2006, will explore the role energy technologies can play in shaping long term markets and will be closely tied to results from the global MARKAL model. The second was an ongoing aim to continue to interact with key developing countries and to enhance and to link with their energy modelling capacities. This has been done through ETSAP as a whole and through bilateral contacts and this process will continue to be strengthened.
In additional to the modelling insights this workshop offered an excellent opportunity for networking and relationship building between international modelling groups. This was facilitated by the conference dinner held at St Anthonys College, Oxford.
Author(s): UKERC
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
This report summarizes the key issues and outcomes from a Research Hotel on Energy Systems Modelling. This event, which included the MARKAL modelling teams of the USEPA and UKERC, together with additional external experts, was held at the Policy Studies Institute in London from February 6th to 10th, 2006.
Author(s): Sunshot project
Published: 2012
Publisher: US Department of Energy
Author(s): Smith, A.
Published: 2009
Publisher: Joule Centre
This document is a summary for the project titled 'Superconducting Fault Current Limiter with Integrated Circuit Interrupter'.
In order for the UK to meet its ambitious targets for energy production from renewable sources (10% of electricity by 2010, 15% by 2020) it needs to expand its capacity to generate all forms of renewable energy. The proliferation of renewable energy generators, both on a large and small scale, present challenges in terms of maintaining the stability of the UK's electrical power system. A fault current is an abnormal current in an electric circuit due to a fault (usually a short circuit or abnormally low impedance path) and increase in generators raises the fault level in the system. This could significantly reduce the efficiency of the electrical power system in the UK. One proposed solution to this problem is the use of Superconducting Fault Current Limiters (SFCL) which can limit the amount electricity lost through faults.
It is intended these should be "invisible" components in the electrical system which do not do anything until a fault occurs at which point they would then become "visible" and present impudence, or resistance, to the system. This resistance then significantly slows the loss of electricity through the fault. Traditionally the problem with these has been the high material/cooling costs and operational instabilities of the superconductors, however recently a new superconducting material has been introduced that offers great promise as a low-cost, reliable SFCL. The main disadvantage of this material (Magnesium Diboride) is that once the superconducting wire quenches it heats up very rapidly and takes many minutes therefore to recover once the fault has been cleared. This means there is a period where electricity cannot be passed through the line properly even though there is no fault. The purpose of this research proposal is to explore the potential for integrating a circuit interrupter into the SFCL which would improve its reaction to the initial fault and reduce its recovery time. Both physical and Computer Aided Design prototypes were created then tested and optimized for this project.
In general, every network operator in the UK would benefit technically and commercially from this work if its successful. Network operators from overseas (for example USA) have also indicated a need for low-cost and reliable fault current limiters, so there is potentially a worldwide market for this technology.
Author(s): Snell, C. and Bevan, M.
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
Too often fuel poverty is thought of as an issue that only impacts older disabled people, but the reality is that fuel poverty blights the lives of disabled people of any age: from children, to adults of working age, to older people.
The evidence gathered through the Policy Pathways to Justice in Energy Efficiency project is based on in-depth research conducted with national policy makers, with stakeholders who implement energy efficiency policy and with households on low incomes. It provides a clear picture of the energy needs of families on low incomes and of what needs to happen to make a real difference in their lives.
This guide for practitioners takes these findings and turns them into practical steps for people working in the fuel poverty and energy efficiency sectors supporting disabled people.
Author(s): Snell, C. and Bevan, M.
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
Fuel poverty remains a pressing issue for over 4 million households in the UK today. Families with children living on low incomes are at particular risk of experiencing fuel poverty, and its effects can penetrate deep into everyday life and into the practical, social and emotional worlds of those who encounter it.
The evidence gathered through the Policy Pathways to Justice in Energy Efficiency project is based on in-depth research conducted with national policy makers, with stakeholders who implement energy efficiency policy and with households on low incomes. It provides a clear picture of the energy needs of families on low incomes and of what needs to happen to make a real difference in their lives.
This guide for practitioners takes these findings and turns them into practical steps for people working in the fuel poverty and energy efficiency sectors.
Author(s): Brand, C. and Anable, J.
Published: 2017
Publisher: UKERC
Evidence breifing from ESRC drawing upon research from the UK Energy Research Centre, outlined in the paper Modelling the uptake of plug-in vehicles, examines the timing, scale and impacts of the uptake of plug-in vehicles in the UK car market from a consumer perspective. The results show the importance of accounting for the varied and segmented nature of the car market, social and environmental factors, as well as considering how different uptake scenarios affect wider lifecycle emissions.
Author(s): Knapman, D., Herbert, A. and Ellis, J.
Published: 2002
Publisher: Department for Communities and Local Government
Three related surveys were carried out during the first six months of 2002 to establish estimates for the arisings and use of construction and demolition waste (C&D waste) in 2001 in England and Wales, and in each of the regions covered by Regional Aggregate Working Parties. The work was commissioned by the Minerals and Waste Planning Division (now part of the Office of the Deputy Prime Minister - ODPM - formerly part of the Department for Transport, Local Government and the Regions - DTLR) with the support of the Welsh Assembly Government. It was carried out by Symonds Group Ltd, with the support of WRc plc on issues of statistical design and analysis.
The three surveys covered operators of crushers and screens, licensed landfills and Paragraph 9 & 19 registered exempt sites. Between them, these surveys were designed to generate estimates for recycled aggregate and soil, C&D waste used and disposed of at licensed landfills, and C&D waste spread on registered exempt sites. The surveys made a clear distinction between hard C&D waste and excavation waste in order to identify not just the current rate of aggregate recycling, but also the further potential.
The information generated will feed into the revision of MPG6 (in England) and the Aggregates Technical Advisory Note (in Wales), and into other policy documents which deal with recycled aggregate.
The expectation is that comparable surveys will be run in future, to coincide with the four-yearly collection of data on primary aggregate production.
The estimate for production of recycled aggregate and soil has risen steeply, from 25.13 million tonnes in 1999 to 45.07 million tonnes in 2001. This growth accounts for almost all of the increase in overall C&D waste production in England and Wales between 1999 and 2001. The total for 2001 is estimated at 93.91 million tonnes ± 15% at a confidence level of 90%. Although this is almost 30% higher than the equivalent estimate for 1999 (72.5 million tonnes ± 35%), the difference between the central estimates for the two years is not statistically significant.
An estimated 38.02 million tonnes (± 18%) was crushed and/or screened prior to being recycled as aggregate: more than five times the tonnage of recycled soil. Some of the apparent rise in recycling activity can be attributed to a better 'detection rate' of crushers and screens used for processing hard C&D waste into recycled aggregate and soil, though the population of such machines is widely thought to be rising.
The greatest source of uncertainty, as in 1999, surrounds the true population of Paragraph 9 & 19 registered exempt sites, and the extent to which any unreliability within the national database of such sites is regionally biased. The study team concludes that such bias may well exist, and that as a consequence the regional estimate for the South West of England may well be disproportionately higher than those for other regions.
This document is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Barnes, M.
Published: 2009
Publisher: Joule Centre
This document is a summary for the project titled 'Sustainability Energy Infrastructure and Supply Technologies - Offshore HVDC Grids'.
In order for the UK to meet its ambitious targets for energy production from renewable sources (10% of electricity by 2010, 15% by 2020) it needs to expand its capacity to generate all forms of renewable energy and the largest proportion of this is expected to come from wind. The UK currently generates more energy than any other country in the world from wind (700MW) and the third stage of the UK Governments wind energy plan is expected to deliver another 25GW by 2020.
This project involved carrying out a critical assessment of prior and developing technology in the field, it also involved developing a mathematical and software model of an off-shore wind farm connected to shore by a HVDC grid.
This project was carried out in collaboration with TNEI, who produce a commonly used software tool for utility companies, and it has helped expand their capability into HVDC grids. This puts the company in an ideal place to capitalize on what is an extremely fast growing market both in the UK and internationally. A total of £4.88m funding has been obtained, from the Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council and the Northern Wind Innovation Programme (in partnership with Siemens T&D), for follow on projects. It was only possible to obtain this funding because of the initial funding for this project from the Joule centre.
Author(s): OBrien, M., Webster, A. and Lancaster, K.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
The participants in the session clearly represented a wide range of relevant backgrounds. Only a minority of participants were familiar with the details of fusion research. This led to a rapid discussion and overview of the main concepts behind fusion in Tokamaks such as JET and ITER this is summarised here. The event took place over 2 days with a break down of what occured within the document.
Author(s): DEFRA
Published: 2007
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
This note provides a summary of the key sustainability impacts of clothing and current interventions aimed at improving clothing sustainability performance. This is based on the Defra commissioned Environmental Resources Management (ERM) study Mapping of Evidence on Sustainable Development Impacts that occur in the Life Cycle of Clothing, 2007 and discussions with stakeholders engaged in sustainability and clothing within the Sustainable Clothing Roadmap.
The clothing roadmap is focused on garments to include textiles used in the manufacture of clothing, but excluding shoes, accessories and commercial textiles. To date, evidence has been gathered on the sustainability impacts (environmental, social and economic) of clothing across the lifecycle as well as current interventions designed to improve sustainability performance through desk based research and stakeholder meetings. In support of this, Defra commissioned Environmental Resources Management (ERM) to conduct a project to map the sustainability impacts of clothing and interventions to address these impacts. The briefing note summarises the sustainability impacts and interventions identified from this study and follow up meetings with stakeholders.
The note includes the following topics:Author(s): ETI
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Green, A. and Ramos, A
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Friggens, S., Bell, P. Aufrance, D., Beaumont, R., Cook, D., Kaufmann, C. and Ashley, R.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Firggens, S., Doyle, G., Scott, I. Ashley, R., Dodd, D. and Goodfellow, M.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Friggens, S.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Mott MacDonald
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Friggens, S., Ashley, R., Bell, P. and Aufranc, D.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Song, A.
Published: 2009
Publisher: Joule Centre
This document is a summary for the project titled 'THz nanodevices for energy harvesting'.
The urgent need to reduce carbon emissions in order to limit the impacts of global warming necessitates action for us to reduce our dependence on fossil fuels by switching to various carbon-free renewable energy resources. In the UK, the government has set up ambitious targets for the production of electricity from renewable sources, 10% of electricity by 2010 and 15% by 2020. Therefore the development of a new low-cost, efficient and environmentally friendly way to generate electricity would be of enormous benefit to society as a whole. This project outlines a plan for the technical and commercial development of 'rectennas' which can be used to convert heat, and later solar, energy from a variety of sources directly into usable electricity. It will also provide significant business opportunities internationally as countries strive to move towards more sustainable ways of generating electricity. This technology has the potential to overcome the fundamental limits of high cost and low efficiency that have limited the success of conventional thermoelectric and photovoltaic devices as low carbon solutions to the world's energy needs.
Heat energy, in the form of infrared radiation, is emitted from any object above absolute zero temperature; the hotter the object the more energy is released. This project aims to develop technology that can harness this energy by converting it into usable electricity using 'rectennas'. Rectennas consist of an antenna, to capture electromagnetic radiation, and a rectifier (requiring diodes with particular characteristics) to convert the energy into DC current. A square meter of material at 700°C, for example, releases about 50kW of energy as heat which would be enough to power 2,500 energy saving light bulbs. The work extends proven technology, shown to be highly efficient (>80%) in the microwave region (GHz), into higher frequencies (Thz) to harvest heat (infrared) from a variety of sources including waste heat from computer chips, car exhausts and beyond. Further development of this technology offers hope of highly efficient light (solar) energy capture. Despite the great potential benefits the device could deliver, the technology is relatively simple and requires only two main components making them cheap to produce and reliable to operate. Antennas that operate at frequencies (infra-red) which allow them to capture heat energy frequencies have very recently been developed, tested and manufactured at low cost however work is required to get rectifiers to operate at this range. Developing recitifiers which are capable this is the main objective of the project and Prof. Song is a world leading expert in the high speed diodes which make up rectifiers, diodes are semiconductor devices which only allows current to flow through it in one direction.
Author(s): Bellaby, P. and Eames, M.
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
The aim of the TSEC Trust Symposium was to bring together key individuals from the UK energy research community with leading UK and international social scientists who had previously worked on issues of trust in other social and technological contexts, in order to:
Sustainable development, global warming and energy security are issues for the current generation and action/inaction now will profoundly affect future generations. Changes seem to be inevitable, but there is room for debate about the extent to which the market will deliver the necessary energy transition or there must be policy-led ‘managed change’. Whichever course is taken, changes on the scale and of the complexity required will depend on cooperation between stakeholders at many levels. Trust/mistrust will play a part, positive or negative, in securing that cooperation. As yet little work has been done on trust in an energy policy context. The TSEC Trust workshop and project are part of an attempt to build capacity among researchers to undertake that task.
Author(s): Gammer, D.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Burrows, R., Walkington, I., Yates, N., Hedges, T., Chen, D., Li, M., Zhou, J., Wolf, J., Proctor, R., Holt, J. and Prandle, D.
Published: 2009
Publisher: Joule Centre
The geographical location of the United Kingdom and the seas that surround it provide internationally enviable renewable resources. Technologies for wind power extraction are now mature and an increasing role for the opportunistic capture of this intermittent energy source for the electricity grid is firmly established. Marine wave energy offers even greater scope for the future, with somewhat slower temporal variability but with necessary technological advances still outstanding. Even more exclusive, however, is the potential for tidal energy extraction from around the UK coastline. The most attractive locations for harnessing tidal power are estuaries with a high tidal range for barrages, and other areas with strong tidal currents (e.g. straits and headlands) for free-standing tidal stream devices. Barrage schemes, drawing on established low-head hydropower technology, are fully proven. The La Rance plant in France has now passed its 40th year of operation.
Of about 500-1000TWh/year of tidal energy potentially available worldwide (Baker, 1991), Hammons (1993) estimated the UK to hold 50TWh/year, representing 48% of the European resource, and few sites worldwide are as close to electricity users and the transmission grid as those in the UK. Following from a series of government-funded studies commissioned by UKAEA in the 1980s, 8 major estuaries were identified where tidal barrages would be capable of procuring over 40TWh/year. In rank order of scale, they were the Severn, Solway Firth, Morecambe Bay, Wash, Humber, Thames, Mersey and Dee (see UKAEA, 1980 and 1984, Baker, 1991). Thus, about half of this energy was located in the North West of England (House of Commons, 2008).
Also within the Eastern Irish Sea, exploitable tidal stream resources have been identified to the north of Anglesey and to the north of the Isle of Man, with more localised resources in the approaches to Morecambe Bay and the Solway Firth (DTI, 2004). Note, however, that in estuaries it is unlikely that tidal stream options can come close to the energy yield of barrage alternatives. Recent assessments for the Mersey offer estimates of 40-100GWh/year for tidal stream arrays, contrasting with 1200GWh/year estimated for a barrage at an equivalent location (RSK Environmental Ltd, 2007). In a similar vein, whilst tidal lagoons are often mooted as a viable alternative to estuary barrages, offering a similar operational function, it is highly unlikely that they could be realised at a comparable scale and remain competitive on cost against the major barrage schemes cited above.
Barrages on the Solway Firth, Morecambe Bay, Mersey and Dee, operating in ebb-only generation with 1xDoEn turbine provision could meet about 5% of UK demand. With further scheme optimisations and refined representation of pumping efficiencies, a figure close to 6% might be achieved. Based on the scale of the North West's 'economy' at approximately 12% of the UK total, this energy capture should supply about half the North West's present electricity needs.
In economic terms, this study has shown that the North West schemes should be no more than 70% more expensive in unit cost of energy produced when compared to that achievable from the Severn with, in each case, lowest costs arising from installations consistent with the Department of Energy's 1980s studies (1xDoEn turbine installations).
Increasing turbine provision substantially (to up to 3 times the default provision) would increase energy capture and enable retention of more of the intertidal area in the estuarial basin, so alleviating some of the environmental concerns, but at extra cost of electricity produced.
2-D modelling significantly alters the energy predictions from the 0-D modelling, so demonstrating the necessity of the more rigorous approach. As a consequence of this, further investigation is required to determine how much of the substantial energy increases predicted from 0-D modelling of 3xDoEn installations can be realised in the 2-D modelling. Presently, only about a 20% enhancement has been achieved, in part because of the reduction of tidal amplitudes at the barrage locations.
Earlier studies (DoEn, 1989) reported the potential for an outer line for the Severn barrage producing an additional 6.80TWh/year and barrages on the Wash, Humber and Thames capable of yielding 3.75, 1.65 and 1.37TWh/year, respectively (UKAEA, 1980). Combining these with the 33TWh/year obtained herein for the North West barrages and the Cardiff-Weston Severn barrage scheme (for similar 1xDoEn ebb-mode operation) would achieve a total of about 46.5TWh/year. This should be capable of uplift to around 50TWh/year by addition of positive head pumping, representing 13% of the UK (2005) electricity consumption of 387TWh/year.
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Burrows, R., Hedges, T.S., Chen, D.Y., Li, M., Najafian, G., Pan, S., Zhou, J.G., Walkington, I.A., Yates, N.C., Wolf, J., Holt, J., Proctor, R. and Prandle, D.
Published: 2008
Publisher: Joule Centre
This presentation covers:
Author(s): Burrows, R.
Published: 2008
Publisher: Joule Centre
In order for the UK to meet its ambitious targets for energy production from renewable sources (10% of electricity by 2010, 15% by 2020) it needs to expand its capacity to generate all forms of renewable energy and marine energy. This project is concerned with marine energy in the form of tidal power, specifically tidal barrages, and the UK's geographic location makes it ideal for these schemes. Indeed it was recently estimated that of the 500-1000TWh/year of energy believed to be available worldwide from barrage schemes, the UK holds 50TWh/year which is about half of the European resource. The North West of England has many suitable sites for barrage schemes and therefore has potential to generate a great deal of its electricity this way. Of all the potential UK sites, the Mersey is adjudged to be most feasible with its very narrow mouth meaning it needs a relatively short barrage and therefore has lower capital costs than other sites
This project involved examining the effectiveness of the different modes of operation (flood flow, ebb flow, dual which is a combination of ebb and flood) at potential North West sites and assessing the performance of alternatives to barrages. Each mode permits energy generation for typically between 8 and 11 hours a day. This study found that the most effective mode for tidal barrages to operate in is ebb flow mode, it also found that turbine installations operating in this mode could produce up to 10% of present UK electricity need. Potential schemes on the Solway Firth, Morecambe Bay, Mersey and the Dee, in the North West, could provide about half of the regions electricity requirement which is about 5% of the UK total demand. It was also found that the generation times from these potential North West schemes compliment another planned barrage scheme on the Severn estuary thereby extending the daily generation window from 11 hours to 20 hours. Other developments elsewhere in the country may enable a 15% contribution to electricity demand to be made from tidal range energy. There are a number of alternatives to barrage structures which don't require fixed structures however these were found to generate only a fraction of the power of barrages and in many cases were economically uncompetitive.
This project has been instrumental in building awareness of the potential renewable energy resource in the estuaries of the North West to both professional bodies and the interested public. In doing so it helped lead to the launch of the North West Tidal Energy Group (NWTEG).
Author(s): Evans, G.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Evans, G.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Witham, H.
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
This was a participatory workshop to share ideas for the innovative use of current energy events in the teaching of energy and transport economics. There were no formal speakers, as participants were given the space, time and 'infrastructure' (i.e. activities and set-up) for networking and sharing. Two weeks before the event, registered participants were asked to answer some questions about their teaching interests, strengths and concerns e.g. approaches to teaching, difficult topics and teaching resources. The responses were used to shape the agenda for the day.
The impetus for this unusual format was that participants of more traditional seminars/workshops/conferences lament the lack of time for networking and sharing. This workshop aimed to remedy that by making those aspects the focus.
Author(s): Technical Architecture project team
Published: 2005
Publisher: DTI and Ofgem
Author(s): Taylor, R., Westerbeeke, H., German, L., Bauen, A., Brownbridge, G., Bhave, A., Bianco, N., Wong, R., Lawal, A., Shah, N., Martinez, L., Eastwood, M., Hughes, K. and Pourkashanian, M.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Taylor, R., Konopka, P., Howes, J., Bauen, A., Eastwood, M., Martinez, L., Milne, T., Shah, N., MacDowell, N., Fennell, Pl, Huges, K., Pourkashanian, M. and Jones, J.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Taylor, R., Howes, J., Shah, N., Eastwood, M. and Hughes, K.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Taylor, R., Bauen, A., Robson, P., Eastwood, M., Webb, A., Martinez, L., Milne, T. and Shah, N.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Norris,D.P., Tabberer, R.J., Dimou, E. & Zhang, N.
Published: 2004
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
Clean power technologies have been developed to achieve high efficiencies and low emissions due to stringent environmental regulations. The obvious benefits of clean technologies were adequate while the power market was relatively stable and the plant could operate in base-load condition. However, in the current liberalised power market, electricity prices fluctuate, and thus the operational flexibility plays an important role in the plant profitability.
Powergen and UMIST (Department of Process Integration) have collaborated in a project to develop a means of ascribing a financial value to the operational flexibility (start-up times, ramp rates, minimum stable generation etc) of generating units. The project was partly funded through Powergen (£55k) and partly through support from the DTI's Clean Coal Technology Programme (£50k). This report summarises the Ph.D. study undertaken and presents the results and conclusions.
The basic purpose is to investigate the operational flexibility for power plants generating using coal or heavy fuel oil, in particular looking at Integrated Gasification Combined Cycle plants (IGCCs). The operational flexibility is defined as the ability of the plant to change its operation to respond to the fluctuating electricity prices. The profit that a plant makes is then compared to the profit of a perfectly flexible plant (i.e. instantaneous start-up and shutdown times) to give the cost of inflexibility (Operational Inflexibility Cost (OIC)).
Of the plants studied, the fully integrated IGCC has the best overall thermal performance. The higher the fuel price, the more beneficial it is to operate the IGCC compared with PF plant. In terms of the degree of integration, the fully integrated IGCC has better performance rather than the non-integrated and the partially integrated IGCC plant. The calculated operational inflexibility costs ranged between 0 (for base load operation) and about £2.5M p.a. (for about 55% utilisation) on a 250MW unit.
The overall profitability (excluding fixed costs and capital cost payback) is more dependent on the base capability of the plant than its flexibility. The higher the efficiency of the plant, the less relevant operational flexibility becomes, since high efficiency plant will run base load more often and for longer than lower efficiency plant (if all other factors are equal, such as fuel price, etc). The higher efficiencies of highly integrated IGCCs can offset the cost associated with the longer start up times of the gasifier, due to the increased likelihood of base load running).
This report is divided into the following sections:Author(s): DTI
Published: 2001
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
A three year research programme is being undertaken to develop ways of calculating the benefit of plant flexibility as a function of operating regime. This information will be used to evaluate methods for improving plant designs to ensure the optimum trade-off between flexibility and other crucial plant parameters such as capital cost, efficiency and reliability. The main aims of the programme are:
Electricity markets throughout the world are being reformed and deregulated. One result of this is that power stations are required to operate more flexibly, with more starts and stops and more rapid variations in output. As a result there is considerable commercial pressure being put on manufacturers to provide plant that can be operated flexibly, and on generating companies to buy such plant. However, improving the operational flexibility of a plant almost invariably involves some additional expense, either in terms of increased capital costs or a reduction in efficiency or reliability
Powergen UK plc and the University of Manchester Institute of Science and Technology (UMIST) are working together to explore ways in which the costs of plant inflexibility can be quantified. Powergen is contributing its expertise and experience of operating in a variety of liberalised power markets world-wide, whilst UMIST is one of the world's leading centres for the economic optimisation of complex industrial processes.
This profile contains information on the project's:Author(s): DNV and TFE Africa
Published: 2021
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): Watson, J. and Gross, R.
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
This inquiry is both welcome and timely. Whilst the Clean Growth Strategy emphasises the significant progress that has been made in reducing emissions, the Committee on Climate Change has identified a number of areas where policy needs to go further.
Innovation in a range of low carbon energy technologies and systems will be required to meet future carbon budgets and the 2050 target. Government policy has a vital role to play in supporting the development, demonstration and commercialisation of these technologies. Furthermore, policies to support innovation could also help to meet the wider economic objectives in the Industrial Strategy, by contributing to the development of new industries and jobs.
This submission draws on research and expertise from UKERC. The submission includes some introductory points in response to the committees questions on the Clean Growth Strategy, followed by some more specific responses to subsequent questions on government support for low carbon innovation.
Author(s): Eyre, N., Oreszczyn, T., Anable, J., Barrett, J. and Torriti, J.
Published: 2018
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): IEA
Published: 2013
Publisher: International Energy Authority
Author(s): IEA
Published: 2012
Publisher: International Energy Authority
Author(s): IEA
Published: 2012
Publisher: International Energy Authority
Author(s): IEA
Published: 2011
Publisher: International Energy Authority
Author(s): IEA
Published: 2011
Publisher: International Energy Authority
Author(s): IEA
Published: 2009
Publisher: International Energy Authority
Author(s): Lew Fulton as lead author
Published: 2011
Publisher: International Energy Authority
Author(s): IEA
Published: 2014
Publisher: International Energy Authority
Author(s): IEA
Published: 2011
Publisher: International Energy Authority
Author(s): IEA
Published: 2011
Publisher: International Energy Authority
Author(s): International Energy Agency’s Energy Technology Division, with Keith Burnard and Osamu Ito as lead authors.
Published: 2012
Publisher: International Energy Authority
Author(s): IEA
Published: 2015
Publisher: International Energy Authority
Author(s): IEA
Published: 2012
Publisher: International Energy Authority
Author(s): IEA
Published: 2015
Publisher: International Energy Authority
Author(s): IEA
Published: 2011
Publisher: International Energy Authority
Author(s): Milou Beerepoot as lead author
Published: 2012
Publisher: International Energy Authority
Author(s): IEA
Published: 2014
Publisher: International Energy Authority
Author(s): IEA
Published: 2014
Publisher: International Energy Authority
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Biomass Engineering Ltd
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
Biomass Engineering Ltd. have demonstrated that their downdraft gasification technology is capable of producing very low tar levels in the producer gas, as independently measured, and have four gasifiers in operation. Developments in the gasifier configuration have led to a very low tar gas, allowing a simplified hot has filtration system to be used. Recent independent analysis of the "tars" from the Mossborough Hall farm gasifier at Rainford, NW England has shown that over 80wt% of the condensable organics in the gas are benzene, toluene, xylene and naphthalene and that problematic tar components in the gas were less than 20 mg/Nm3 under prolonged operation. The gasification technology of Biomass Engineering Ltd. is therefore close to a warrantable commercial reality.
Biomass Engineering Limited has succeeded in developing a downdraft gasifier capable of producing a very low tar, low particulate gas of consistent high calorific value (> 5 MJ/Nm3 for wood feedstocks). However, with the development of a technology capable of handling a well-defined wood, there is a requirement to assess the possibility of using other non-standard fuels, especially as these are more readily available in some locations and where other disposal and transportation options are not economical. To this end this work was concerned with testing a variety of fuels in an existing 80 kg/h (80 kWe) gasification system and measuring a range of process emissions and assess whether they could possibly be used in a downdraft gasifier for gas production for use in a boiler or engine. The fuels used were: dried papermill sludge (briquetted), Dried leather wastes (briquetted), palletwood wastes (and some demolition wood), medium density fibreboard (MDF), panel board (and other chipped pallets), pine/bark mixed waste strippings and renewable biomass fuel (RBF) produced form the organic fraction of MSW.
The Biomass Engineering Ltd. technology is a throated downdraft gasifier and it can be operated using different gas cleaning systems, including cyclones for dust removal, hot gas filter for very high dust capture efficiencies (>99wt%) on low tar gases and a wet scrubbing system for contaminated (volatile metals) and high tar gases. Wastes with high ash contents are more prone to high levels of tar formation. Tests of over 60 hours on each fuel were carried out, except for the RBF, of which there was only a limited quantity and of highly variable quality, which caused various processing difficulties.
Tests on the fuels showed that the high ash feedstocks (>15wt%, RBF and papermill sludge) were problematical in gasifier operation and not unexpectedly gave a producer gas with low heating values in the range of 1-3 MJ/Nm3. The buffings dust, pine/bark mix and the palletwood could be satisfactorily gasified to give a has with a good lower heating value of 4-5 MJ/Nm3. This is the expected value for low ash feedstocks and low tar levels in the gas. Extensive analyses of the feedstocks, the by-products chars and ashes, the producer gas and some of the condensates were made. The RBF fuel was prone to clinker formation on the grate possibly by the formation of low melting eutectic of SiO2 and CaO (or a derivative). The chars exhibited high carbon conversions of typically over 85wt%.
This report contains an executive summary, and is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Keay-Bright, S.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
The aim of this workshop was to bring together a group of leading workers in the fields of energy technologies, combinatorial methods and computer simulation techniques, to define target performance for materials, and to explore the best methods to discover and develop materials capable of achieving these targets. We focussed mainly on electrochemical devices in order to reduce the scope of the meeting and to obtain a more focussed view, albeit in a rather reduced materials set. The final aim was not to produce a standard proceedings volume but rather to capture the important discussions that took place between the experts in the various fields both in the sessions and in the breakout sessions that followed from the main sessions.
Author(s): Gross, R., Heptonstall, P., Anderson, D., Green, T., Leach, M. and Skea, J.
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2004
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The objectives of this project are:
UK power generation and associated industries are facing growing pressures from ever-tightening environmental constraints, the drive for sustainability and increasing global competition. This provides new challenges and applications for power plant modelling in: new plant development; design and manufacture; plant demonstration and authorisation; engineering support. The recently completed project on Power Plant Modelling (see Project Summary 336), which was supported by the DTI, proposes a new UK power plant modelling initiative: the development of a VPDM.
A future VPDM will provide an integrated software framework which will allow the full potential for whole-plant software modelling to be realised. As a result, UK industry could provide competitive power plant solutions and ultimately zero emission technologies with significantly reduced development costs, risk and very competitive prices. The development of the full VPDM will be split into two phases, each lasting three years.
This summary provides information on:Author(s): Barker, T. and Jenkins K.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
One of the objectives of the research under the UKERC’s quantitative modelling effort is the review and development of models of energy use by the domestic sector. The aim of this paper is to describe version 3 of the Domestic Energy Sub-model, which models household energy use in the UK as a sub-model within the UK multisectoral dynamic model of the UK energy-environment-economy (E3) system maintained by Cambridge Econometrics MDM-E3. The paper does so by describing the structure of the model and development of different versions of the sub-model, with an outline of the appliances and thermal characteristics of domestic buildings included.
The paper then goes on to explain how households use thermal energy services and describes the characteristics of the buildings and appliances which are included in the model. Finally the paper describes the data collection methodology used to update the model’s dataset from 1995 to 2004 for version 3. Such a description allows the reader to see how the model is structured and how the results of the model are generated, based on the historical data.
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Webb, J., Tingey, M. and Hawkey, D.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Fotios, S., Boyce, P. and Ellis, C.
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department for Transport
The primary purpose of road lighting is to make people, vehicles and objects on the road visible by revealing them in silhouette against the road surface. As a result, road lighting standards are expressed in terms of three luminance metrics, average road surface luminance, overall luminance uniformity ratio and longitudinal luminance uniformity ratio. The luminance of any point on a road surface is a function of the illuminance on, and the reflection properties of, the pavement material. The reflection properties of the road surface will be determined by the pavement material used, whether it is wet or dry, and how much use the road has had.
Despite the existence of these variables, the recommended design method for road lighting in the UK uses one set of data for characterizing the reflection properties of road surfaces, called the representative British road surface, although this is modified for concrete roads. Quantitatively, the reflection properties of a road surface are given by a reduced reflection coefficient table, called an r-table. This r-table is summarised by two metrics; Q0, this being a metric of the diffuse reflection, and S1, this being a metric of the specular reflection. The representative British road surface design method has been applied for many years to roads constructed with such established pavement materials as hot rolled asphalt and brushed concrete. However, there are now a number of new asphalt-based pavement materials available, such as porous asphalt, stone mastic asphalt and a number of proprietary thin surfacings together with one new concrete-based pavement material, exposed aggregate concrete. The first objective of this report is to determine whether these new pavement materials can be accommodated within the representative British road surface road lighting design system. If they cannot, the second objective is to suggest what should be done to ensure the accurate design of lighting for roads where these new pavement materials are used.
The first part of this report summarizes the development of the representative British road surface and describes how it is used in the calculation of road lighting luminances. Then, the magnitude of the errors inevitable in using a single r-table to describe many different pavement materials is examined, as is the effect of use on the reflection properties of pavement materials. The reflection properties of a pavement material change markedly over the first six months of use, this change contributing to the large discrepancies that can occur between the luminance metrics calculated using the representative British road surface and r-tables specific to different pavement materials.
From a consideration of the calculations made and the caveats expressed, the following actions are recommended:
Author(s): Palmer, J. and Keay-Bright, S.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
Meeting the Energy Challenge, the White Paper on Energy, was published on May 23, 2007 following several years of intense energy policy review and debate. The BIEE and UKERC one day seminar brought together prominent academics in each of the topics of the White Paper, to present their assessment and critique of the paper and to lead discussion of its implications.
The workshop was structured around the Energy Review Consultation Topics:
Author(s): European Wind Energy Association
Published: 2013
Publisher: European Wind Energy Association
Author(s): Braunholtz-Speight, T., Mander, S., Hannon, M., Hardy, J., McLachlan, C., Manderson, E. and Sharmina, M.
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
It argues that, since its emergence in the UK in the late 1990s, community energy has grown through finding opportunities for smaller scale, decentralised energy activities in the UKs highly centralised energy system. The combination of development of renewable energy technologies, and the launch of the governments Feed-In Tariff Scheme (FITS) in 2010, produced a boom in the sector, especially around solar electricity generation.
Recent cuts to FITS rates and other policy changes place community energy at a crossroads. Some renewables activity will continue, but groups are exploring a wide range of activities, partnerships, and business models. We are engaging with the sector around outputs from our research, which include a survey and case studies, to co-develop recommendations and pathways for the future.
Author(s): Baker, P., Mitchell, C. and Woodman, B.
Published: 2009
Publisher: UKERC
The objective of this report is to review aspects of existing regulation, electricity market arrangements and industry practice in order to identify barriers in making the transition to a sustainable network.
Author(s): A G Dutton, J A Halliday, M J Blanch.
Published: 2005
Publisher: Carbon Trust
This document is the final report for the project titled 'The Feasibility of Building-Mounted/Integrated Wind Turbines (BUWTs): Achieving their potential for carbon emission reductions'.
The energy generation potential and technical feasibility of siting wind turbines in the built environment have been assessed. The study includes various configurations of Building Mounted/Integrated Wind Turbines (BUWTs), considered to be largely but not necessarily exclusively in urban areas: from turbines situated next to buildings, through turbines mounted on buildings, to turbines fully integrated into the building fabric.
It is concluded that wind energy could make a significant contribution to energy requirements in the built environment and that a more detailed evaluation of the resource is justified. In particular, through a combination of new-build with specifically designed wind energy devices and retrofitting of (preferably certified) turbines on existing buildings, it is estimated that the aggregated annual energy production by 2020 from wind turbines in the built environment could be in the range 1.7-5.0 TWh (dependent on the distribution of installations with respect to optimal wind speed) resulting in annual carbon dioxide savings in the range 0.75-2.2 Mt CO2. These figures represent between 1.5%-4.5% of the UK domestic sector electricity demand in 2000.
This remains an underdeveloped area of technology with potential for the UK to establish considerable, world-leading technical expertise, building on existing strengths in the small wind turbine market and offering good job creation opportunities.
Section 1 of this report briefly reviews the UK wind energy resource, the influence of the built environment on this resource, and the status of conventional wind energy technology, before, in section 2, introducing specific BUWT technologies and their potential advantages and disadvantages. In section 3, the main technical hurdles are reviewed and addressed in terms of whether potential solutions exist or further research and development is required. In section 4, the potential electricity production and carbon dioxide emissions savings are estimated for a range of assumptions about incident wind speed and installation rates. To achieve the estimated levels of penetration and to maximise the effectiveness of individual BUWT installations, it is concluded in section 5 that improved understanding is required in four main areas (reproduced under Recommendations overleaf).
The successful development of Building Mounted/Integrated Wind Turbines would be assisted by further R&D in four broad areas: assessment of wind regime in urban areas, assessment of the structural implications of BUWTs, optimisation of wind turbine design for BUWT installations, and addressing various non-technical barriers. In addition, the establishment of a national test centre would facilitate the adoption and application of consistent standards for power performance measurement, noise and vibration assessment, and location/mounting and safety.
This report contains an executive summary with recommendations, and is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Eames, P., Loveday, D., Haines, V. and Romanos, P.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
The aims of the work undertaken were:
Author(s): Qadrdan, M., Woodman, B. and Wu, J.
Published: 2023
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Cairney, P., Munro, F., McHarg, A., McEwen, N., Turner, K. and Katris, A.
Published: 2019
Publisher: UKERC
This briefing paper uses the example of a changing UK/Scottish government relationship after Brexit to demonstratehow to analyse the role of politics and policymaking in the transformation of energy systems.
Brexit will create a new division of policymaking responsibilities between EU, UK, and devolved governments.
In this paper we divide energy policy competences according to levels of government. Initially, it suggests that we cangenerate a clear picture of multi-level policymaking. However, the formal allocation of competences only tells a partialstory, because actual powers may operate differently from the strict legal picture. These blurry boundaries betweenresponsibilities may be further complicated by Brexit, even if it looks like the removal of a layer of government willsimplify matters.Instead of imagining clearlines of accountability, think of energy policy as part of a complex policymaking system in which the link between powers, practices, and outcomes is unclear and an energy system, in which government isonly one of many influences on outcomes.
Key findings
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Barker, Terry and Foxon, Tim
Published: 2008
Publisher: UKERC
The study examines the macroeconomic rebound effect for the UK economy, arising from UK energy efficiency policies and programmes for 2000-2010. The work explores the relationships between energy efficiency, energy consumption, economic growth and policy interventions using a well-established and highly detailed macroeconomic model of the UK economy. The work has been carried out in response to a call from the UK Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (Defra), with the support of Defra’s energy-efficiency policy team. As the focus of this study is to assess the magnitude of the macroeconomic rebound effect, the projections given in the report should not be taken as forecasts of future UK economic or environmental performance, e.g. the projections given here will differ from those in the 2006 Climate Change Programme.
Author(s): Allan, G., Hanley, N., McGregor, P.G., Swales, K.J. and Turner, K.
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
Improvements in resource productivity have been suggested as both a measure of progress towards sustainable development and as a means of achieving sustainability (Cabinet Office, 2001). The popular interpretation of resource productivity is "doing more with less": that is, of reducing the material or energy requirements of economic activity. However, the presumption of the conventional wisdom" that underlies current policy initiatives is that improving resource productivity will lower the burdens on the environment.
In fact, there has been an extensive debate in the energy economics/ policy literature on the impact of improvements in energy efficiency in particular. This focuses on the notion of "rebound" effects, according to which the expected beneficial impacts on energy intensities are partially, or possibly even more than wholly in the case of "backfire", offset as a consequence of the economic system's responses to energy efficiency stimuli. The "Khazzoom-Brookes postulate" (Saunders, 1992) asserts that improvements in energy efficiency can actually stimulate the demand for energy, thereby nullifying the anticipated environmental benefits of such changes. Jevons (1865) was the first to argue for such an effect, in the context of improvements in the efficiency of coal use. Very recently the House of Lords have acknowledged that energy efficiency improvements alone might not deliver the expected environmental benefits.
In this report we explore the conditions under which the notion that energy efficiency is environment-enhancing would be expected to hold theoretically, and present some empirical evidence from an energy-economy-environment computable general equilibrium (CGE) model of the UK economy.
Rebound and backfire are of considerable potential relevance to climate change policy, since the coupling of reductions in energy use with no penalty in terms of output (the "zero-cost" ideal of the resource productivity enthusiasts) may not in fact be the win-win option suggested, due to induced effects on output and the consequent scale effect on environmental burdens.
Our work shows that energy efficiency measures would generally be expected to generate a less than proportional fall in energy use (rebound). Our own view is that even the presence of backfire would not undermine the case for energy efficiency policy: although it does imply that environmental benefits cannot be guaranteed by such policies alone. Rebound implies that environmental improvements will not be as great as the initial percentage fall in energy use per unit output. However, the extent of rebound is ultimately an empirical issue. Our own empirical analysis suggests the likelihood of significant rebound effects in response to system-wide changes in energy efficiency (of the order of 40%) for the UK as a whole, although this does depend on the precise value of elasticities that govern the ease of substitutability of energy for other inputs. However, there is also typically an accompanying stimulus to economic activity. A clear policy implication is thus that: (i) in general, the coordination of energy policies would be beneficial and (ii) that an increased energy tax may be required to be implemented alongside the energy efficiency improvement.
Our results show some sensitivity of the rebound effect to changes in the parameter values for the elasticity of substitution between energy and non-energy intermediates; for the elasticity of demand for energy, electricity and non-energy sectors and to the costs of policies and the behaviour of the labour market. However, it is difficult to see how energy policy could in itself do much to change these parameters in the "right" direction. Indeed, improvement of information flows and reduction of transactions costs would be likely to increase effective elasticities, not reduce them.
This report contains a report summary, and is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Marie, J-J.
Published: 2023
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): Coleman, J.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Howard, M., Silverstone, B., Moztarzadeh, H., Shakspeare, P. and Kirkwood, N.
Published: 2021
Publisher: Faraday Institute
Author(s): Colechin, K. and Colechin, M.
Published: 2025
Publisher: Cultivate Innovation
Author(s): Colechin, K. and Colechin, M.
Published: 2025
Publisher: Cultivate Innovation
Author(s): Camacho-McCluskey, K., Blyth, W., Gross, G. and Carmichael, R.
Published: 2025
Publisher: UKERC
Novel analysis from this paper shows that while gas-linked revenues accounted for 90% of generation and two-thirds of total costs in 2024, this is expected to fall to 60% and just under half of costs by 2028.
Three years after the energy crisis, residential electricity prices in the UK 2025 are still historically high, and the UK is amongst the highest priced countries for electricity. This paper finds that bills have risen by £150 in real terms since 2021, and that £112 of this increase is due to higher wholesale market prices driven largely by gas.
Britain's electricity system is also going through a profound change. As the share of output with a fixed price contract or CfD rises, the role of gas generation in setting household prices will fall, since increasing volumes of generation will be delinked from gas prices. Novel analysis from this paper shows that while gas-linked revenues accounted for 90% of generation and two-thirds of total costs in 2024, this is expected to fall to 60% and just under half of costs by 2028.
However, this 'automatic' reduction in the share of gas prices in bills is limited in effect by the volume of renewable generation receiving a CfD that is at or below the wholesale price. The authors argue that going further to reduce bills requires action on policy costs. They therefore recommend UKERC's Pot Zero proposal which targets the most substantial policy cost on bills (at £102): the Renewables Obligation (RO). Moving RO-supported projects onto CfDs could deliver consumer savings of £2-8 billion per year in the late 2020s, equivalent to £20-80 per consumer.
Key messages:
In future work, UKERC's Whole Systems mission will explore options to help hold CfD prices down, reduce the costs of curtailment, minimise the costs of network upgrades and refurbishment, and mechanisms to reallocate costs between categories of consumer, for example, through tariff reform.
Author(s): Sorrell, S.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
This report analyses the nature, operation and importance of rebound effects and provides a comprehensive review of the available evidence on this topic, together with closely related issues, such as the link between energy consumption and economic growth. It assesses the strengths and weaknesses of the evidence base, clarifies the underlying disputes and highlights the implications for energy and climate policy. The key message is that promoting energy efficiency remains an effective way of reducing energy consumption and carbon emissions. But more explicit treatment of rebound effects is needed to assess the contribution that energy efficiency can realistically make.
Author(s): Dimitriopolous, J. and Sorrell, S.
Published: 2006
Publisher: UKERC
The rebound effect results in part from an increased consumption of energy services following an improvement in the technical efficiency of delivering those services. This increased consumption offsets the energy savings that may otherwise be achieved and potentially undermines the rationale for policy measures to encourage energy efficiency.
The nature, definition and magnitude of the rebound effect are the focus of longrunning disputes with energy economics. This paper brings together previous theoretical work to provide a rigorous definition of the rebound effect, clarify key conceptual issues and highlight the consequences of various assumptions for empirical estimates of the effect. The focus is on the direct rebound effect for a single energy service - indirect and economy-wide rebound effects are not discussed.
Beginning with Khazzoom’s original definition of the rebound effect, we expose the limitations of three simplifying assumptions on which this definition is based.
First, we argue that capital costs form an important part of the total cost of providing energy services and that the higher cost of energy efficient conversion devices will reduce the magnitude of the rebound effect in many instances.
Second, we argue that energy efficiency should be treated as an endogenous variable and that empirical estimates of the rebound effect may need to apply a simultaneous equation model to capture the joint determination of key variables.
Third, we explore the implications of the opportunity costs of time in the production of energy services and highlight the consequences for energy use of improved ‘time efficiency’, the influence of time costs on the rebound effect and the existence of a parallel rebound effect with respect to time.
Each of these considerations serves to highlight the difficulties in obtaining reliable estimates of the rebound effect and the different factors that need to be controlled for. We discuss the implications of these findings for econometric studies and argue that several existing studies may overestimate the magnitude of the effect.
Author(s): Evans, H., Thirkill, A. and Hussain, B.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): DNV
Published: 2023
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): Watson, J., Ketsopoulou, I., Dodds, P., Chaudry, M., Tindemans, S., Woolf, M. and Strbac, G.
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
Energy security is a central goal of energy policy in most countries and with rapid changes occurring throughout the UK energy sector, it remains high on the policy agenda. Recent concerns about UK gas supplies - highlighted by National Grid's gas deficit warning demonstrated just how fundamentally important it is to have a reliable energy system.
Using a number of indicators, ‘The Security of UK Energy Futures’ assesses aspects of security such as energy availability, reliability, sustainability and affordability to examine how energy security risks will change over time
The report draws three main conclusions:
Author(s): Walker, A., Coonick, A., Greenham, N., Vinnicombe, K., Walls, M., Stojkovoska, B., Lucas, R., Klassen, A., Robertson, N., Dale, P., Agha, I., Warren, P., Tan, K.T., Bedford, S., Jones, L., Dobson, R., Thirkill, A., Burns, W. and Stoker, D.
Published: 2019
Publisher: REGEN
Regen has run the Solar Commission, a project that has been set up as part of the UKERC Whole Systems Network Fund.
Innovation and falling costs are leading to solar power playing an increasing role in the energy system. The UK has considerable scientific, technical and business experience in solar power and including technology, power storage, control systems, financing, and power purchase arrangements.
The role of the Commission has been to stimulate new thinking and encourage collaboration between academics, industry and system operators on the role of solar power in the energy system. The Commission examined areas where the UK could use its scientific and technical capabilities to play a leading role in innovation and industrial strategy opportunities in solar power.
The Commission was formed of industry leaders, academics and others and the Commissioners were responsible for investigating the future role of solar power in the energy system, considering the UK’s areas of strength in research and innovation in solar.
The findings will be used to inform and influence decision makers and leading players in the UK energy system and have been published in a non technical briefing at the House of Lords on 9 July 2019. The project engaged new voices and maximise female representation through collaboration with Regen’s Entrepreneurial Women in Renewables initiative.
This report presents the conclusions of the Commission, setting out:
A key finding of the Commission is that the UK has strong capabilities in many of the disruptiveinnovations transforming the solar PV market. The UK’s strengths in areas like innovative solar celltechnologies, storage, information and communication technologies and finance have sometimesbeen obscured by a focus on China’s domination of the manufacture of current generation crystallinesolar PV panels.
Author(s): Slade, R., Bauen, A. and Gross, R.
Published: 2010
Publisher: UKERC
This report has been produced by the UK Energy Research Centres Technology and Policy Assessment (TPA) function. The TPA was set up to address key controversies in the energy field through comprehensive assessments of the current state of knowledge. It aims to provide authoritative reports that set high standards for rigour and transparency, while explaining results in a way that is useful to policymakers.
This report precedes a TPA study of some of the key issues which face the deployment of bio-energy resources in the period to 2050. The objective of this report was to review existing estimates of the UK resource base and identify the most important assumptions and uncertainties affecting estimates of the domestic resource potential. It was envisaged that this would inform the scope of the subsequent bio-energy TPA. A secondary objective was to assist DECC develop bio-energy route maps, promised under the UKs 2009 Low Carbon Transition Plan.
Author(s): Ekins, P., Keppo, I., Skea, J., Strachan, N., Usher, W. and Anandarajah, G.
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
Phase 1 of the UK Energy Research Centre (UKERC) facilitated the development of a state-of-the-art MARKAL model of the UK energy system. MARKAL is a well established linear optimisation, energy system model, developed by the Energy Technology Systems Analysis Programme (ETSAP) of the International Energy Agency (IEA) in the 1970s, and was until very recently used by it for its annual Energy Technology Perspectives (ETP) reports. It is also used by many other research teams round the world, and has been regularly updated and improved over the years through the ETSAP Implementing Agreement.
Towards the end of UKERCs Phase 1, in 2007-8, UK MARKAL was used for a major modelling exercise of different projections of the UK energy system to 2050, the results of which were published in Skea at al 2011. In the ensuing years, UK MARKAL was again used for major 2050-focused modelling projects: for the Committee on Climate Change (CCC) in 2010 (CCC 2010), for the Department of Energy and Climate Change (DECC) in 2011 (HMG 2011), and again for UKERC to update the Energy 2050 scenarios in 2012. This UKERC Research Report presents the main results of each of these modelling exercises, with a view to drawing out any key messages from the set as a whole.
Comparisons between such model runs, even of the same model, need to be drawn with care. Various assumptions, including cost and other data inputs to the model, were changed between the model runs, to reflect policy and other developments, and to incorporate new information. Some of the technology representations in the model were also improved. These changes have two implications for comparisons between such model runs. The first is that detailed conclusions about the cost-preferability of particular technologies, unless they emerge as clear favourites across the whole set of runs, are unlikely to be robust. This is because the cost uncertainties of possible developments in these technologies and their competitors over four decades are very great. Where, as will be seen in these cases, the costs between the major low-carbon technologies are, or may be, of the same orderof magnitude, then there are no strong grounds on the basis of these runs of preferring one over the others on cost grounds.
The second conclusion is more positive. Where consistent patterns of development of the energy system emerge across the different runs, despite the different inputs and the fact that the runs were carried out by different modellers and modelling teams, then more confidence may be placed in these patterns as likely features of the future UK energy system under the constraints applied, theprincipal constraint being reductions in greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, or carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions in the case of the UK energy system, according to the provisions of the UK Climate Change Act of 2008. It is these consistent patterns that inform the main conclusions of this report, which are summarised here under a number of headings. The numbers on which these broad conclusions are based appear in the main report.
Author(s): Department for Business and Trade
Published: 2025
Publisher: UK Government
The United Kingdom is a thriving global economy founded on stability, fairness, and the rule of law, and propelled by world-leading sectors and companies. We have a record of extraordinary research and innovation; we are champions of openness and free trade; and we continue to be a magnet for international talent and capital.
Yet in recent decades the pace and magnitude of global change have escalated and the UK has been short of the dynamism it takes to stay ahead. The global trading environment has become more unpredictable, the fragility of global supply chains more apparent, and our economic competitors have been more assertive and disruptive in promoting their national industries. British workers and families have paid the price through a cost-of-living crisis.
Now more than ever, businesses are seeking out countries that can provide them with the confidence to invest and grow. As set out in the Plan for Change, the Government's priority mission is to deliver strong, secure, and sustainable economic growth to boost living standards for working people in every part of the UK.
Our modern Industrial Strategy will help us seize the most significant opportunities and create the most favourable conditions in key UK sectors for the companies of the future to emerge here - the ones that have a transformative role to play in the clean energy transition, the tech revolution, the fundamental impact of AI on every sector, and the new geopolitics.
To achieve this, the Government is focused on the critical need to increase business investment, capturing a greater share of internationally mobile capital, spurring domestic businesses to scale up, and supporting small and medium-sized businesses reliant on resilient supply-chains. This is about positive choices: backing eight sectors (the IS-8) with the highest potential, and the frontier industries at their leading edge - and targeting the places and clusters across the UK that support those sectors, to increase national productivity, strengthen our economic security and resilience, and support our environmental goals and the net zero transition.
To ensure the Industrial Strategy drives action we will track key measures of improvement across the whole economy, the IS-8, and places: business investment, Gross Value Added (GVA), labour market outcomes such as employment and wages; productivity growth; and exports. We will also track the number of new large homegrown' business across the IS-8. The Industrial Strategy and Sector Plans are underpinned by a robust monitoring and evaluation approach tracking the delivery of its policies, overseen by the Industrial Strategy Advisory Council (ISAC).
Invest 2035, our consultation, showed clearly where action must be taken, and how we need to shape the most globally competitive offer to business. The Industrial Strategy is not about a particular point in time or publication - it is a 10-year commitment and partnership. The Government has already started to take action on the issues raised by the eight sectors - from addressing the burden of regulation to the speed of planning - and we will go further in the critical areas identified, both immediately and in the months and years ahead.
Author(s): Bradshaw, M., Bridge. G., Bouzarovski, S., Watson, J. and Dutton, J.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
A UKERC Research Report exploring the UK's global gas challenge. This report takes an interdisciplinary perspective, which marries energy security insights from politics and international relations, with detailed empirical understanding from energy studies and perspectives from economic geography that emphasise the spatial distribution of actors, networks and resource flows that comprise the global gas industry.
Natural gas production in the UK peaked in 2000, and in 2004 it became a net importer. A decade later and the UK now imports about half of the natural gas that it consumes. The central thesis of the project on which this report is based is that as the UK’s gas import dependence has grown, it has effectively been ‘globalising’ its gas security; consequently UK consumers are increasingly exposed to events in global gas markets.
Author(s): Gifford, S.
Published: 2021
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): Gough, C., Mander, S., Haszeldine, S. and Palmer, J.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
This roadmap addresses a technology which decarbonises emissions from large point sources, with a focus upon electricity supply: Carbon dioxide Capture and Storage (CCS). CCS reduces CO2 emissions through the 'chemical capture' of CO2 at central electricity plant (powered by coal or gas) with subsequent transport of CO2 to a geological storage site. The technology is endorsed by the IPCC and UK government as a key mitigation option (IPCC, 2007; POST, 2005). UK support for CCS was announced in the 2007 Budget through 'a competition to develop the UK's first fullscale demonstration of carbon capture and storage' (HM Treasury, 2007), which will operate from November 2007. There are currently more than nine proposals in the UK for full-scale CCS power plant proposing diverse capture options and storage sites.
Author(s): Carlo, D. and Keay-Bright, S.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
This workshop set out to address four key questions, a) to d), identified prior to the event. Experts were invited to tackle these questions through means of a preworkshop briefing paper. These papers were circulated to participants in advance of the workshop. The authors presented a brief summary of their paper during the workshop and participants were invited to discuss the issues raised by the paper and any other related issues. The briefing papers are available in the Appendices of the full report, which can be downloaded from the UKERC website.
Author(s): Heptonstall, P., Gross, R. and Steiner, F.
Published: 2017
Publisher: UKERC
When the UKERC TPA team completed its first assessment of the evidence on the costs and impacts of intermittent generation on the British electricity system, the conclusion was that the additional costs would be relatively low, adding around 5-8 per MWh to the cost of the renewable electricity generated. This was based on a review of the available evidence, most of which did not envisage more than 20% of electricity to be sourced from intermittent renewables.
Since then, the UKs targets for renewable generation have been set considerably higher than this, and a number of significant new studies have been carried out into the likely effects of a much higher proportion of renewable electricity in the UK mix.
This project provides an update to the original 2006 UKERC report, reviewing the new evidence for the impacts associated with higher shares ofrenewable generation and
Author(s): Anderson, K.
Published: 2006
Publisher: Joule Centre
This document is a summary for the project titled 'The development and socio-economic analysis of low carbon pathways for aviation in the North West'.
The aviation industry is one of the fastest growing sectors of the UK economy and the most problematic in terms of its impact on the climate. Currently aviation accounts for over 6% of UK carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions and, according to Government figures, growth in emissions for the year 2003-4 were in excess of 11%. It is expected that this year emissions from aviation will be similar to those from car travel in the UK. By 2020 it will be the sector with the second highest emissions and by 2030 it is likely to dominate UK CO2 emissions. Whilst for many sectors, technology offers substantial short to medium-term opportunities to significantly reduce emissions, within the aviation sector only incremental refinements to an already technically-mature industry are credible before 2030. Consequently, improvements in aircraft and engine design combined with operational practices, offer only a 1% per annum reduction in fuel-burn per passenger per km. Exacerbating this absence of a significant increase in fuel efficiency is the long design-life of aircraft, effectively locking society into the current technology for at least the next 30-50 years. Recent research has clearly demonstrated that unless aviation growth is tackled as a matter of urgency, this single industry will absorb the complete carbon dioxide budget of the UK if the Government's commitment to the 2°C threshold is to be met.
This project will provide a detailed understanding of aviation's contribution to the regional economy how and why the North West (NW) aviation emissions are rising and, more particularly, it will inform the ongoing development of the NW climate change strategy.
Author(s): Edwards, R.
Published: 2009
Publisher: Joule Centre
This document is a summary for the project titled 'The development of rational strategies for the design of zero carbon commercial buildings'.
Most existing buildings in Britain were constructed with little regard for energy conservation and consequently there is a large potential for improvement. Buildings currently represent 75% of Britain's demand for heat; but with new builds insulated and designed effectively; this could be reduced to almost zero. The Government has announced plans for all new non domestic buildings to be "zero carbon" in operation by 2019, "zero carbon" is a term for a building with zero net energy use, but this objective brings with it a huge number of technical complexities.
The project brings together technical and economic issues in order to produce a set of feasible design solutions for zero carbon commercial buildings for a range of designated regions within the North West. It will identify the most cost effective method of achieving "zero carbon emissions" and identify any knowledge gaps which will need to be filled by means of future research.
Author(s): Dellaccio, O., Dicks, J., McGovern, M. and Stenning, J.
Published: 2022
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Allan, G., Barrett, J., Brockway, P., Sakai, M., Hardt, L., McGregor, P.G., Ross, A.G., Roy, G., Swales, K. and Turner, K.
Published: 2019
Publisher: UKERC
This study investigates how an increase in exports (a key pillar in the UK Industrial Strategy) could impact energy and industrial policy by comparing two types of energy-economy models.
Achieving the targets for reducing greenhouse gas emissions set out in the UK Climate Change Act will require a significant transformation in the UK's energy system.
At the same time, the government is pursuing a new UK Industrial Strategy, which aims to improve labour productivity, create high-quality jobs and boost exports across the UK.
The economic and the energy systems in the UK are tightly linked and so policies adopted in one area will produce spillover effects to the other.
To achieve the objectives set out in the two strategies it is therefore vital to understand how the policies in the energy system will affect economic development and vice versa.
Our study contributes to this by investigating how an increase in exports (a key pillar in the UK Industrial Strategy) could impact energy and industrial policy.
We address this question by systematically comparing the results of two types of energy-economy models of the UK, a computable general equilibrium model (CGE) and a macroeconometric (ME) model.
In both models we analyse a stimulus to demand from an increase in exports arising from a successful export strategy as motivated by the UK Industrial Strategy.
The qualitative results of the export stimulus are similar across all models in that GDP and employment are always stimulated. In this sense, the results are reassuring for the UK's Industrial Strategy that emphasises export promotion.
However, the models also find that total energy use and CO2 emissions increase, and so does the energy intensity and emissions intensity of GDP.
The increase in CO2 emissions occur because the study identifies the energy and CO2 impacts of an export shock with other things remaining unchanged. Therefore the models do not simultaneously incorporate the UK carbon budgets or policies to support energy efficiency and decarbonisation of energy supplies.
However, our analysis reveals the likely adjustment of energy and climate policies to counteract the increase in CO2 and energy intensity that may result from export promotion. It therefore emphasises the need to complement UK industrial policies with appropriate action on energy use and carbon emissions to meet statutory carbon targets set by the Climate Change Act (2008).
The results highlight the interdependence of the energy and economic systems. They show that there are benefits to coordinating strategic initiatives aimed at stimulating economic activity with those aimed at tackling carbon emissions, as envisaged in the UK's Clean Growth Strategy.
Author(s): Ross, A.G., Allan, G., Figus,G., McGregor, P.G., Roy, G., Swales, J.K. and Turner, K.
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
The wider impacts of energy policy on the macro-economy are increasingly recognised in the academic and policy-oriented literatures. Additionally, the interdependence of energy and economy implies that a (policy) change in the non-energy system impacts on the energy system. However, such spillovers on the energy system have not been extensively researched. We begin by analysing the impacts of export promotion policies - a key element of the UKs Industrial Strategy - on the energy system and energy policy goals. As the impacts of such policies are, in large part, transmitted via their effects on the economy, we adopt a computable general equilibrium model - UK-ENVI - that fully captures such interdependence. Our results suggest that an across-the-board stimulus to exports increases total energy use significantly. This does not come directly through energy exports, but indirectly through the energy sectors linkages to other sectors. Export led growth therefore impacts on energy use - and significantly so. This in turn is likely to have an adverse impact on emission targets. Policy makers should be aware of the fact that a successful implementation of the Industrial Strategy may create significant tensions with the UKs Clean Growth Strategy, for example, and with the goals of energy policy more generally. The importance of this effect will in practice depend upon: the mix of goods and services that are exported (an issue that we shall address once the export strategy is published); the success of low-carbon policies. Ultimately, a knowledge of the nature and scale of these spillover effects of economic policies on the energy system creates the potential for more effective and efficient policy making
Author(s): Antonutti, R., Peyrard, C., Johanning, L., Incecik, A. and Ingram, D.
Published: 2014
Publisher: Renewable Energy, 88: 83-94
Author(s): Eyre, N. and Oreszczyn, T.
Published: 2022
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Howell, R.
Published: 2009
Publisher: UKERC
The overall objective of this research was to determine whether the operation of the CRAGs movement, and the experiences of individuals involved, can offer any useful information about the process of individual/household level carbon footprint reductions, the psychological effects of having a carbon allowance and trading system, and therefore any issues for consideration in the design of a Personal Carbon Trading policy. The specific aims were therefore:
Author(s): McGlade. C., Pye. S., Watson. J., Bradshaw. M., Ekins. P.
Published: 2016
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Eyre, N. and Lockwood, M.
Published: 2016
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Chaudry, M., Qadrdan, M., Chi, L. and Wu, J.
Published: 2022
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Cox, E., Rostston, S. and Selby, J.
Published: 2016
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Gifford, S.
Published: 2022
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): Faraday Institution
Published: 2021
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): 4CMR, Cambridge Econometrics CE Ltd, and Herring, H.
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
The study examines the macroeconomic rebound effect for the UK economy, arising from UK energy efficiency policies and programmes for 2000-2010. The work explores the relationships between energy efficiency, energy consumption, economic growth and policy interventions using a well-established and highly detailed macroeconomic model of the UK economy. The work has been carried out in response to a call from the UK Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (Defra), with the support of Defra's energy-efficiency policy team. As the focus of this study is to assess the magnitude of the macroeconomic rebound effect, the projections given in the report should not be taken as forecasts of future UK economic or environmental performance, e.g. the projections given here will differ from those in the 2006 Climate Change Programme.
This study contributes to the House of Lords debate on the rebound effect by examining the macro-economic rebound effect on the UK economy from energy efficiency policies and programmes for final energy users, using an energy-environment-economy model of the UK economy. The policies are targeted at improving market performance in energy efficiency through improving information, reducing or removing barriers and correcting for market failures. The modelling allows for the existence of these potential improvements. No assumption is made that the economy is in equilibrium or at full employment of resources. The effects are disaggregated by industry, households, transport and commerce. The study focuses on the macroeconomic implications of energy efficiency policies and programmes, and does not provide an evaluation of their likely effectiveness at a micro level. The macroeconomic rebound effect is investigated using a macroeconomic model of the UK economy (MDM-E3), together with a review of the literature and expert analysis.
The main modelling results of this study are given in Chapter 6, presented as the difference between a base case, which includes all the above energy efficiency policies, and a reference case, without these policies. Overall, we find that the policies lead to a saving of about 8% of the energy which would otherwise have been used by 2010 and a reduction in CO2 emissions of 10% (or 14 mtC) by 2010, which is higher than the official projections. There are also positive macroeconomic effects: firstly lower prices and lower inflation, as the production system requires fewer inputs to produce the same output; and secondly higher output and growth, partly the consequence of the lower inflation, as households spend more in response to their higher imputed income when their energy bills are reduced for the same level of energy services provided. We find a 0.3 percentage point (pp) reduction in the annual growth rate of prices for 2005-10 and a 0.1pp increase in the annual GDP growth rate for 2005-10.
We find that the macroeconomic rebound effect arising from UK energy efficiency policies for the period 2000-2010 is around 11% by 2010, averaged across sectors of the economy. When this is added to the (assumed) direct rebound effect of around 15%, this gives a total rebound effect of around 26% arising from these policies. The decomposition of these effects is interesting. The largest direct rebound effects are for the road transport and household sectors, whereas the largest indirect and economy-wide rebound effects are for the energy-intensive and other industry sectors, with small direct, indirect and economy-wide rebound effects for the commerce sector. Thus, the findings of our study support the argument that energy efficiency improvements, for both consumers and producers, stimulated by policy incentives do not give rise to a large macroeconomic rebound effect.
This report contains an executive summary, and is divided into the following sections:
Author(s): Rosenow, J., Lowes, R., Broad, O., Hawker, G., Wu, J,. Qadrdan, M. and Gross, R.
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Dutton. J.
Published: 2016
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Katris, A., Turner, K., McEwen, N., Munro, F., Cairney, P. and McHarg, A.
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
Energy Efficient Scotland (EES) is a large scale energy efficiency improvement programme to be implemented in Scotland. Over a 20-year period, currently scheduled to start in 2020, an amount in excess of 10billion is planned to be directed to the improvement of the energy efficiency in domestic and non-domestic buildings.
Funding for energy efficiency projects will come not only from the Scottish Government but also private interest-free and low interest loans as well as the successor(s) to the Energy Company Obligation (ECO). Aside from directing investment funds to the Scottish economy, promotion and support of energy efficiency through programmes such as EES, is one of the few instruments at the Scottish Governments disposal to conduct energy policy, especially on the energy demand side.
EES was officially announced in May 2018 with the publication of the EES Route Map. At that time the UK was already in the process of leaving the European Union: commonly referred to as Brexit.
Brexit, regardless of its final shape (which is currently unknown), is expected to affect policies in multiple ways including limitations to EU funds, skilled labour movement restrictions and increased import prices to name a few examples (among the potential impacts highlighted by different studies, reported in a 2018 Institute for Government report ). The magnitude and the exact nature of any impacts will be affected by the exact form that Brexit will have. In this shifting socio-economic landscape, EES will undoubtedly be affected in a range of ways.
In this working paper,we explore the funding limitations that Brexit could introduce to EES. Specifically, we identify two EES funding mechanisms that are likely to be affected; government-issued grants and privately-provided loans. For different reasons, these mechanisms are of paramount importance in order to achieve the EES goals as specified in the EES Route Map.
Author(s): Whitehead, C.
Published: 2007
Publisher: Joule Centre
This document is a summary for the project titled 'The production of hydrogen from methane using nonthermal plasma: a feasibility study'.
There is a growing necessity to find alternative ways to produce energy with lower emissions of pollutants and higher efficiencies compared to combustion. One such option is the use of Polymer Electrolyte Membrane (PEM) fuel cell system, PEM fuel cells convert hydrogen gas into useful electric power with an efficiency that is not limited by thermodynamics and the only by product is water. However due to current infrastructure, storage technology and safety concerns, hydrogen gas cannot be stored on-board in adequate amounts for mobile applications. One way of getting round this problem is producing the hydrogen on board and on demand, this can be done by using hydrocarbons. Hydrocarbons are any chemical compound made up of hydrogen and carbon and they can also easily be used to produce other clean fuels such as methanol.
The objective of this project was to investigate the feasibility of non-thermal, atmospheric pressure plasma processing being used for the conversion of hydrocarbons such as methane into cleaner fuels, including hydrogen and methanol, in an energy efficient and sustainable way. Plasma can be described as an electrically charged gas mixture which responds strongly to electromagnetic fields. Current techniques of reforming waste greenhouse gasses are much less energy efficient than this proposed solution. One of these is steam reforming which is conducted at high temperatures and has problems with corrosion and catalyst poisoning.
This project particularly focused on the simultaneous combination of a plasma discharge with a catalyst, catalysts are substances that cause or accelerate chemical reactions without being affected themselves. The aim of focusing on the combination of these substances was to improve the overall conversion of the hydrocarbon and to optimise the efficiency of the production of hydrogen or methanol.
In this project, a system has been developed for detecting the end products of the plasma processing using a process called gas chromatography. This process breaks the final substance down into its component parts so the efficiency of the conversion can be measured. It was found that by combining the plasma discharge with a catalyst, the degree of conversion of the methane can be increased and the efficiency for the production of certain products (hydrogen, methanol) improved.
Author(s): Barrett, J., Pye, S., Betts-Davies, S., Eyre, N., Broad, O., Price, J., Norman, J., Anable, J., Bennett, G., Brand, C., Carr-Whitworth, R., Marsden, G., Oreszczyn, T., Giesekam, J., Garvey, A., Ruyssevelt, P. and Scott, K.
Published: 2021
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Norman, J., Scott, S. and Giesekam, J. 2021.
Published: 2021
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Garvey, A. and Norman, J.
Published: 2021
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Brand, C., Anable, J. and Marsden, G.
Published: 2021
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Middleton, M.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Middleton, M.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Khalid, R. and Foulds, C.
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Eyre, N.
Published: 2023
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): HM Government
Published: 2020
Publisher: UK Government
Author(s): Edge, J., Lander, L., Brophy, K. and Hales, A.
Published: 2022
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Also released as Institute for Molecular Science and Engineering Briefing Paper No. 8
Author(s): Frontier Economics
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Durham, S.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): SNC-Lavalin UK Limited
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): SNC-Lavalin UK Limited
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Wills, M.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): SNC-Lavalin UK Limited
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Wills, M.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): SNC-Lavalin UK Limited
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The principal aim of the project was to use advanced modelling and testing to extend the size range for which the HCM2S (P23) steel can be fabricated both with and without Pre-Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT). The specific objectives were:
This project involved the manufacture of a number of pipe butt welds between HCM2S (P23) and itself - both with and without PWHT, and also dissimilar joints with BS 3064 660 (CMV) and ASTM A 335 P91 respectively, both these alloys representing materials with which there has been identified a potential desirability to join with thick section P23.
It was concluded that acceptable strains were developed during the life of the thick P23 weld for the non-PWHT'd condition to make it a viable option.
This summary provides information on:Author(s): Halsall, M.P.
Published: 2009
Publisher: Joule Centre
This document is a summary for the project titled 'Third generation Solar Cells based on Quantum slicing by Rare earth doped Silicon nanocrystals'.
Current commercially available silicon solar cells are typically 10-20% efficient at converting sunlight into electricity. The main limitation in these materials is that they absorb nearly all the light that falls on them creating electrons, but they waste 80-90% as heat when the electrons lose excess energy on absorption. If one could convert the short wavelength (Blue) sunlight that falls on them to an equivalent amount of energy in the infrared, the electrons would lose almost no energy on absorption and the efficiency of the devices could almost double. Such a "quantum-slicing" technology has been the goal of solar cell research for many years. Recently it was reported that rare earth elements such as erbium or neodymium when incorporated into silicon oxide containing tiny clumps of silicon (nanocrystals) could be made to emit two infrared "photons" of light for each incident blue photon. This is very attractive as an industrial technology as silicon oxide can be formed on silicon solar cells by merely heating them in oxygen. However, the rare earth element used in these experiments was erbium whose emission is not suitable for harvesting with silicon. This project investigated the incorporation of a different element - neodymium in such materials. They will deposit optimised neodymium doped silicon oxide layers containing nanocrystals onto prototype silicon solar cells to demonstrate improved efficiency. Doping is the process of introducing impurities into an extremely pure semiconductor, in this case silicon rich oxide (SRO), to change its electrical properties.
The project builds on an EPSRC grant (value £192k) which funded the work that developed the original technology and is effectively a three way collaboration between the University of Manchester, the University of Surrey and McMaster University. The work carried out on this project led on to a £1.5m multicentre grant award (ESPRC) to follow up the underlying IP. An additional £200k was also awarded by ESPRC to investigate biosensing applications of the technology.
Author(s): O’Sullivan K.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): HR Wallingford, Black & Veatch and University of Edinburgh
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): HR Wallingford and Black & Veatch
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): University of Edinburgh, Black & Veatch and HR Wallingford
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Black & Veatch and HR Wallingford
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): HR Wallingford and Black & Veatch
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): HR Wallingford and Black & Veatch
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Black & Veatch
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): HR Wallingford, Black & Veatch and University of Edinburgh
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): HR Wallingford
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Black & Veatch and University of Edinburgh
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Black & Veatch and University of Edinburgh
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
The overall aim of this project is to investigate and develop an integrated, multi-pollutant control approach that targets major reductions in NOX and mercury emissions from coal-fired plant. The specific objectives of the project are:
Increasing environmental concerns regarding the use of pulverised coal for power generation continue to drive legislation that limits the emissions of pollutant gases to the atmosphere. The current European Union Large Combustion Plant Directive calls for significant reductions in NOX, SO2 and particulate emissions from coal-fired power plant over the next few years. Primary NOX control measures such as low NOX burners and air staging and secondary (post-combustion) NOX control measures such as NOxStarTM or SCR, in combination, should provide the potential for significantly higher overall NOX reductions to meet the most stringent emission limits in a more cost-effective manner than a stand-alone technology for the same level of NOX control.
This profile contains information on the project's:Author(s): Brown, S. and Whitaker, J.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
This paper comprises a review of technology roadmaps on sustainable energy use for transport, including road, rail, shipping and aviation. The paper summarises the environmental impacts of ‘renewable’ energy use for transport and the advances in knowledge and technology required to mitigate negative environmental impacts and to ensure environmental sustainability. It will assess the extent to which these issues are addressed by roadmaps from both Europe and North America (roadmaps are indicated by number in parenthesis) and will highlight omissions and apparent gaps in knowledge.
Author(s): CEFAS
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
This document is an executive summary for this project. The full report is not generally available due to prior agreements with manufacturers.
The UK statutory approval scheme for oil spill treatment products has been in place for nearly 30 years. During this time the approval process, including the two toxicity testing elements (The Sea and Rocky Shore tests), has become established as one of the most respected and comprehensive in the world. However, it has changed very little in that time and this has prompted a current review of the testing and approval process.
The review will encompass many aspects of the schemes applicability, organisation and flexibility and this research project was commissioned to address one specific aspect that had been highlighted as of particular concern. Due to the longevity of the scheme, and the fact that products require their approvals to be renewed every five years, certain products have now been through the renewal process on numerous occasions. This introduced a phenomenon known as 'constituent creep' by which small amendments by applicants were made to constituent recipes thus resulting in a slightly different formulation over time.
Scientific judgement was used to assess whether these small changes were environmentally significant but it was recognised that there was a lack of sound toxicological information regarding dispersants and their constituents to aid this decision process and therefore the advice was potentially subject to challenge. This research project was commissioned to address the issue. Extensive testing was conducted using original and amended formulations (in which specific constituent proportions were changed) to see whether modest formulation changes were toxicologically significant. In general, it was found that small changes in any constituent did not change the dispersant performance in the Sea Test but that there was some evidence of changes in the Rocky Shore test. This difference was due to the masking effect of the oil toxicity in the Sea Test and it was concluded that the test was not appropriate for differentiating between these modest formulation changes.
Further studies focused on inherent toxicity assessments of original and amended dispersants using the Tisbe battagliai bioassay. These concluded that small increases in certain constituents caused an increase in formulation toxicity (e.g. sodium dioctyl sulphosuccinate - SDS) while others caused no increase or even decreased the toxicity (e.g. sorbitan monooleate - SMO). This approach allowed the categorisation of dispersant constituents in relation to their ability to contribute and amend inherent formulation toxicity.
The toxicity results are discussed in detail and their relevance to environmental scenarios and the possible use of predictive techniques such as quantitative structure activity relationships (QSAR) are also covered in the report.
Drawing on the research results four potential 'Assessment Protocol Options' have been detailed and their advantages and disadvantages discussed. A number of recommendations are made including the need to engage other stakeholders in forming a consensus way forward with the assessment process and the need for a proposed assessment process review to address a range of important issues relating to the scheme.
Author(s): Butler, C., Parkhill, K., and Pidgeon, N.
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
The analysis provides an indication of key areas of public acceptability relating to whole energy system change, and offers insights into the factors that mediate and underpin views on transitions. Understanding the connections, associations and contextual issues that underlay public perspectives offers an important means for thinking through potential difficulties and opportunities in achieving major system change.
This report is structured around ten cross-cutting analytic themes which are interlinked.
Author(s): Parkhill, K., Demski, C., Butler, C., Spence, A. and Pidgeon, N.
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
Current policy debates and energy scenarios for the UK highlight the different possible ways of transforming the energy system in order to meet long-term national policy goals, including those of building a low carbon economy, achieving energy security and affordability, and mitigating environmental impacts. Although there has been much previous research on what publics think about specific ways of producing or consuming energy, we know far less about public perceptions, attitudes and values when elicited in relation to whole energy system change as an interconnected set of transformations in the systems of supply, demand, infrastructure and human behaviour.
Greater understanding of public acceptability of whole energy system change will present both opportunities, and also highlight challenges, for the delivery of UK energy policy and transitions. The research had three empirical phases: interviews with key stakeholders, a series of six in-depth deliberative workshops held with publics in England, Scotland and Wales, and a nationally representative survey (Great Britain, n=2,441). This report represents a synthesis of key findings drawn from the two core datasets relating to public perceptions and preferences i.e. the workshops and the survey.
Author(s): Blyth, W., Gross, R., Jansen, M., Rickman, J., MacIver, C. and Bell, K.
Published: 2023
Publisher: UKERC
This working paper is an update to our November 2021 briefing paper: Risk and investment in zero-carbon electricity markets.
Author(s): Knight. R.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Lidstone, L
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Lidstone, L.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Bell, K.
Published: 2017
Publisher: UKERC
This Working Paper has been motivated by the growth of distributed energy resources (DER) on the electricity system in Britain, i.e. generation, storage and flexible demand that is connected at distribution network voltages, and the consultation published by Ofgem and BEIS in November 2016 on the subject of electricity system flexibility. It aims to give a very basic and rapid introduction to some of the issues and their origins.
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2013
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Brand, C., Anable, J., Philips, I. and Morton, C.
Published: 2019
Publisher: UKERC
The transport sector remains at the centre of any debates around energy conservation, exaggerated by the stubborn and overwhelming reliance on fossil fuels by its motorised forms, whether passenger and freight, road, rail, sea and air.
The very slow transition to alternative fuel sources to date has resulted in this sector being increasingly and convincingly held responsible for the likely failure of individual countries, including the UK, to meet their obligations under consecutive international climate change agreements.
Electrification of transport is largely expected to take us down the path to a zero carbon future (CCC, 2019; DfT, 2018). But there are serious concerns about future technology performance, availability, costs and uptake by consumers and businesses. There are also concerns about the increasing gap between lab and real world performance of energy use, carbon and air pollution emissions. Recently, the role of consumer lifestyles has increased in prominence (e.g. IPCC, 2018) but, as yet, has not been taken seriously by the DfT, BEIS or even the CCC (2019).
Societal energy consumption and pollutant emissions from transport are not only influenced by technical efficiency, mode choice and the pollutant content of energy, but also by lifestyle choices and socio-cultural factors. However, only a few attempts have been made to integrate all of these insights into systems models of future transport energy demand and supply (Creutzig et al., 2018) or narratives of low carbon transport futures (Creutzig, 2015).Developed under the auspices of UKERC the Transport Energy Air pollution Model (TEAM) has been designed to address these concerns and uncertainties in exploring pertinent questions on the transition to a zero carbon and clean air transportation future.
TEAM is a strategic transport, energy, emissions and environmental impacts systems model, covering a range of transport-energy-environment issues from socio-economic and policy influences on energy demand reduction through to lifecycle carbon and local air pollutant emissions and external costs.
TEAM is a major update of UK Transport Carbon Model of 2010. To use the updated model for research purposes, please contact Christian Brand, noting that due to its size (the complete suite of modelling databases uses about 500MB of storage space) the model can only be made available by request.
Author(s): Brand, C., Anable, J., Philips, I. and Morton, C.
Published: 2019
Publisher: UKERC
The transport sector remains at the centre of any debates around energy conservation, exaggerated by the stubborn and overwhelming reliance on fossil fuels by its motorised forms, whether passenger and freight, road, rail, sea and air.
The very slow transition to alternative fuel sources to date has resulted in this sector being increasingly and convincingly held responsible for the likely failure of individual countries, including the UK, to meet their obligations under consecutive international climate change agreements.
Electrification of transport is largely expected to take us down the path to a zero carbon future (CCC, 2019; DfT, 2018). But there are serious concerns about future technology performance, availability, costs and uptake by consumers and businesses. There are also concerns about the increasing gap between lab and real world performance of energy use, carbon and air pollution emissions. Recently, the role of consumer lifestyles has increased in prominence (e.g. IPCC, 2018) but, as yet, has not been taken seriously by the DfT, BEIS or even the CCC (2019).
Societal energy consumption and pollutant emissions from transport are not only influenced by technical efficiency, mode choice and the pollutant content of energy, but also by lifestyle choices and socio-cultural factors. However, only a few attempts have been made to integrate all of these insights into systems models of future transport energy demand and supply (Creutzig et al., 2018) or narratives of low carbon transport futures (Creutzig, 2015).Developed under the auspices of UKERC the Transport Energy Air pollution Model (TEAM) has been designed to address these concerns and uncertainties in exploring pertinent questions on the transition to a zero carbon and clean air transportation future.
TEAM is a strategic transport, energy, emissions and environmental impacts systems model, covering a range of transport-energy-environment issues from socio-economic and policy influences on energy demand reduction through to lifecycle carbon and local air pollutant emissions and external costs.
TEAM is a major update of UK Transport Carbon Model of 2010. This report contains the detailed appendices relating to TEAM :
To use the model for research purposes, please contact Christian Brand, noting that due to its size (the complete suite of modelling databases uses about 500MB of storage space) the model can only be made available by request.
Author(s): Anable, J. and Boardman, B.
Published: 2005
Publisher: UKERC
The aim of this paper is to provide a comprehensive overview of the current and potential future contribution that the transport sector makes to the UK’s emissions of Carbon Dioxide (CO2). The aim is to develop an understanding of:
The focus of this paper is on UK surface transport, although the discussion on emissions projections includes aviation. Aviation has also been discussed in a previous UKERC seminar.
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2010
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Hull, L., Gillie, M.,Dudek, E., Irvine, J., Clarke, R., Cruden, A., and Houghton, T.
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Thorne, C.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): DfT
Published: 2007
Publisher: Department for Transport
This document is a guide on 'Truck specification for best operational efficiency' under 'Freight Best Practice' written by the Department for Transport.
The capital cost of a vehicle may account for less than 50% of its whole-life cost when fuel, maintenance and other operating expenses are taken into account. Fuel can represent up to 30% of your operational costs. Clearly this is a significant amount and any reduction in fuel costs or improvements in operational efficiency can improve the 'bottom line' of your business.
Spending time in developing an accurate and appropriate vehicle specification will help you do this. Ensuring vehicles are closely matched to the tasks they are expected to perform will improve both fuel and overall operational efficiency. This can lead to cost savings, increased profitability and reduced environmental impact.
On the other hand, inaccurate and inappropriate vehicle specification can result in purchasing a vehicle that is unsuitable for the task it will be required to carry out. Although such vehicles may be slightly cheaper in terms of initial investment, it may become significantly more expensive to operate when fuel consumption and maintenance costs are taken into account in the long term. Poor vehicle specification, in some cases, may even lead to breaches of the law and possible legal action.
Who Should Use this Guide? Everyone who is responsible for acquiring goods vehicles weighing over 3.5 tonnes gross vehicle weight (GVW). This could be fleet managers, owner drivers and operational managers. It will equip you with the information you need to ensure the most beneficial long term outcome when acquiring commercial vehicles.
This publication provides independent and authoritative guidance on vehicle specification. It will show you just how easy it is to produce a fit-for-purpose specification and will take you through the key stages of vehicle specification. Sections 2-4 cover the basics of vehicle specification, while Sections 6-7 contain more detailed information.
This guide is divided into the following sections:Author(s): E4tech
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department for Transport
Reducing CO2 emissions from UK transport is likely to require a combination of measures, including increased energy efficiency, new technology introduction, and fuel switching. Apart from demand-side management, the most important technologies can be divided into (a) vehicles and (b) fuels.
Key vehicle technologies are:
Different fuels can be used in these different vehicles:
Each of these technologies and fuels faces technical, cost and policy challenges before it can compete commercially. However, these do not appear insurmountable. Each also offers benefits other than simply possible reductions in CO2 emissions from transport. In the near term, hybrid vehicles and biofuels are expected to be the main contributors to reductions in emissions. The environmental impact of biofuels is complex and care should be taken in evaluating and monitoring their real-world effects, especially if either raw materials or finished fuels are imported. In the longer term, but only if technical development is successful, fuel cell vehicles using hydrogen offer the potential for major emissions reductions.
The table below gives indicative figures, and ranges, of costs of carbon reduction from different fuels and routes. It is extremely important to note the uncertainty inherent in all of the cost and price assumptions made here, especially as the timescales increase. Robust policy must be based not only on these numbers, but also on other factors that have not been examined under the analysis conducted for this report.
This report contains an executive summary, and is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Milne, R., and Mobbs, D.C.
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
The contents of this report are:
Author(s): Lidstone, L.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Barrett, J., C. Le Qur, M. Lenzen, G. Peters, K. Roelich, and T. Wiedmann
Published: 2011
Publisher: UKERC
Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions can be allocated to a country in different ways, territorial-, production- and consumption-based emission reporting. There is a marked difference in end results depending on the chosen system. For example, the UK territorial-based emissions have shown a 19% reduction between 1990-2008. Conversley, consumption-based emissions show a 20% increase during the same period, which is driven by GHG embodied in imported products.
It is possible to develop a robust methodology for measuring GHG emissions on a consumption-based approach. In the past 10-years there have been multiple independent studies published on this subject that display consistent results. The methodology of choice is Environmentally Extended Multi-Region Input-Output (EE-MIRO) Analaysis. Whilst there are uncertainties relating to the large and often incoherent datasets, it is believed that standard error estimates can be used to provide confidence in the results.There is significant expertise in EE-MIRO in the UK.
Consumption-based emission inventories are not a silver-bullet for climate policy. Different emission inventories contain complementary information, and thus, consumption-, production-, and territorial-based emission inventories should be considered together.
That said, consumption-based emission modelling does have speciific advantages, in that:
The main disadvantage to consumption-based emission modelling is that it requires additional accounting and analysis.
It is desirable to adopt emission reduction targets based on consumption, in addition to production, for three reasons:
UKERC proposes three-steps the UK Government could pursue should they wish to move towards consumption-based emissionreporting:
Author(s): Kuzemko, C., Brisbois, M-C., Price, J., Pye, S., Fletcher, L., Ralph, N. and Bradshaw, M.
Published: 2025
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Watson, J., Gross, R., Ketsopoulou, I. and Winskel, M.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
This report examines the key uncertainties facing the UK’s planned low carbon transition, and identifies policies and strategies to mitigate or better understand them. It focuses on technical, economic, political and social uncertainties that could affect the achievement of agreed climate change targets between now and 2030.
The report shows that action can be taken to mitigate many of these uncertainties. In cases where it is not possible to significantly reduce them – at least in the short term – complementary strategies can be pursued. These include providing support for a diverse range of potential technologies and measures, and using trials and evaluations to identify those that are most effective. They also include making greater use of analytical tools that improve understanding of uncertainties and their potential impacts.
Author(s): Ede, S.
Published: 2009
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Ekins, P. and Watson, J. (eds.)
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
This report covers issues that are of current or future foreseeable importance, with a particular emphasis on those that have a strong global dimension.
The report starts with a very brief summary of the global context for energy (section 1), before briefly linking together the major issues affecting UK energy choices (section 2), and exploring through futures scenarios how these choices might play out in the years to 2050 (section 3). Section 4 then covers the major issues in more detail: the potential drivers of UK energy demand; how key components of the UK’s energy supply could evolve (with a focus on natural gas security and the role of innovation in low-carbon technologies); how public attitudes and values could shape the future direction of the UK energy system; how energy markets in the UK could evolve, in the context of developments within the EU; and what the impacts of energy system change might be on energy costs and bills, and on national and global ecosystem services.
Author(s): Bradshaw, M., Fletcher, L., Sharples, J., Fulwood, M., Bridge, G., Hall, M., Prices, J., Pye, S., Broad, O., Chaudry, M., Wu, J., Rattle, I., Gailani, A., Taylor, P. and Bell, K.
Published: 2024
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Lidstone, L.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): collated and edited by Henry Jeffrey and Shovana Talukda
Published: 2020
Publisher: University of Edinburgh
Author(s): Policy and Innovation Research Group, University of Edinburgh. Ed H. Jeffrey
Published: 2021
Publisher: University of Edinburgh
Author(s): Policy and Innovation Research Group, University of Edinburgh. Ed H. Jeffrey
Published: 2022
Publisher: University of Edinburgh
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Otoadese, J. and Keay-Bright, S.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
This seminar brought together some 25 experts including policy makers, scientists and tourism stakeholders to focus on the relationship between travel, climate change and tourism, and to explore the questions below. It examined the scope for the tourism sector to respond positively to the challenges of climate change, with an expansion in tourism activities that are not reliant on flying.
In the face of these challenges and opportunities, the workshop explored:
Author(s): Otoadese, J. and Keay-Bright, S.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
This seminar brought together some 25 experts including policy makers, scientists and tourism stakeholders to focus on the relationship between travel, climate change and tourism, and to explore the questions below. It examined the scope for the tourism sector to respond positively to the challenges of climate change, with an expansion in tourism activities that are not reliant on flying.
This document is only the Executive summary of the meeting.
Author(s): Brand, C.
Published: 2010
Publisher: Environmental Change Institute, Oxford
Bridging the gap between short-term forecasting and long-term scenario models, the UK Transport Carbon Model (UKTCM) is a strategic transport, energy, emissions and environmental impacts model, covering a range of transport-energy-environment issues from socio-economic and policy influences on energy demand reduction through to lifecycle carbon emissions and external costs.
Developed partly under the auspices of the UK Energy Research Centre (UKERC) the UKTCM can be used to develop transport policy scenarios that explore the full range of technological, fiscal, regulatory and behavioural change policy interventions to meet UK climate change and energy security goals.
Author(s): Faraday Institution
Published: 2024
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): Tunga, I
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): WRC
Published: 2008
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
This document is the final report to Defra for the project titled 'UK support for EU LEACHXS expert database on waste characterisation'.
Strategies to manage the environmental challenges posed by wastes require good quality data on waste characteristics such as leachability and composition. Public domain datasets for UK wastes tend to be limited in number and extent and those that are available are stored in disparate locations and media. The data cannot easily be evaluated or compared either with other UK data or with more extensive non-UK datasets. Information on the quality of residues arising from new waste technologies and treatments are particularly sparse.
LeachXS© is an expert system for managing and modelling waste characterisation data. It has been developed by ECN (Netherlands), DHI (Denmark) and Vanderbilt University (US), contains 5M€ waste data and incorporates:
WRc and ECN obtained Defra funding under the "understanding waste composition and trends" theme of the Waste Evidence programme:
LeachXS© is a powerful secondary research tool containing appropriate publicly available data on the composition and leachability of approximately 2000 European waste samples including data for UK and German wastes collated for this project. The UK dataset can therefore be interrogated by end-users in the context of the wider, pan-European leachXS database.
Simple data management tools enable the novice user to rapidly compare the characteristics of different wastes, allowing for example comparison of characteristics of:
Author(s): UKCCSC, UKERC
Published: 2010
Publisher: UKERC
This document is a joint response from the UK Carbon Capture and Storage Community Network (UKCCSC) and the UK Energy Research Centre (UKERC) to the Select Committee inquiry on EPS. The UKCCSC is a collective of over 200 engineering, technological, natural, environmental, social and economic academic members, whose biannual meetings and other knowledge sharing events and activities are funded by a grant from the Research Councils UK Energy Programme. The UKERC carries out world-class research into sustainable future energy systems and is also funded by a grant from the Research Councils UK Energy Programme. The text has been discussed and drafted by a self-selected group of UKCCSC and UKERC academics and researchers, each contributing according to their own particular interests and expertise, and also submitted to the whole membership for further comments. The final version was then circulated for members to sign up to if they wished; it should be noted that signatories below are signing as individuals.
Author(s): Keay-Bright, S.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
This report provides an overview of what occurred over the 2 days of this annual assembly.
Thursday 28th June:
Friday 29th June:
Author(s): Abeysekera, M., Fuentes Gonzalez, F., Gross, R., Lowes, R., Qadrdan, M. and Wu, J.
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
The UK Energy Research Centre (UKERC) has provided research and analysis across the whole energy system since 2004, with funding provided by the Research Councils through a succession of five year phases. Research related to low carbon heat became a significant focus during Phase 3 (2014 2019) and the current Phase 4 includes a research theme devoted to decarbonisation of heating and cooling, with several of our other themes providing relevant insights. Our whole systems research programme addresses the challenges and opportunities presented by the transition to a net zero energy system and economy.
In this submission we address specific consultation questions where UKERC evidence and analysis provides us with relevant insights. In addition there are a number of high level observations that we provide in these introductory remarks.
Overall, we are concerned that the measures outlined in the consultation need to be set within a coherent and ambitious package of policies that work together to drive the UKs transformation to sustainable heating at a rate commensurate with the goal of net-zero by 2050. While we appreciate there are some uncertainties over the future role of the gas grid and the potential for hydrogen for heating, immediate progress in heat system decarbonisation is clearly required as part of this multi-decadal transformation. As the consultation notes, heat pumps offer a low regrets option in some applications and it is widely acknowledged that the UK has a small supplier base and very low level of heat pump deployment compared to many countries. Increasing consumer and installer familiarity, and growing the skills base and supply chain all feature strongly in the process of learning by doing that reduces heat pump costs. Ifheat pump deployment were to proceed linearly to 2050 in line with some scenarios for deployment, annual installations would need to increase by an order of magnitude. Whilst welcome, the current proposals are not sufficient to deliver a large scale market for heat pumps. Ambition and clarity of purpose are essential if heat system decarbonisation is to succeed. We also stress the importance of providing support to support the development of large low carbon heating systems, including systems attached to heat networks. We appreciate that the provisions laid out in the consultation pertain only to specific schemes and note the observations made in the consultation about support for heat networks.
Alongside the required policy changes necessary to support specific heating technologies, wider governance changes will be needed to drive the UK transformation to low carbon heating.Whilst regulation and other forms of financial support for building efficiency improvement are noted in the consultation, we note that it is likely to be important to use sticks as well as carrots if the highest carbon heating systems are to be removed and building efficiency increased. However, it will also be important to consider ownership and regulation of heat networks, the role of local authorities and opportunities for innovation that may be unlocked through regulatory change such as encouraging electricity suppliers to offer smart heating tariffs or enabling community ownership of heat distribution schemes.
While we appreciate these issues are beyond the scope of the current consultation, it is important that these considerations inform policy choices made now.
Author(s): Jones, C., Newbold, E., Yates, K., Zoldoske, T., Boston, A., Colechin, M., Colechin, K., Davidson, J., Lines, C. and Jasinska, A.
Published: 2025
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Lowe, R. and Halliday, J.A.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: ENERGY EFFICIENCY RESIDENTIAL & COMMERCIAL
Author(s): Taylor, G.
Published: 2009
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC Research Landscape provides an overview of the competencies and publicly funded activities inBioenergy for Heat, Power and Liquid transportation fuels research, development and demonstration (RD&D) in the UK. It covers the main funding streams, research providers, infrastructure, networks and UK participation in international activities.
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: BIOENERGY FOR HEAT, POWER andLIQUID TRANSPORTATION FUELS
Author(s): Haszeldine, S.
Published: 2009
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC Research Landscape provides an overview of the competencies and publicly funded activities in carbon capture and storage research, development and demonstration (RD&D) in the UK. It covers the main funding streams, research providers, infrastructure, networks and UK participation in international activities.
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: CARBON CAPTURE AND STORAGE
Author(s): Minchener, A.
Published: 2012
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC Research Landscape provides an overview of the competencies and publicly funded activities in coal combustion research, development and demonstration (RD&D) in the UK. It covers the main funding streams, research providers, infrastructure, networks and UK participation in international activities.
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: COAL COMBUSTION
Author(s): Minchener, A.
Published: 2012
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC Research Landscape provides an overview of the competencies and publicly funded activities in coal conversion research, development and demonstration (RD&D) in the UK. It covers the main funding streams, research providers, infrastructure, networks and UK participation in international activities.
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: COAL CONVERSION
Author(s): Gahan, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC Research Landscape provides an overview of the competencies and publicly funded activities in electric power conversion research, development and demonstration (RD&D) in the UK. It covers the main funding streams, research providers, infrastructure, networks and UK participation in international activities.
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: ELECTRIC POWER CONVERSION
Author(s): Chaudry, M
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC Research Landscape provides an overview of the competencies and publicly funded activities in electricity transmission and distribution research, development and demonstration (RD&D) in the UK. It covers the main funding streams, research providers, infrastructure, networks and UK participation in international activities.
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: ELECTRICITY TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION
Author(s): Hammond, G.
Published: 2009
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC Research Landscape provides an overview of the competencies and publicly funded activities in energy efficiency (industry) research, development and demonstration (RD&D) in the UK. It covers the main funding streams, research providers, infrastructure, networks and UK participation in international activities.
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: ENERGY EFFICIENCY - INDUSTRY
Author(s): Beecroft, M. and Anable, J.
Published: 2012
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC Research Landscape provides an overview of the competencies and publicly funded activities in energy efficiency (transport)research, development and demonstration (RD&D) in the UK. It covers the main funding streams, research providers, infrastructure, networks and UK participation in international activities.
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: ENERGY EFFICIENCY TRANSPORT
Author(s): Ruddell, A.J.
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
This has been superseded by a new 2019 landscape
This UKERC Research Landscape provides an overview of the competencies and publicly funded activities in energy storage research, development and demonstration (RD&D) in the UK. It covers the main funding streams, research providers, infrastructure, networks and UK participation in international activities.
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: ENERGY STORAGE
Author(s): Ruddell, A.J.
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC Research Landscape provides an overview of the competencies and publicly funded activities in energy storage research, development and demonstration (RD&D) in the UK. It covers the main funding streams, research providers, infrastructure, networks and UK participation in international activities.
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: ENERGY STORAGE
Author(s): Strachan, N.
Published: 2011
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC Research Landscape provides an overview of the competencies and publicly funded activities inEnergy Systems Modelling research, development and demonstration (RD&D) in the UK. It covers the main funding streams, research providers, infrastructure, networks and UK participation in international activities.
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: ENERGY SYSTEMS MODELLING
Author(s): Brandon, N
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC Research Landscape provides an overview of the competencies and publicly funded activities in fuel cells research, development and demonstration (RD&D) in the UK. It covers the main funding streams, research providers, infrastructure, networks and UK participation in international activities.
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: FUEL CELLS
Author(s): Wright, L.C. and Younger, P.
Published: 2012
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC Research Landscape provides an overview of the competencies and publicly funded activities ingeothermal energy - research, development and demonstration (RD&D) in the UK. It covers the main funding streams, research providers, infrastructure, networks and UK participation in international activities.
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: GEOTHERMAL ENERGY
Author(s): Dutton, A.G., Halliday, J.A. and Mays, T.
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC Research Landscape provides an overview of the competencies and publicly funded activities in hydrogen research, development and demonstration (RD&D) in the UK. It covers the main funding streams, research providers, infrastructure, networks and UK participation in international activities.
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: HYDROGEN
Author(s): Aggidis, G.
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC Research Landscape provides an overview of the competencies and publicly funded activities in hydropower research, development and demonstration (RD&D) in the UK. It covers the main funding streams, research providers, infrastructure, networks and UK participation in international activities.
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: HYDROPOWER
Author(s): Wang, X.
Published: 2009
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC Research Landscape provides an overview of the competencies and publicly funded activities inInterdisciplinary Research Centres - research, development and demonstration (RD&D) in the UK. It covers the main funding streams, research providers, infrastructure, networks and UK participation in international activities.
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: INTERDISCIPLINARY RESEARCH CENTRES
Author(s): Finlay, L., Jay, B. and Jeffrey, H.
Published: 2012
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC Research Landscape provides an overview of the competencies and publicly funded activities in marine renewable energy research, development and demonstration (RD&D) in the UK. It covers the main funding streams, research providers, infrastructure, networks and UK participation in international activities.
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: MARINE RENEWABLE ENERGY
Author(s): Howarth, P.J.A. and Stonell, D.
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC Research Landscape provides an overview of the competencies and publicly funded activities in nuclear fission research, development and demonstration (RD&D) in the UK. It covers the main funding streams, research providers, infrastructure, networks and UK participation in international activities.
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: NUCLEAR FISSION
Author(s): Warrick, C., O'Brien, M., Ward, D., Nelson, C. and Edwards, C.
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC Research Landscape provides an overview of the competencies and publicly funded activities innuclear fusion - research, development and demonstration (RD&D) in the UK. It covers the main funding streams, research providers, infrastructure, networks and UK participation in international activities.
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: NUCLEAR FUSION
Author(s): Hannon, M
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
This has been superseded by a new 2019 landscape
This UKERC Research Landscape provides an overview of the competencies and publicly funded activities in socio-economic issues research, development and demonstration (RD&D) in the UK. It covers the main funding streams, research providers, infrastructure, networks and UK participation in international activities.
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: SOCIO-ECONOMIC ISSUES
Author(s): Hannon, M.
Published: 2019
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC Research Landscape provides an overview of the competencies and publicly funded activities in socio-economic issues research, development and demonstration (RD&D) in the UK. It covers the main funding streams, research providers, infrastructure, networks and UK participation in international activities.
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: SOCIO-ECONOMIC ISSUES
Author(s): Irvine, S.J.C.
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC Research Landscape provides an overview of the competencies and publicly funded activities in solar energy research, development and demonstration (RD&D) in the UK. It covers the main funding streams, research providers, infrastructure, networks and UK participation in international activities.
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: SOLAR ENERGY
Author(s): Silvast, A.
Published: 2019
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC Research Landscape provides an overview of the competencies and publicly funded activities in energy storage research, development and demonstration (RD&D) in the UK. It covers the main funding streams, research providers, infrastructure, networks and UK participation in international activities.
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: WHOLE SYSTEM RESEARCH
Author(s): Halliday, J.A. and Ruddell, A.J.
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC Research Landscape provides an overview of the competencies and publicly funded activities in wind energy research, development and demonstration (RD&D) in the UK. It covers the main funding streams, research providers, infrastructure, networks and UK participation in international activities.
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: WIND ENERGY
Author(s): Compiled by Samantha Quinn, University of Edinburgh
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Compiled by Samantha Quinn, University of Edinburgh
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Compiled by Samantha Quinn, University of Edinburgh
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Compiled by Samantha Quinn, University of Edinburgh
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Breen, R.
Published: 2012
Publisher: UKERC
This UKERC Research Landscape provides an overview of the competencies and publicly funded activities in oil and gas research, development and demonstration (RD&D) in the UK. It covers the main funding streams, research providers, infrastructure, networks and UK participation in international activities.
UKERC ENERGY RESEARCH LANDSCAPE: OIL AND GAS
Author(s): Morton, C., Anable, J. and Brand, C.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
The introduction of Electric Vehicles (EVs) into the passenger vehicle market has, in recent years, become viewed as a primary solution to the significant carbon emissions attributed to personal mobility. Moreover, EVs offer a means by which energy diversification and efficiency can be improved compared to the current system which is dominated by internal combustion engines powered by oil based fuels. The UK and EU Governments have played an active role in steering the development and market introduction of EVs. Policies have been formulated and introduced to engage the consumer by raising awareness of these alternative options, incentivise adoption through fiscal measures and establishing the necessary infrastructure. However, a great deal of uncertainty remains regarding the effectiveness of these policies and the viability of the EV technology in the mainstream automotive market.This paper investigates the prevalence of uncertainty concerning demand for EVs. This is achieved through the application of a conceptual framework which assesses the locations of uncertainty. UK and EU Government policy documents are assessed through a rapid evidence review alongside contributions from academia to determine how uncertainty has been reduced.
This assessment offers insights to decision makers in this area by evaluating the work done to date through a landscape analysis. Results from the analysis identified six different locations of uncertainty covering (1) consumer, (2) policy, (3) infrastructure, (4) technical, (5) economic and (6) social.
Author(s): Butler, C., Demski, C., Parkhill, K., Pidgeon, N. and Spence, A.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
In the UK there are strong policy imperatives to transition toward low-carbon energy systems. The Carbon Plan (DECC, 2011) represents the current key policy document that sets out the UK Government's proposals for energy system change necessary to meet the carbon budgets enshrined in the Climate Change Act (2008); within this document public attitudes and acceptability are identified as key uncertainties with regard to the development of future energy systems. In particular, it is highlighted that there is little agreement over how to transform the energy system in order to meet climate change targets.
In this paper, public acceptability is identified as an indeterminate form of uncertainty that presents particular challenges for policy making. We build on our existing research into public values for energy system change to explore how the outcomes of the project can be applied in thinking through the uncertainties associated with public perspectives. This work was undertaken as part of the UK Energy Strategies Under Uncertainty project.
Author(s): Blyth, W., McCarthy, R. and Gross, R.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
The electricity sector faces a level of investment in the coming two decades far higher than the past two decades. It needs to renew its ageing generation fleet, and shift towards capital-intensive low-carbon forms of generation. Over the past few years, various organisations and commentators have suggested that the sector may be unable to deliver, questioning whether there will be a sufficient flow of money into the sector to finance these investments.
This report examines the evidence for these claims, looking at three key issues:
Author(s): Davies, G., Prpich, G., Strachan, N. and Pollard, S.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
The 'energy system' can refer to both the physical assets (i.e. the physical grid that connects power plants, power-stations, distribution centres, residential homes and industrial plants together) and also non-physical lines of communication that exist between the system actors (e.g. operators, regulators, consultants, academics, policy makers and ministers). The focus of this research is the latter and the development of a conceptual model to help practitioners transparently show, which techniques they use (and why) to assess risk and uncertainty in their decision-making.
Extensive work has been carried out on the characterisation of uncertainty to improve the transparency of decision processes. For example, scholars have shown the use of hierarchical models such as decision trees to illustrate how decisions collectively string together. Others have used techniques such as evidence-support logic to allow decision makers to represent how sufficient and dependent responses(s) to a supporting decision(s) are given the evidence base to support these decisions. Attempts have also been made to use agent-based simulations to represent the influence that personal and organisational features have on these measures of sufficiency and dependency for evidence. However, gaps still exist in the knowledge with regards to how practitioners account transparently for the techniques they use to assess risk and uncertainty when answering a decision. The conceptual model presented in this working paper addresses this by: 1) showing transparently what type of knowledge practitioners believe they require to answer their decisions; and 2) justifying which technique(s) they might use given the type of knowledge they believe exists to support their decision.
This Working Paper identifies techniques for managing uncertainty in the energy sector. This work was undertaken as part of the UK Energy Strategies Under Uncertainty project.
Author(s): Dockerty, T., Dockerty, T., Lovett, A., Papathanasopoulou, E., Beaumont, N., Wang, S. and Smith, P.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
This research examines the impacts and uncertainties on ecosystem services (ES) and natural capital both within the UK and externally, relating to possible changes in power generation within the UK energy system.
It reviews the current state of evidence on the environmental impacts of generation and supply for nuclear, gas, onshore wind, offshore wind and biomass (domestically produced Miscanthus and Short Rotation Coppice as a feedstock for power generation) as these feature strongly in future energy mix scenarios through to 2030 presented in the 4th Carbon Budget. For natural gas there was also assessment of the potential consequences given wider adoption of carbon capture and storage (CCS) techniques and fracking.
The impacts on ecosystem services of each supply option were summarised in a series of matrices. Each matrix sought to describe the energy supply system under evaluation in terms of the life-cycle processes involved (rows) and their impacts on ecosystem services (columns). Life cycle stages were categorised as upstream (infrastructure provision), fuel cycle (extraction/production and processing of feedstock), operation (power production) and downstream (decommissioning). Twenty seven ecosystem services were classified as supporting (processes and functions), provisioning (nutrition, water, materials, energy), regulation and maintenance (wastes, flow; physical, chemical and biotic environment) and cultural (use and intrinsic value).
Author(s): Blyth, W., McCarthy, R. and Gross, R.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
This paper aims to provide an overview of technology risk in the power generation sector, firstly by reviewing how technology assessment methods treat such risks, and secondly by reviewing some of the major risks facing the key low carbon generation technologies. The paper then aims to draw lessons about the extent to which our (in)ability to predict technological development outcomes has implications for energy policy.
This paper addresses three domains of risk:
Author(s): Eyre. N. and Buruah. P.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
This Working Paper explores the uncertainties in energy demand in the residential heating sector in the UK. This paper presents new quantified scenarios for residential energy use in the UK to 2050. These address both factors that are exogenous to the energy system, such as population, but also some systemically different approaches to delivering residential heat.
This work was undertaken as part of the UK Energy Strategies Under Uncertainty project.
Author(s): Chaudry, M., Abeysekera, M., Hosseini, S.H.R., Wu, J., and Jenkins N.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
Meeting the 80% carbon emission reduction target by 2050 is likely to require heat related emissions of CO2 from buildings are near zero by 2050 and there is a 70% reduction in emissions from industry (from 1990 levels). This will require laying the foundations for these emission reductions by 2030. A review of the barriers and uncertainties associated with the transition to a low-carbon heat supply in the UK out to 2030 were explored. This work was commissioned as part of the UK Energy Research Centre's 'Energy strategy under Uncertainty' project undertaken to synthesise evidence on the range and nature of the risks and uncertainties facing UK energy policy and the achievement of its goals to reduce carbon emissions, enhance energy security while ensuring affordability.
Author(s): Chaudry, M., Bagdanavicius, A., Thomas, L., Sansom, R., Calderon, J.O., Jenkins, N. and Strbac. G
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
The UK power system experienced a period of significant and rapid expansion during the late 1980s and in the 1990s. Many power generation assets are now approaching the end of their useful life and need to be replaced as we decarbonise the overall energy system. Developments in distributed generation and other technologies open important questions as to whether the traditional approaches to development and operation of power systems are still adequate and whether the anticipated major re-investment in transmission and distribution networks could be avoided by adopting new technologies such as smart grids, smart meters and a greater emphasis on demand side participation.
High level research issues identified within the UKERC Energy Supply theme cover a number of areas, including:
These projects are reviewed in this report and from these high level research issues, some of the key research challenges identified are summarised as follows:
Author(s): McDowall, W., Trutnevyte, E., Tomei, J., and Keppo, I.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
The UKERC Systems Theme has played an important role in the development of the UK’s capacity to think systematically about the future of the energy system. Key tools in this process have been the development of scenarios, and the development and use of the MARKAL energy system model. This project reflects on scenarios and on the use and communication of MARKAL, with a view to informing future UKERC work. Specifically, the project conducted retrospective analysis of pre-UKERC energy scenarios for the UK (published from 1977-2002), examined the scenarios produced by the UKERC systems theme, and studied the use and communication of the UK MARKAL model.
The diversity of scenario methods and approaches developed within UKERC is valuable, and should be fostered further. Too narrow a range of techniques and teams developing scenarios would risk constraining the ability of UKERC to open up thinking to a wide range of possibilities, perspectives and framings, which history suggests is important. UKERC scenarios have tended to be dominated by futures in which mitigation goals are met, and in which scenario differences are driven by policy or technology, though there are of course exceptions. As UKERC Phase 3 begins, there is a case for reflecting further on the range and type of uncertainties addressed within energy system scenarios, and the diversity of tools and techniques used to generate them.
A core tool of the UKERC systems theme has been the UK MARKAL model. The research undertaken for this project indicates that MARKAL has generally been used and communicated appropriately, in part because of good working relationships between government analysts and UKERC researchers. There are also areas in which there is room for improvement, and UKERC Phase 3 provides an opportunity to learn the lessons from previous experience.
Author(s): Morton, C., Anable, J. and Brand, C.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Watson, J., Ketsopoulou, I., McGlade, C. and Aylott, M.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
In May 2014, the UK Energy Research Centre (UKERC) was awarded 14 million from EPSRC, ESRC and NERC for a third five year phase of research and engagement activities (2014-19). This new phase will build on UKERCs first two phases (2004- 2014). As was the case for UKERC phase 2, the new phase of UKERC includes a flexible research fund that will be allocated through a series of open research calls, overseen by an independent Research Committee. Around 4 million will be available for the flexible research fund during UKERC phase 3.
The flexible research fund has a number of objectives, including:
On 30 June 2014, an initial Town Hall Meeting was held at the UCL Institute for Sustainable Resources in London, to discuss potential priorities for flexible funding.
Author(s): Winskel, M. and Ketsopoulou, I.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
This report is part of a review of the UK Energy Research Centre (UKERC) Phase 2 research programme (2009-14). The review considers UKERC’s interdisciplinary energy research achievements; its strengths, weaknesses and lessons for the future. The review project is being carried out internally by staff from UKERC’s Research Coordination and Meeting Place teams.
The report presents the findings of an online survey of the UKERC research community and invited UKERC stakeholders, carried out in Q3 of 2013.
Author(s): Winskel, M., Ketsopoulou, I. and Churchouse, T.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
The UK Energy Research Centre (UKERC) is funded under the Research Councils’ Energy Programme (RCEP) to carry out ‘whole-systems’ interdisciplinary energy research, and to act as a central hub for University-based energy research in the UK. UKERC was created in 2004 under a 5-year award from three Research Councils: the Natural Environment Research Council (NERC), Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council (EPSRC) and Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC). A Phase 2 programme of work was supported by the same three funding bodies between May 2009 and April 2014. A third phase of UKERC research will start in May 2014.
This report presents the results of a research project which undertook an analysis of UKERC’s interdisciplinary energy research achievements: its strengths, weaknesses and lessons for the future. The review was carried out internally by staff from UKERC’s Research Co-ordination and Meeting Place teams. The project included a review of the existing literature on interdisciplinary energy research, a facilitated group discussion convened at UKERC’s Annual Assembly conference in July 2013 (n=15) , an online survey of the UKERC research community (conducted between July and September 2013) (n=90), and a number of semi-structured interviews with UKERC researchers, members of the wider energy research community and UKERC’s non-academic stakeholders (conducted between September 2013 and January 2014) (n=18).
The analysis has highlighted many of the benefits and challenges of interdisciplinary research found in the wider research literature – and in energy and environmental domains in particular. Interdisciplinary research faces particular and persistent operational and strategic barriers, for both programme managers and individual researchers. Successful interdisciplinary research involves recognising these barriers, and explicitly and reflexively taking them into account in programme commissioning, design and management, and the findings reported here highlight a number of opportunities for improved interdisciplinary methods and practices for next phase UKERC.
Author(s): Winskel, M., Ketsopoulou, I. and Churchouse, T.
Published: 2015
Publisher: UKERC
In an uncertain political and economic outlook for energy research, a commitment to independent, holistic and interdisciplinary research becomes ever more salient. Yet there are powerful transaction costs and barriers to interdisciplinary research, and the resonance of UKERCs experience with other similar research initiatives suggests that some rather well-reported challenges have yet to be adequately addressed.
This report presents the results of a project which reviewed UKERCs interdisciplinary research capacities and achievements, in terms of strengths, weaknesses and scope for improvement.The project included a review of the literature on interdisciplinary energy research, a review of the experiences of other similar interdisciplinary energy and climate change research initiatives in the UK, a facilitated group discussion, an online survey, and a number of semi-structured interviews. As well as this report, ongoing analysis of the project findings is linking the UKERC interdisciplinary experience to other developments in energy and climate change publicly-funded research, and to wider, more conceptually-informed issues in the interdisciplinary studies research literature.
Author(s): Mueller, M. and Jeffrey, H.
Published: 2008
Publisher: UKERC
This document is a technology roadmap: it provides a guide for mobilising the wave and tidal energy community in the UK down a deployment pathway towards a target of achieving 2GW installed capacity by 2020.
The roadmap is aimed at providing a focused and coherent approach to technology development in the marine sector, whilst taking into account the needs of other stakeholders. The successful implementation of the technology roadmap depends upon a number of complex interactions between commercial, political and technical aspects.
Although this roadmap is technically focused it also considers policy, environmental and commercialisation aspects of the marine energy sector, in order to display and put in context these wider influences.
The roadmap is aimed at technology developers, project developers, policy makers, government bodies, investors (public and private)
Author(s): UKERC
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
The UK Energy Research Centre (UKERC) is in its fourth five-year phase of research and engagement activities, which will run until April 2024. In addition to the core programme of research, a number of mechanisms have been put in place to ensure that participation in UKERC is broad, flexible and addresses the needs of the wider UK research community.
A Flexible Fund of around £3m (valued at 80% FEC) has been set up in order to commission new research and facilitate the integration of the existing programme. The Fund is overseen by UKERC’s independent Research Committee. The key aims of the Fund are:
This report presents the outputs of two key consultation activities on potential Flexible Fund topics :
Author(s): Ketsopoulou, I.
Published: 2016
Publisher: UKERC
On the 3rd of October 2016 a workshop was held at Imperial College in London in order to identify potential priority topics for the third round of funding. The interim outcomes of the scoping paper on non-energy policies were presented during the workshop. The attendees were then split into three groups where they had the opportunity to suggest potential topics for the third round of funding. This included specific discussion of potential research on the impact of non-energy policies. The participants also discussed the potential for funding smaller projects of up to 50k with the specific aim of building new collaborations. Towards the end of the day the participants undertook a prioritisation exercise to determine which potential topics they would prefer to see funded.
This report outlines the discussions that took place during the workshop and the outcomes of the voting ex
Author(s): Haszeldine, S.
Published: 2005
Publisher: UKERC
Increased CO2 emissions from economic activity are leading to climate warming and acidification of the upper ocean. Mitigating these effects raise unprecedented challenges in engineering the habitability of our planet. The potential advantages of CCS for the UK are outlined. Future sources of oil, coal, and especially the vulnerability of gas, are discussed. The benefits of deep geological CCS in EOR, depleted gasfields, and aquifers are outlined. Particular highlights are placed on problems of CO2 retention in the deep subsurface for required timescales. Government issues of: Value, Ownership, Monitoring, and Regulation or Licensing are critical inhibitors to any large–scale development of CCS. Opportunities for some middle–scale CCS onshore on the UK are outlined.
Author(s): Winskel, M., Willis, J., Hawker, G., MacIver, C., Britton, J., Webb, J., Carmichael, R., Dixon, J., Colechin, M., Hanna, R., Pidgeon, N., Henwood, K., Taylor, P., Rattle, I., Chilvers, J. and Stephanides, P.
Published: 2025
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Taylor, P. and Watson, J
Published: 2019
Publisher: UKERC
We support the mission-oriented approach of the Industrial Strategy and the inclusion of a specific grand challenge on clean growth. Delivering this challenge will require a holistic approach from government that includes the following objectives (Busch et al., 2018)
The first of these objectives points to the need for industrial innovation to go beyond the purely technical and to encompass new ways of doing business and capturing value. The second includes the need for greater industrial energy efficiency, but goes beyond this to include the much larger opportunities that could be realised by changing the demand for the goods and services produced by industry (Scott et al., 2019). The third necessitates an economy-wide approach to decarbonisation in the UK to maximise synergies between sectors (e.g. increased use by industry of decarbonised electricity), while ensuring that action on climate change does not lead to carbon leakage outside the UK.
Download the full submission to read the response to the specific questions posed by the consultation.
Author(s): Bell, K., Eyre, N., Hawker, G., Castagneto Gissey, G., Dodds, P., Darby, S., Irvine, J., Paul, G. and Watson J
Published: 2017
Publisher: UKERC
Scope of the Call for Evidence and objectives in respect of flexibility
We welcome the attention being paid by Ofgem and BEIS to the need for flexibility in Britain’s electricity system. In our view the main reason to support electricity system flexibility is that it can help minimise the costs of meeting the UK’s statutory climate targets whilst ensuring that system security is not compromised. The electricity system’s ability to adapt to changing demand in timescales of years down to minutes and varying availability of power from different resources will be extremely important to meeting these policy goals. Furthermore, action is needed so that those consumers that are best able to adapt their patterns of use of electricity have sufficient incentives and rewards for doing so. One manifestation of the main goal in accommodating future generation and demand is an objective to maximise the utilisation (across each year of operation) of electricity system assets, i.e. generators, network components and storage facilities.
Whilst the title of the call for evidence focuses on ‘a smart, flexible energy system’, most of the raised relate to the electricity system. We have therefore focused most of our responses on electricity rather than the energy system as a whole. Our responses are selective. We have only answered those questions where we can offer relevant evidence, based on our research and expertise.
Author(s): Darby, S
Published: 2017
Publisher: UKERC
Scope of the Call for Evidence and objectives in respect of flexibility
We welcome the attention being paid by Ofgem and BEIS to the need for flexibility in Britain's electricity system. In our view the main reason to support electricity system flexibility is that it can help minimise the costs of meeting the UK's statutory climate targets whilst ensuring that system security is not compromised. The electricity system's ability to adapt to changing demand in timescales of years down to minutes and varying availability of power from different resources will be extremely important to meeting these policy goals. Furthermore, action is needed so that those consumers that are best able to adapt their patterns of use of electricity have sufficient incentives and rewards for doing so. One manifestation of the main goal in accommodating future generation and demand is an objective to maximise the utilisation (across each year of operation) of electricity system assets, i.e. generators, network components and storage facilities.
Whilst the title of the call for evidence focuses on 'a smart, flexible energy system', most of the raised relate to the electricity system. We have therefore focused most of our responses on electricity rather than the energy system as a whole. Our responses are selective. We have only answered those questions where we can offer relevant evidence, based on our research and expertise.
This document only answers questions 28 -32 inclusive. Another document is available http://ukerc.rl.ac.uk/UCAT/PUBLICATIONS/Response_to_Ofgem-BEIS_call_for_evidence-smart_flexible_energy_system.pdf which gives answers to other questions in the consultation.
Author(s): Sorrell, S. and Dimitropoulos, J.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
One interpretation of the so-called Khazzoom-Brookes postulate is that all costeffective energy efficiency improvements will increase energy consumption above where it would be without those improvements. This is a counterintuitive claim for many people and requires strong supporting evidence if it is to gain widespread acceptance. The main conclusion from this review is that such evidence does not exist.
Author(s): Miller, R.., Sorrell, S. and Speirs, J.
Published: 2009
Publisher: UKERC
The dispute between optimists and pessimists over the future of global oil supply is underpinned by equally polarised disagreements over a set of more technical issues. Given the complexity and multi-dimensional nature of this topic, the existence of such disagreements is unsurprising. However, the situation is made worse by the inadequacy of the publicly available data and the scope this creates for competing views and interpretations. Improved data on individual fields could go a long way towards resolving such disagreements, but this seems unlikely to become available in the foreseeable future. Nevertheless, there is potential for increasing the degree of consensus in a number of areas and some progress has already been made. This report looks in more detail at two of these issues, namely:
Author(s): Sorrell, S. and Speirs, J.
Published: 2009
Publisher: UKERC
The primary objective of this report is to describe and evaluate these different methods. Primary attention is paid to the methods based upon the extrapolation of historical trends, since these are widely used by the analysts concerned about global oil depletion. A second objective is to summarise and evaluate the estimates that have been produced for the global URR of conventional oil and to assess the implications for future oil production. Of particular interest is the relative plausibility of the optimistic and pessimistic estimates and the implications of both for medium-term oil supply.
Author(s): Brandt, A.
Published: 2009
Publisher: UKERC
This systematic review assesses the insight offered by thesemethodologies and critically evaluates their usefulness in projecting future oil production.It focuses on models that project future rates of oil production, and does not address themodeling or estimation of oil resources (e.g., ultimately recoverable resources, or URR).Models reviewed include the Hubbert methodology, other curve-fitting methods, simulations of resource discovery and extraction, detailed bottom-up models, and theoretical and empirical economic models of oil resource depletion. Important examples of published models are discussed, and the benefits and drawbacks of these models are outlined. I also discuss the physical and economic assumptions that serve as the basis for the studied models.
Author(s): Bentley, R., Miller, R.., Wheeler, S. and Boyle, G.
Published: 2009
Publisher: UKERC
The models that have been reviewed for this study are described below. As far as possible, the same format has been used to describe each model, to facilitate comparison. Each description commences with a list of the more common basic input and output parameters, assumptions, definitions, components and data sources, and a statement of the type of model. Where appropriate, a brief comment on the model is included at this stage.
Author(s): Bentley, R., Miller., R.., Wheeler, S. and Boyle, G.
Published: 2009
Publisher: UKERC
This report provides a detailed comparison and evaluation of fourteen contemporaryforecasts of global oil supply. The forecasts are based upon mathematical models ofvarious levels of complexity, embodying a wide range of modelling approaches andassumptions. In addition, the views of two oil companies on the likely adequacy of future oil supply are also summarised.
Author(s): Sorrell, S.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
The aim of this Supplementary Note is to provide a graphical analysis of rebound effects and in particular to clarify the distinction between income and substitution effects for consumers and output and substitution effects for producers. This permits a clearer understanding of how rebound effects operate. The analysis draws upon standard neoclassical theory and is informed in particular by the insightful discussions of the rebound effect by Berkhout et al (2000) and Binswanger (2001).
Author(s): Sorrell, S. and Dimitropoulos, J.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
This report examines the evidence for direct rebound effects that is available from studies that use econometric techniques to analyse secondary data. The focus throughout is on consumer energy services, since this is where the bulk of the evidence lies. The evidence relevant to direct rebound effects for producers is discussed separately in Technical Reports 3, 4 and 5.
This report clarifies the theoretical and methodological issues associated with such estimates, highlights the strengths and limitations of different approaches and summarises the available evidence for direct rebound effects for consumer energy services, paying particular attention to personal automotive transportation.
Author(s): Broadstock, D., Hunt, L. and Sorrell, S.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
The elasticity of substitution between energy and other inputs is also a crucial variable for Computable General Equilibrium (CGE) models of the macro-economy. The assumptions made for this variable can have a major influence on model results in general and estimates of the rebound effect in particular.
These observations suggest that a closer examination of the nature, determinants and typical values of elasticities of substitution between energy and other inputs could provide some useful insights into the likely magnitude of rebound effects in different sectors. This was the motivation for this report, which includes an in-depth examination of empirical estimates of the elasticity of substitution between energy and capital. However, the empirical literature on this subject is confusing and contradictory and more than three decades of empirical research has failed to reach ac
Author(s): Allan, G, Gilmartin, M, Turner, K, McGregor, P and Swales K.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Sorrell, S. and Speirs, J.
Published: 2009
Publisher: UKERC
This report summarises several of the significant issues associated with oil production and reserve data. A fuller understanding of these issues provides a necessary basis for an objective examination of global oil depletion. The report addresses the subject in four sections:
Author(s): Thompson. E., Sorrell, S. and Speirs, J.
Published: 2009
Publisher: UKERC
The major inconsistency between reserve definitions is the choice of either a deterministic or probabilistic methodology. Within the class of deterministic definitions, the terms proved, probable and possible are widely used, but the use of this language is not standardised. Various descriptive terms are used which have very subjective interpretations. Within the class of probabilistic definitions there is wide agreement that 90%, 50% and 10% probability levels are appropriate to specify when reporting reserve estimates. Where deterministic terms such as proved are specified in a way allowing retrospective evaluation of estimates, the actual use of the term may not match the corresponding probabilistic definition.
There is a large physical uncertainty in our estimate of the oil originally in place due to the impossibility of measuring physicaland geological characteristics of the reservoir sufficiently accurately. Further uncertainty is introduced in estimating how much is both technically feasible and economically viable to extract, and again when aggregating results for individual fields to large areas.
Probabilistic estimates are therefore the most appropriate, because the definitions themselves include an acknowledgement of uncertainty. Probabilistic definitions do not lessen the intrinsic physical uncertainty in making an estimate but they can eliminate the possibility of deliberate or accidental bias. Because probabilistic definitions allow retrospective evaluation of the accuracy of reserve estimates, errors in estimation can be identified. This level of accountability is not achievable with deterministic definitions.
Author(s): Thompson, E., Sorrell, S. and Speirs, J.
Published: 2009
Publisher: UKERC
The term reserve growth refers to the increase in the estimates of ultimately recoverable resources (URR) of known fields over time. Reserve growth has contributed significantly more to reserve additions than new discoveries over the past decade and is expected to continue to do so in the future. But despite the crucial importance of reserve growth for future global oil supply, it remains both controversial and poorly understood. There is a great deal of work to be done before reliable estimates of future reserve growth can be made. This entails both the collation of adequate and reliable fieldlevel data from which to extrapolate future reserve growth, and updating and refining the very rough and preliminary forecast made by the US Geological Survey (USGS), which remains the most comprehensive study to date. 'Unpacking' the definition of reserve growth down to its constituent elements reveals that there are a number of definitional issues still to be resolved, in particular regarding the definition of reserves themselves and what categories of oil should be included. For the purposes of estimating reserve growth, it must be clearly defined what categories of oil are considered as their growth characteristics may be different.
Author(s): Castillo-Castillo, A.
Published: 2012
Publisher: UKERC
This case study examines Combined Cycle Gas Turbine (CCGT) cost forecasts as well as coeval cost estimates and their underlying methodologies. It was prepared as part of a series of case studies designed to inform the UKERC TPA report ‘Presenting the Future: An assessment of future cost estimation methodologies in the electricity generation sector.’
The study is the result of an extensive review of scientific journal articles as well as industry and government reports; it also draws on key insights from innovation theory. The presentation structure is aligned to the three aims of the study, namely:
Author(s): Jones, F.
Published: 2012
Publisher: UKERC
Global aspirations for carbon capture and storage (CCS) technologies are high. According to the International Energy Agency’s BLUE map scenario, achieving a 50% global greenhouse gas reduction by 2050 requires CCS-fitted plant to account for 17% of total electricity generation (IEA, 2009) 1. Yet, despite its central role in future energy scenarios, CCS is still yet to be demonstrated at utility scale. This means that CCS cost estimates are not informed by practical experience of building commercial-scale plant.
With high aspirations present and utility-scale empirical data absent, CCS technologies provide an interesting case study for analysing cost estimation methodologies. As such, this Working Paper examines global trends in current and future projections of CCS costs in the power sector, aiming to:
A systematic literature review was conducted as a basis for analysing CCS cost estimates, with approximately fifty relevant academic articles and grey literature reports being identified (as detailed in the Appendix). The focus for analysis was estimates of levelised and capex costs for CCS. It is recognised that the decision to analyse these cost metrics – instead of CO2 avoidance costs – has implications for the relative attractiveness of coal CCS and gas CCS technologies. However, these metrics bring the benefit of enabling the comparison of CCS with other power sector technologies analysed in this Working Paper series (UKERC, 2011).
The paper begins by considering trends in current cost estimates for CCS (Section 2), and then progresses to examining future projections (Section 3). Following this, implications for CCS cost estimation methodologies are identified (Section 4).
Author(s): Greenacre, P.
Published: 2012
Publisher: UKERC
This paper examines global cost trends in nuclear energy, both in terms of historical contemporary costs and also historical forecasts of future costs. The rationale for the study is to support and inform the UKERC TPA report ‘Presenting the Future: An assessment of future cost estimation methodologies in the electricity generation sector’. Approximately 75 academic articles and grey literature reports have been reviewed for this case study, both for data gathering and analysis purposes, in order to achieve three specific aims:
Author(s): Greenacre, P.
Published: 2012
Publisher: UKERC
Offshore wind is widely expected to play a major role in UK compliance with the EU Renewables Directive. Projections from a range of analysts suggest the UK may need at least 15 to 20 GW of offshore wind capacity by 2020 (HoL, 2008) . Though the government has not set a specific target, the central range in its Renewable Energy Roadmap is that up to 18 GW could be installed by 2020 (DECC, 2011) with aspirations to go well beyond that in the decades that follow.
Development rights in the UK have been awarded by the Crown Estate (the owner of the seabed) in 4 rounds to date. Rounds 1 and 2, which commenced in 2001 and 2003 respectively, granted rights for a total of circa 8 GW of development. Round 2.5 gave Round 2 developers the rights to an additional 1.5 GW, whilst Round 3 rights, awarded in 2010, were for over 30 GW of potential development (The Crown Estate, 2010a, The Crown Estate, 2010b, Douglas-Westwood, 2010).
Given the substantial ambitions for UK offshore wind deployment the issue of cost and cost reduction has therefore been the subject of considerable interest. Drawing heavily on the data and analyses of UKERC TPA’s 2010 report (Greenacre et al., 2010), this paper examines cost trends in offshore wind energy, comparing past forecasts with outcomes to date, and analysing the main reasons for the disparity between them. The rationale for the study is to support and inform Chapter 5 of the UKERC TPA report ‘Presenting the Future: An assessment of future cost estimation methodologies in the electricity generation sector’. The case study has three specific aims:
Author(s): Jones, F.
Published: 2012
Publisher: UKERC
By 2020, it is projected that there will be 170GW of onshore wind capacity in the European Union, and 120GW in China (IEA, 2011), whilst America is expected to deliver 12GW of wind per year on average within this decade (Emerging Energy Research, 2009). Meanwhile within the UK, the Department of Energy and Climate Change (DECC) envisages a total of 13GW of onshore wind capacity over the same timeframe (DECC, 2011) However, although not as expensive as its offshore counterpart, the cost-effectiveness of onshore wind has been challenged within the UK. In February 2012 over one hundred MPs wrote to the Prime Minister expressing their concern about the subsidies required to support the technology (Middleton, 2012).
This case study contributes to a UK Energy Research Centre (UKERC, 2011) project on electricity generation cost estimation methodologies by:
The analysis focuses on the capex costs and levelised cost of energy (LCOE) of onshore wind. The cost data was collected from over 40 sources from a range of countries, with full details found in the Appendix.
Author(s): Candelise, C.
Published: 2012
Publisher: UKERC
This working paper examines global and UK trends in cost trajectories of PV technologies, at module and system level, with the aim of:
Author(s): Temperton, I. and Watson, J.
Published: 2019
Publisher: UKERC
There is global consensus that carbon capture usage and storage (CCUS) will be essential to successfully tackling climate change and meeting the ambitions of the Paris Agreement.
The Department for Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy (BEIS) recently consulted on the potential business models for carbon capture, usage and storage (CCUS). This was seeking to understand how a core set of CCUS specific risks, which have been presented as an intractable problem for previous projects may be mitigated through the development of business models.
UKERC provided a response to the recent BEIS consultation on CCUS
Author(s): Chalmers, H., Haszeldine, S., Gibbins, J. and Hardy, J.
Published: 2008
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Hardy, J.
Published: 2008
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Eyre, N., Boardman, B., Bagdanavicius, A., Skea, J. and Hardy, J.
Published: 2010
Publisher: UKERC
The UK Energy Research Centre welcomes this opportunity to provide input to the to the DECC Consultation on the proposed RHI financial support scheme. The UKERC response addresses a number of the questions posed in the consultation document.
Author(s): Hardy, J.
Published: 2009
Publisher: UKERC
The analysis in the UKERC Energy 2050 report broadly agrees with that presented in the Heat and Energy Saving Strategy. There is no correct way to achieve the carbon emission reductions from buildings but it is clear that both demand reduction and the electrification of heat technologies are key elements.
There is evidence that appropriate feedback of energy information to consumers does lead to better control of, and therefore, lower energy use this indicates a need for a rapid roll out of smart meters and a rapid end to estimated billing.
UKERC suggests that the potential for the economy in terms of long-term, sustainable job creation is seriously underplayed in this consultation exercise. The current economic crisis presents an opportunity for helping to shape the economic recovery through investment in improving the sustainability of heat supply, especially in buildings.
Author(s): Skea, J., Hardy, J., Gross, R., Mitchell, C., Baker, P. and Eyre, N.
Published: 2011
Publisher: UKERC
UKERC endorses the principles underlying the proposed package of reforms and supports the broad direction and aspirations of the EMR. However we believe that the package is unnecessarily complex and that some important issues, such as governance arrangements and price transparency in wholesale markets have received insufficient attention, or are absent.
A system of feed-in tariffs differentiated by and tailored to specific technologies, coupled with a capacity mechanism, would be sufficient to deliver the twin goals of promoting investment in low carbon generation and ensuring security of supply.
The feed-in tariff (FiT) is the key element of the EMR package. However, a one size fits all approach to FiT design is not appropriate. Low carbon technologies are diverse in terms of technological maturity, cost structure and risk profiles and different technologies may merit different approaches.
We regret that fixed FiTs have been excluded as they are the lowest risk option and they have a proven track record globally in encouraging investment in renewables. Contracts for differences (CfDs) may be appropriate for nuclear, while biomass generation and CCS could be supported by premium FiTs. The Emission Performance Standard (EPS) appears to be the most dispensable part of the EMR packages since other measures, such as carbon price support, will effectively inhibit investment in new unabated coal in the UK.
A capacity mechanism will be needed to give assurance that sufficient capacity will be installed to guarantee security of supply though it may be some time before the mechanism is needed.
We would recommend approaching auctions for FiTs with caution as, for many technologies, the pre-conditions for a successfulauction are not in place. These include the need for established technologies, a vibrant, diversified and competitive market, and a well developed supply chain. Administered prices or beauty contest type tenders could be used initially with a move to auctioning at a later date.
The key risk associated with the proposed package is that its complexity and uncertainty surrounding its implementation could lead to an investment hiatus threatening the attainment of both low carbon generation and security of supply goals.
Author(s): Eyre, N., Rosenow, J., Wade, J., Wilson, C. and Lowe, R.
Published: 2012
Publisher: UKERC
This document sets out the response of the UK Energy Research Centre (UKERC) to DECCs consultation document on the Green Deal and the Energy Company Obligation. It is based on the research and experience of the contributing UKERC authors. In line with UKERCs goals, the objective is to bring evidence to bear on the proposals, rather than to support or oppose any specific policy.
Our working assumption is that the proposals form a key part of the Governments plans to deliver significant carbon savings from the UK building stock, to improve affordable warmth, to promote sustainable jobs in the UK and to do so at a reasonable cost to Government and consumers. Our comments attempt to analyse the effectiveness with which the proposals might do this. This introduction is followed by a summary of the key points, drawing together our analysis of the key strengths and weaknesses of the proposals. This followed by more detailed sections on:
Author(s): Bradshaw, M.
Published: 2012
Publisher: UKERC
This submission focuses on the potential impact of shale gas production on the global gas industry. Firstly, it suggests that the rapid development of shale gas production in the United States (US) has had a significant impact as it has resulted in the loss of a major market for LNG exporters. Events in Japan post-Fukushima are also an important factor in explaining the current situation. Secondly, the very low price for gas in the US, as a result of shale gas production, is putting pressure on gas price formation, both in Europe in relation to long-term oil-indexed pipeline imports and in the Asia-Pacific region in relation to long-term oil-indexed LNG imports. However, the high-price of oil is also a key factor in the current debate over the future pricing of natural gas. To conclude, the potential for significant shale gas production is an important factor in the current uncertainty over the future of the global gas industry, but it is not the only factor at play and any assessment of shale gas must be made in the wider context of multiple uncertainties.
Author(s): McGlade, C., Speirs, J. and Sorrell, S.
Published: 2012
Publisher: UKERC
This response addresses the first two questions of the call for evidence on the impact of shale gas on energy markets: firstly what estimates exist for the amount of shale gas in place in the UK, Europe, and the rest of the world, and what proportion is recoverable; and secondly why estimates for shale gas are so changeable.
UKERC recently conducted a comprehensive review of 62 studies that provide original estimates of regional and global shale gas resources [1
Author(s): Sansom, R., Jenkins, N., Chaudry, M., Eyre, N., Watson, J.
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
This document sets out the response of the UK Energy Research Centre (UKERC) to the Energy and Climate Change Committee’s Inquiry on Heat.
We would always encourage a “whole systems approach” to energy, certainly including heat with electricity, and ideally transport as well. Such an approach is more likely to encourage consistency between sectors, avoiding perverse incentives but also it is more likely to lead to the discovery of optimal solutions.
In the call for evidence, the Committee makes the comment that there is disagreement concerning the un-used heat from thermal electricity generation with some arguing that this should be used through combined heat and power (CHP) systems, while others suggest optimal energy efficiency occurs through centralised electricity generation plus heat pumps at the local level.
Heat exhausted from large thermal generators has very little use as most of the useful energy has been extracted to produce electricity. A typical temperature of the “exhausted heat” is around 30°C which is too low for district heating systems. This requires heat to be extracted at a higher temperature, circa 90°C, but this does result in lower electricity output from the thermal generators. Typically, 7 units of heat generated by a CHP unit will result in the reduction of 1 unit of electricity output. This contrasts with air source heat pumps where the ratio is 1 unit of electricity to 3 units of heat (typically).
Hence CHP is much more energy efficient but of course district heating system infrastructure is required. Opponents of CHP systems cite this as the major stumbling block but they ignore the electricity infrastructure cost, mainly distribution but also transmission and generation that would be required for heat pumps. They also ignore the customer based cost of the heat pumps, upgrades to home heating systems, etc. Once these costs are all included the economics for CHP are much improved.
A further point to make is that heat provided by CHP will have the lowest carbon emissions compared to other fossil fuel-based heat generation. For example, using typical values, a condensing gas boiler emits circa 210 g/kWht 1 and an electric heat pump circa 120g/kWht 2 . However, for a CHP it is circa 60g/kWht 3
Thus our overall opinion is that CHP (electricity and heat production) and district heating (which encompasses all forms of heat production as well as heat network and other associated infrastructure) do not receive the attention they deserve.
Author(s): Hardy, J and Infield, D
Published: 2008
Publisher: UKERC
To meet the EU 15% renewable energy target will be a significant challenge for the UK. It is important to understand that reductions in the UKs total energy demand will produce proportional reductions in the renewable contribution required. Although self-evident, this simple fact is often overlooked. Indeed the UK has to date failed to achieve any reductions in energy use, in fact the reverse is true: energy consumption in the key sectors of electricity and energy for transport continues to rise steadily.
In addition to reducing the demand for energy, there will need to be a massive increase in the contribution of renewables to transport fuel (predominately biofuels), heat and electricity. This submission concentrates on renewable electricity because UKERC has core competency this area. In Table 1, below, UKERC presents an illustrative scenario for the contribution of renew
Author(s): Chaudry. M., Usher. W., Ekins. P., Strachan. N., Jenkins. N., Baker. P., Skea. J. and Hardy J
Published: 2009
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Baker, P., Chaudry, M., Mitchell, C, Woodman, B., Jenkins, N., Strbac, G. and Hardy, J.
Published: 2010
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Hardy, J.
Published: 2008
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Keay-Bright, S., Begg, K. and Linley, A.
Published: 2008
Publisher: UKERC
Two workshops brought together around 40 experts including policy makers and advisors, scientists, businesses and civil society organisations to provide a neutral forum, under Chatham House rules, for full and frank dialogue to discuss measures for maximising the sustainability marine energy arrays within the UK government target timescales. The first workshop, Marine Planning for Arrays: Social, economic and environmental issues and implications, examined the social, economic and environmental impacts and cumulative impacts relating to siting and deployment of arrays and how to integrate the assessment and management of these using a holistic approach that considers the entire marine and coastal system. The second workshop, Marine spatial planning for the deployment of arrays, examined the marine planning policy context, simplification of consenting, locational criteria and models under development to aid decision-making.
Author(s): Keay-Bright, S, Begg, K. and Linley, A.
Published: 2008
Publisher: UKERC
Two workshops brought together around 40 experts including policy makers and advisors, scientists, businesses and civil society organisations to provide a neutral forum, under Chatham House rules, for full and frank dialogue to discuss measures for maximising the sustainability marine energy arrays within the UK government target timescales. The first workshop, “Marine Planning for Arrays: Social, economic and environmental issues and implications”, examined the social, economic and environmental impacts and cumulative impacts relating to siting and deployment of arrays and how to integrate the assessment and management of these using a holistic approach that considers the entire marine and coastal system. The second workshop, “Marine spatial planning for the deployment of arrays”, examined the marine planning policy context, simplification of consenting, locational criteria and models under development to aid decision-making.
Author(s): Eyre, N. and Baruah, P.
Published: 2014
Publisher: UKERC
Direct use of fossil fuels is the main source of space heating in the UK and this drives a major part of national greenhouse gas emissions. Climate stabilisation therefore implies a systemic change in approaches to space heating, involving some combination of radical efficiency improvement and low carbon fuels. The challenge in this area for the UK is made particularly difficult because of the combination of the legal commitment to an 80% reduction in emissions by 2050, an old building stock and a very high penetration of natural gas as a heating fuel.
This paper presents new quantified scenarios for residential energy use in the UK to 2050. These address both factors that are exogenous to the energy system, such as population, but also some systemically different approaches to delivering residential heat.
Author(s): Wilson, C. and Chrysochoidis, G.
Published: 2013
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Titley, B. and Warwick, K.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Rosenow, J., Guertler, P., Sorrell, S. and Eyre, N.
Published: 2017
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Hinnells, M., Eppel, S. and Mitchell, C.
Published: 2005
Publisher: UKERC
This note summarises the output from the UKERC/SDC “Unlocking Energy Services” seminar held in November 2005. The presentations made at the seminar can be downloaded from the UKERC website. The briefing note prepared prior to the seminar is attached at Annex A. An update note on the G* and EU context for energy services is attached at Annex B. There is a significant market in the EU and the EU Energy End-Use and Energy Services Directive was adopted in December 2005. Its objective is to enhance the cost-effective improvement of energy end-use efficiency in member states.
Author(s): Turner, K., Katris, A., Calvillo., Stewart, J. and Zhou, L.
Published: 2023
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Browne, M., Sweet, M., Woodburn, A. and Allen, J.
Published: 2005
Publisher: Department for Transport
The Transport Studies Group (TSG) at the University of Westminster was commissioned by the Department for Transport (DfT) to carry out a scoping study to identify the potential for the development of urban consolidation centres (UCCs).
UCCs have been subject to much discussion and occasional trials, but to date there has been a lack of evidence-based information upon which potential operators or policy-makers can base decisions as to the viability of such initiatives. This report is intended to assist with the provision and interpretation of that information.
Broadly speaking the key purpose identified for UCCs is the avoidance of the need for vehicles to deliver part loads into urban centres or other large developments. This objective can be achieved by providing facilities whereby deliveries can be consolidated for subsequent delivery into the area in an appropriate vehicle with a high level of load utilisation.
The main components of the study have been:
For the purposes of this project, a UCC is best described as a logistics facility that is situated in relatively close proximity to the geographic area that it serves, be that a city centre, an entire town or a specific site (e.g. shopping centre), from which consolidate deliveries are carried out within that area. A range of other value-added logistics and retail services can also be provided at the UCC.
The work carried out in this project suggests that, from a logistics perspective, the major potential beneficiaries from the establishment of UCCs would be:
Author(s): CCFRA
Published: 2007
Publisher: Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
This executive summary describes work on the project AFM248Br, which involved CCFRA and Bristol University as a research consortium and the collaboration of Shipston Mill, Kerry Aptunion, Kraft Europe, Kellogg's UK, Warburtons, Unilever, RHM Culinary Brands, Greencore, Weetabix and Glaxo Smith Kline Nutritionals.
AFM248Br was a one year Bridge-LINK project that finished in October 2007. The project identified sources of waste thermal energy from food processes that could be recovered to produce mechanical power using Stirling engine technology. In the context of the project 'waste thermal energy' implied any source of heat released from a process that was rejected to the environment. Flue gases from combustion processes, hot air from baking ovens, steam or steam condensate from cooking operations were a few examples found in the food industry.
The project proposed the assessment of Stirling engine technology to achieve this purpose. Stirling engines are external combustion heat engines, with several advantages that make them suitable for waste heat streams (no contact between heat source and moving parts, scalable to application, low maintenance). They have high theoretical efficiencies and have been developed for several applications (micro CHP systems, biomass and solar powered), although they have not reached yet full commercial development except for very specific niche applications.
Ten different food factories were visited to gather information on waste energy streams released from processing operations. The nature of manufacturing operations studied was varied because the companies chosen for collaboration in the study belonged to different food sub-sectors. These included bread and cereal manufacturing, wheat processing, fruit processing, production of coffee, elaborated and prepared foods and soft drinks.
The project showed that although a significant amount of energy was lost through food manufacturing operations, the range of temperatures at which it was released (typically in the range between 30 and 200°C maximum) did not allow for an efficient and cost effective transformation into mechanical power. It concluded that exploitation of this potential was constrained by the lack of suitable technology. Attractive alternatives to the Stirling are now emerging: for example rotary scroll compressors for refrigeration and automotive air-conditioning. Together with new methods of manufacturing compact heat exchangers and reactors (direct laser deposition, DLD), these could form the basis of a new rotary heat engine using a recuperated rotary Ericsson cycle. This "scroll" engine will have the same theoretical efficiency as the Stirling, but will achieve a higher proportion of it in practice, at commercially acceptable costs. A research proposal on this concept was submitted to Defra following the finalisation of this project.
However, another potential application for heat engines within food processing facilities was identified. This comprised the concept of utilising high grade primary energy (from gas burning) to run a Stirling engine and produce electricity, and then use the remaining thermal energy to run the food process (e.g. baking oven).
Author(s): Frontier Economics
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Frontier Economics
Published: 2014
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Frontier Economics
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Frontier Economics
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Frontier Economics
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Overall, we find that HEMS and cavity wall insulation are the only interventions which are likely to have payback periods within such a window given BMET default assumptions.
This document was prepared at the time to contribute to ETI internal thinking and planning only.
Author(s): Frontier Economics
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Frontier Economics
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Frontier Economics
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Frontier Economics
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Frontier Economics
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Frontier Economics
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Frontier Economics
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Frontier Economics
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Policies such as these will succeed or fail based on their ability to overcome barriers to the take up of low-carbon heating interventions. As many of these barriers are intrinsically difficult to model, many of the most useful insights from this exercise are qualitative in nature, and these are summarised.
In the remainder of this document, we set out the framework used for the quantitative analysis, and present results for each policy in turn.
This document was prepared at the time to contribute to ETI internal thinking and planning only.
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2012
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Edinburgh Designs Ltd
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
There is continued interest in tidal energy generation as one of the components needed in the UK portfolio of renewable energy generation schemes. As the understanding and assessment of UK tidal energy resources progresses, it has become apparent that tidal regimes and site characteristics can vary considerably from one location to another. This, together with a survey of the state of the art in tidal energy technology, suggests that tidal energy converter schemes capable of economical operation over a wide range of site conditions would be inherently attractive. As a step towards this goal, Edinburgh Designs present in this report the result of an 11 month investigation into the technical and economical merits of a floating, variable pitch, Vertical Axis Tidal Turbine (VATT) scheme.
Tidal energy converter concepts based on conventional, fixed-pitch vertical axis tidal turbines have not shown great promise so far, owing to relatively poor efficiency, uneven loads and cavitation-limited operation. These issues can be resolved by introducing individual, active pitch control of each turbine foil. In addition, the floating vertical axis configuration offers significant advantages:
Overall, the objectives of this study have been met. In particular, we list the following conclusions:
Author(s): Eastlake, A. and Lidstone, L.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): DTI
Published: 2002
Publisher: Department of Trade and Industry
Foresight's Advanced Power Generation Task Force has recommended that an initiative should be undertaken to produce a Virtual Plant Demonstration Model. The 'Stepping Stones to Sustainability' report of the Foresight's Energy and Natural Environment Panel recommends a priority area for R and D on 'low and close-to-zero emission power generation'; a realistic VPDM will be a key tool in ensuring the UK can successfully develop fossil fuelled commercial plant that delivers this.
The VPDM should reduce the need for full-scale demonstrations of advanced power station technologies, which for large plant typically cost £100's million and should also reduce commissioning times for new plant. It will also help in the development of new technologies and assist in avoiding 'dead-end' developments. Finally, it will be of benefit to existing plant by being able to model new technology upgrades, which could be a major business in some markets where existing coal plant could become marginalised.
Specific objectives are:
The UK has a track record of power plant development and operation that is second to none. However the UK has at times fallen down on getting these developments into the market place; the ABGC and some IGCC designs are examples of this. In the case of GTs, new developments have been pushed through into the market place but often they have been accompanied by major commissioning, operation and maintenance problems that have threatened their economic viability. A way round these problems is to have major demonstration programmes but these are extremely costly for large plant and difficult to fund.
This profile contains information on the project's:Author(s): Hickman, R. and Banister, D.
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department for Transport
The issues relating to climate change have risen dramatically to the top of the political agenda, and the importance of transport in contributing to reducing levels of CO2 is clearly evident: yet the problem remains that traffic levels continue to rise. All the projections suggest that significantly reducing emissions from current levels is likely to be very difficult. As urban and transport planners, policy makers and the public, we need to start to think very differently about tackling the global emissions problem.
The VIBAT project (Visioning and Backcasting for UK Transport Policy) has examined the possibility of reducing transport CO2 emissions by 60 per cent by 2030. It has examined a range of policy measures (i.e. pricing, regulation and technological), and assessed how they can be effectively combined to achieve this level of CO2 emissions reduction. The intention has been to assess whether such an ambitious target is feasible, to identify the main problems, and to comment on the main decision points. The study is based on the innovative research technique of backcasting, which has been used for the first time in the transport planning field in the UK.
This executive summary is mainly targeted at policy recommendations. Those interested in more details of the research carried out during the DfT Horizons Research Project 2004/05 should refer to the three extended working papers and presentations produced during the research (September 2004 - November 2005) and to a sister document on methodological issues.
The two main objectives for the VIBAT project are:The VIBAT project has demonstrated through the use of a sound and innovative methodology that the targets set are achievable provided that there is not a substantial increase in travel between 2000 and 2030.
The old debate in terms of relying on technological improvements to help maintain our current CO2 intensive lifestyles seems to be obsolete. We need a renewed emphasis over a very wide range of fields. Multi-disciplinary thinking is critical.
This executive summary is divided into the following sections:Author(s): Braunholtz-Speight, T., McLachlan, C., Mander, S., Cairns, I., Hannon, M., Hardy, J., Manderson, E. and Sharmina, M
Published: 2019
Publisher: UKERC
What might community energy in the UK look like in the long term ? What does it need for it to thrive ?
This report provides a summary of practitioner and stakeholder responses to these questions, and many more, that explore the future of community energy in the UK.
Through a series of workshops held across the UK over the winter of 2018-19, invited participants were encouraged to explore and debate the future of community energy.
We found that community energy actors feel they have lots to offer to, and gain from, the transition to a decentralised and flexible energy system. The system appears to be moving towards a future where there is a clear need for organisations that combine technical knowledge with the skills and trust to effectively engage citizens – such as community energy groups.
Author(s): Simcock, N., Jenkins, K., Mattioli, G., Lacey-Barnacle, M., Bouzarovski, S. and Martiskainen, M.
Published: 2020
Publisher: CREDS
Author(s): Mohamad, S. Mansourim C. and Bouchachia, H.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Favaro, A. and Zhihan Xu
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Mohamad, S. and Bouchachia, H.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Ngoc Canh Duong, Jamil, W. and Bouchachia , H.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Favaro, A., Lowery, C. and Zhihan Xu
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Favaro, A., Zhihan Xu and Lowery, C.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Jamil, W. and Bouchachia, H.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Mohamad, S. and Bouchachia, H.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Mohamad, S. Mansourim C. and Bouchachia, H.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Beckhelling, J.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Mindframe Consulting
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Systems Catapult
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Beckhelling, J.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Beckhelling, J.
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Mindframe Consulting
Published: 2015
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Systems Catapult
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Systems Catapult
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): De la Cruz, M.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Korais, E.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Ove Arup and Partners Ltd
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Ove Arup and Partners Ltd
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Ove Arup and Partners Ltd
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Systems Catapult
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Systems Catapult
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): De la Cruz, M.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Systems Catapult
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Systems Catapult
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Systems Catapult
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
This document sets out the evidence base in support of a local energy strategy for Bury.
Key conclusions
Author(s): Korais, E.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Korais, E.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Jones Lang LaSalle Ltd (JLL)
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Jones Lang LaSalle Ltd (JLL)
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Jones Lang LaSalle Ltd (JLL)
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Jones Lang LaSalle Ltd (JLL)
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Systems Catapult
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Korais, E.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Systems Catapult
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Systems Catapult
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Energy Systems Catapult
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Brookes, P. and Mee, D.
Published: 2018
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Winstanley, P.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Mottram, H.
Published: 2024
Publisher: UKERC
Through a case-study of Yorkshire water, staff interviews, examination of its current practices and insights from academic literature, the brief identifies opportunities for reducing energy use in water management. It underscores the need to enhance public awareness of water-energy interdependencies, emphasising shared responsibility for environmen
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2011
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): James, J.
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department for Transport
With ever-higher operating and running costs, efficient goods vehicle fleet management is an important requirement for any business engaged in or reliant on freight transport. Time conscious customers demand flexible and reliable deliveries which can be costly if the efficiency of goods vehicles routing and scheduling is compromised.
The objective of this research was to test the effectiveness of satellite navigation on improving the efficiency of HGV operations. If, on balance, these are found to be positive for the freight industry, we would recommend the ways to improve the take up of satellite navigation systems in HGVs, with the aims of:
An eight week in-fleet trial of portable SatNav units was conducted in October/November 2005 in four HGV fleets to compare the before and after effects of the use of satellite navigation systems in the freight industry. Company vehicles were monitored without satellite navigation for the first four weeks and then, after a week of familiarisation with the satellite navigation systems, drivers' runs were monitored for a further four weeks using the systems.
Following the successful trial period all data was collected and analysed in order to present both the positive and negative findings. There are three sets of findings, quantative from the trial data, qualitive from a questionnaire issued to drivers and Transport Managers following the trial and general findings obtained from desktop research and informal consultation.
Although it is difficult to be sure of the precise benefits of SatNav for vehicles of 7.5 tonnes MGW and above it is clear that in concept there are certain applications that they have the potential to become an everyday tool of the trade. This is especially so where new or temporary drivers are being used and where an experienced driver is often required to travel to unfamiliar destinations.
The barriers to SatNav spreading across the road freight industry centres on the non freight specific information held in the mapping software where the SatNav system takes its instructions from.
However, if a driver is aware of the potential misrouting and takes sensible decisions, it can be argued that the less familiar a driver is with the delivery address, the greater the contribution that a navigation system could make to operational efficiency. Similarly, the more locations a mobile worker has to visit each day, the greater the potential savings.
From the research team's knowledge of freight operations the following is a list of industry sectors for which satellite navigation might be particularly beneficial:
Author(s): DfT
Published: 2006
Publisher: Department for Transport
With ever-higher operating and running costs, efficient goods vehicle fleet management is an important requirement for any business engaged in or reliant on freight transport. Time conscious customers demand flexible and reliable deliveries which can be costly if the efficiency of goods vehicles routing and scheduling is compromised.
The objective of this research was to test the effectiveness of satellite navigation on improving the efficiency of HGV operations. If, on balance, these are found to be positive for the freight industry, we would recommend the ways to improve the take up of satellite navigation systems in HGVs, with the aims of:
An eight week in-fleet trial of portable SatNav units was conducted in October/November 2005 in four HGV fleets to compare the before and after effects of the use of satellite navigation systems in the freight industry. Company vehicles were monitored without satellite navigation for the first four weeks and then, after a week of familiarisation with the satellite navigation systems, drivers' runs were monitored for a further four weeks using the systems.
Following the successful trial period all data was collected and analysed in order to present both the positive and negative findings. There are three sets of findings, quantative from the trial data, qualitive from a questionnaire issued to drivers and Transport Managers following the trial and general findings obtained from desktop research and informal consultation.
Although it is difficult to be sure of the precise benefits of SatNav for vehicles of 7.5 tonnes MGW and above it is clear that in concept there are certain applications that they have the potential to become an everyday tool of the trade. This is especially so where new or temporary drivers are being used and where an experienced driver is often required to travel to unfamiliar destinations.
The barriers to SatNav spreading across the road freight industry centres on the non freight specific information held in the mapping software where the SatNav system takes its instructions from.
However, if a driver is aware of the potential misrouting and takes sensible decisions, it can be argued that the less familiar a driver is with the delivery address, the greater the contribution that a navigation system could make to operational efficiency. Similarly, the more locations a mobile worker has to visit each day, the greater the potential savings.
From the research team's knowledge of freight operations the following is a list of industry sectors for which satellite navigation might be particularly beneficial:
Author(s): Giulietti. M, Burlinson. A and Davillas. A
Published: 2023
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Tingey, M., Braunholtz-Speight, T., Hawkey, D., McLachlan, C. and Webb, J.
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
We welcome the Welsh Government's interest in locally owned renewable energy. Our response draws on a range of research undertaken by the Heat and the City research group at the University of Edinburgh, including a UK-wide study of local authorities and energy; and on the Financing Community Energy research project being led by Tyndall Manchester.
In our response we made the following general comments, before responding to individual points raised in the call:
Author(s): Pidgeon, N., Jenkins, N., Watson, J., Bays, J. and Gross, R.
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Webb, J., Tingey, M. and Hawkey, D.
Published: 2017
Publisher: UKERC
Social Scientists at the University of Edinburgh reveal that energy activities of UK local authorities focus on heat and energy efficiency for a low carbon, low energy building stock.
This research maps energy initiatives across all UK Local Authorities for the first time, revealing considerable regional and national variation in activity. The research also examines a sample of energy projects in depth from 40 local authorities and compares local authority engagement in Britain and Europe.
Local authority energy initiatives were found to be innovative and enterprising, with multiple objectives from income generation and carbon saving, to reducing fuel poverty. Developments are however hampered by austerity in public finances, lack of local powers over energy and policy uncertainty.
Author(s): Daniel_Watanabe, L., Moore, R. and Tongue, B.
Published: 2024
Publisher: UKERC
This policy brief explores the dual nature of DHTs in contributing to and mitigating healthcares carbon footprint. Focusing on Englands National Health Service (NHS), the study delves into how the adoption of digital technologies could either reduce or exacerbate the healthcare sectors carbon footprint, raising critical questions for the NHSs digital transformation efforts.
The analysis reveals that while DHTs offer avenues for reducing emissionssuch as telehealth reducing the need for patient and cl
Author(s): Gross, R., Heptonstall, P., Anable, J., Greenacre, P. and E4tech.
Published: 2009
Publisher: UKERC
This report from the Technology and Policy Assessment (TPA) function of the UK Energy Research Centre examines the merits of a range of different policies that offer the prospect of CO2 emissions reduction from road transport. It addresses the following key question: What policies are effective at reducing carbon emissions from surface passenger transport?
This report does not undertake new modelling or empirical research; rather it provides a thorough review of the current state of knowledge on the subject, guided by experts and in consultation with a range of stakeholders. The project team undertook a systematic search for every report and paper related to the assessment question. Experts and stakeholders were invited to comment and contribute through an expert group. A team of expert consultants was commissioned to categorise, review and distil the evidence. This tightly specified search revealed over 500 reports and papers on the subject, each of which was categorised and assessed for relevance.
Author(s): Heptonstall, P. and Gross, R.
Published: 2018
Publisher: UKERC
The prices paid for electricity by domestic customers in the UK has been a regular discussion point in both policy debate and the media. A particular concern is the contribution that policies to incentivise low-carbon generation and energy saving make to the bills paid by householders. In response to these concerns, the UK Energy Research Centre’s Technology and Policy Assessment team examined in detail the data available on prices in the UK and other countries to address the question: How do the impacts of government policies funded through consumer electricity bills differ between countries?
This report reviews evidence on electricity prices paid by household (i.e. domestic) consumers with a focus on the UK and selected case study countries (Germany, France, Sweden and Australia), supplemented by consolidated EU-wide data to provide a broader context. Gas prices were not examined in detail because to date, policy has generally had a much greater impact on electricity prices, and UK gas prices are in the lower quartile of the EU range for all domestic consumers and almost all commercial and industrial consumers.
Electricity price formation is complex and affected by policies in the UK and all of the case studies considered in this review. Different policy approaches, geographical factors and mixes of power generation mean that comparison requires considerable caution, avoiding over-simplification. Nevertheless there is no evidence to support the contention that policy costs are either the principal source of high domestic power prices in the UK or are high compared to the country case studies or indeed the majority of Western European nations.
Author(s): Hampton, S., Eadson, W., Blundel, R. and Sugar, K.
Published: 2024
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Clarke, D.
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Brown, Z. and Colechin, M.
Published: 2024
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Bays, J., Nduka, E., Jimoh, M., Liu, L., Silva, N., Liu, X., Bharucha, Z., Khalid, R., Caprotti, F., Bobbins, K., Pailman, W., Bookbinder, R., Garret, J. and Gul, M.
Published: 2024
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Burns, W., Longuere, K-S. and Watson, J.
Published: 2019
Publisher: UKERC
Ensuring diversity in research and innovation is vital for effective delivery of the Governments Clean Growth, and broader Industrial Strategies. As the Industrial Strategy argues, organisations with the highest levels of diversity are 15% more likely to outperform their rivals.
Over the past two and a half years, the UK Energy Research Centre has managed 1.5m of Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council (EPSRC) funding through the Whole Systems Networking Fund (WSNF). It has worked with stakeholders from universities, public-private partnerships, and NGOs, to pilot a model to diversify the UKRI energy portfolio through inclusiveness, encouraging gender balance and the nurturing of new voices and ideas.
This report details the operation of the fundand provides an overview of the funded projects. It also summarises thekey learning from the programme, grouping findings into the following categories:
At the conclusion of the Whole Systems Networking Fund, 80% of the funding had been allocated to projects led by women. Demonstrating that with the appropriate mechanisms in place mainstreaming gender balance across the energy portfolio is achievable.
Author(s): Loveridge, M. and Dowson, D.
Published: 2021
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): Garnett, T.
Published: 2000
Publisher: Department for Transport
This report focuses on food miles - what they are, whether and how it might be possible to reduce them and what the consequences of so doing might be.
'Food miles' is a phrase used to encapsulate concerns about the increasing distances our food travels, and the environmental and social consequences thereof.
In this report we consider whether measures to shorten the food supply chain and reduce food miles can help cut CO2 emissions from transport and, in so doing, achieve an overall reduction in greenhouse gas emissions from the food system.
The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change states that we need to achieve a 60-80% cut in human-generated greenhouse gas emissions. All sectors, including the food industry, will have to make a proportionate contribution to achieving this goal.
We suggest that the features of a lower carbon food system would include the following six elements:
In short, action to foster a lower carbon food system requires movement in the following direction:
Finally, industry, government and consumers alike have a choice. We can seek to salvage elements of sustainability from the current system, in order to keep the system going as it is for a little longer. Or we can take a risk, look further into the future, and start to think and do differently. We believe the second route to be the only survivable option.
This report contains an executive summary, and is divided into the following sections:Author(s): KEAY-BRIGHT. S.
Published: 2005
Publisher: UKERC
This technical workshop was convened to stimulate ideas for making energy research and innovation more effective and to encourage closer working relationships.
Existing cooperation to advance clean coal technologies and carbon capture and sequestration (e.g. Carbon Sequestration Leadership Forum), hydrogen and fuel cell technologies, (e.g. International Partnership for the Hydrogen Economy), renewable energy and energy efficiency (e.g. REEEP, REN 21, MEDREP) and nuclear energy (e.g. GEN IV Global International Forum and International Thermonuclear Experimental Reactor) is established and operational. The existing partnerships include some key developing countries and complement the broad spectrum of energy technologies being progressed by the International Energy Agency (IEA).
The workshop participants from G8 countries recognised the pressing need to meet growing global energy demand whilst addressing the challenges of energy security, air pollution and climate change. Developing country participants highlighted the importance of poverty alleviation, economic development and the need for solutions amenable to their needs.
The participants found the workshop valuable, particularly with respect to the sharing of information. However, given the appetite for information exchange and the time limitations, participants were not able to produce specific action oriented proposals.
The workshop participants made the following observations and recommendations with respect to energy research and innovation, to be put forward for consideration by the Governments of the participating countries.
Author(s): Strachan, N. and Ozkan, N.
Published: 2005
Publisher: UKERC
This workshop brought together researchers working within the International Energy Agency’s ETSAP network of MARKAL model users, together with a broad range of practitioners from the UK energy modelling community.
This opportunity for the two modelling communities to learn from each other’s work was enabled by the UK hosting the regular ETSAP semi-annual meeting which discussed modelling issues related to the MARKAL / TIMES family of energy models on subsequent days. One of the purposes of the UKERC Meeting Place is to develop networking and collaboration between UK energy researchers and also with the wider network of international energy practitioners.
The costs and characteristics of future energy technologies and how quickly they penetrate markets is a fundamental driver in the evolution of energy systems. Future technology cost is critical in assessing the costs of energy policies, ranging from economic competitiveness, environmental protection and emission mitigation, security of supply and equitable access to energy services. In response, a major ongoing effort by the energy modelling community has sought to better understand and incorporate this key driver of technological change into their energy models.
The scope of the workshop was to:
Author(s): Taylor, G.
Published: 2007
Publisher: UKERC
This meeting will bring together a wide range of stakeholders researchers, funders, policy makers and industrialists to identify bioenergy Research Roadmap priorities for the UK, as there is no current Research Roadmap specifically tailored for the context of the UK.
Our agricultural landscape is complex but limited and the way in which UK-sourced and imported feedstock may be deployed for the competing requirements of heat, power and liquid fuel is not easily resolved. On the one hand the energy balance of heat and power may be much better than that for liquid biofuels, but on the other hand, few alternatives for liquid biofuel are available, in contrast to renewable sources of heat and power. All of this highlights the complexity of this area and suggests that such a discussion meeting is timely and will produce valuable output that captures the interdisciplinary re
Author(s): Faraday Institution
Published: 2023
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2016
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): ETI
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Faraday Institution
Published: 2022
Publisher: Faraday Institution
Author(s): Thomas, P.
Published: 2021
Publisher: Faraday Institution
This document is the supplementary written evidence from Professor Pam Thomas, CEO at the Faraday Institution, submitted to the House of Lords Select Committee on Science and Technology following an inquiry evidence session on Tuesday 9 March 2021 for the 'Role of Batteries and Fuel Cells in Achieving Net Zero'.
This evidence is in response to four points, being:Author(s): Stewart, A. and Hope-Morley, A.
Published: 2017
Publisher: ETI
Author(s): Vorushylo, I., Ogunrin, S., Ghosh, R., Brandoni, C. and Hewitt, N.J.
Published: 2020
Publisher: UKERC
Steering Committee consisting of female representatives from key organisations in the NI heat sector, including the Department for the Economy, the Utility Regulator, a local renewable industry group (NIRIG), the transmission and distribution system operators (NI Electricity Networks and SONI), an energy charity (NEA Northern Ireland), the Consumer Council and a public affairs consultancy (Stratagem).
Author(s): Blyth, W., Gross, R., Heptonstall, P., MacIver, C. and Jamieson, M.
Published: 2025
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Blyth, W., Gross, R., Heptonstall, P., MacIver, C. and Jamieson, M.
Published: 2025
Publisher: UKERC
Author(s): Philips, I., Anable, J. and Chatterton, T.
Published: 2020
Publisher: CREDS
Show more results